Sony Pictures Television Networks RFP for EMEA Mediacentre

Sony Pictures Television Networks RFP for EMEA MediaCentre

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks Culver City, CA

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems, Inc. New York, USA

Globecomm Proposal #12-10407

June 8, 2012

The information contained herein includes trade secrets and confidential commercial or financial information proprietary to Globecomm Systems Inc. and exempt from the requirements of the Freedom of Information Act in accordance with Section 552(b)(4). Use for any purpose other than internal evaluation by the intended recipient is prohibited. Disclosure to any party other than the intended recipient without the express written authorization of Globecomm Systems Inc. is prohibited. Copyright 2011 Globecomm Systems Inc. All rights reserved.

P10407: SPTN MediaCenter i Table of Contents For: SONY PICTURES TELEVISION NETWORKS EMEA MEDIACENTRE P#12-10407

SECTION 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

SECTION 2 INTRODUCTION

SECTION 3 UNDERSTANDING OF SPTN BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 4 APPROACH TO DELIVERY

SECTION 5 TECHNICAL RESPONSE

SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SECTION 7 COMMERCIAL

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential i Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 1 Executive Summary

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 8, 2012

Table of Contents 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...... 2 1.1 Introduction...... 2 1.2 Proposal Highlights ...... 3 1.3 Financial Strength ...... 4 1.4 Project Timelines ...... 4 2 Globecomm Experience...... 5 2.1 Professionals...... 7 2.2 Implementation ...... 7 2.3 Facilities...... 8 3 MediaCentre Project Team ...... 11 3.1 Responsibilities...... 11 3.2 Program Management...... 12 4 APPENDIX A...... 14

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 1 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.1 Introduction

Globecomm is pleased to submit this technical and financial proposal in response to the Sony Pictures Television Networks (SPTN) EMEA MediaCentre Request for Proposal. The MediaCentre is to be built at SPTN’s premises in 25 Square, London and will interoperate with other Sony facilities in Singapore, Madrid, and Budapest, as well as with legacy suppliers of language, subtitle and QC services. The Globecomm proposal provides the details as to how we plan to provide the goods and services needed to provide the design, build, test and completion of the MediaCentre and associated broadcast and production centers across EMEA.

The most critical element of the project is the Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System, which is an enterprise-class management system that touches all elements and locations within the overall Sony EMEA network. For the CWM solution, Globecomm has chosen to work closely with Harris Corporation and are proposing the Harris Invenio Asset Management System as the Content and Workflow Management solution for the Sony EMEA MediaCentre.

Globecomm Systems and Harris are both experienced in providing file-based, tapeless, broadcast facilities. We have worked separately and together on projects and proposals for broadcast customers that required Media Asset Management (MAM) solutions.

The Harris Invenio solution is a proven product that has been integrated into many locations including the Showtime Network facility located in Globecomm’s Headquarters facility. More importantly, the existing MediaCentre traffic system uses the Harris Vision product, which means that if the Invenio solution is used, one of the more critical interfaces will be between complementary products. Harris has also included a free R&D complement of Invenio software so that SPTN can evaluate new workflows before going live. From a System Integrator (SI) standpoint, Globecomm has integrated and tested the Invenio System for Showtime, which is presently in the process of being upgraded. Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 2 The Globecomm infrastructure solution is based on the Sony’s requirements, utilizing the latest innovations in the broadcast market place, providing a unique mix of high performance with a reasonable cost approach.

1.2 Proposal Highlights

Globecomm Systems believes that our offering is not only unique, but exclusive in what we are proposing. In the following “Proposal Highlights” we are listing those elements other than the Harris Invenio System that we believe are unsurpassed in their technical excellence and, more importantly, their compatibility with the SPTN requirements.

One of the other key elements of the MediaCentre is the content and workflow managed disk and data tape storage subsystems. The disk storage subsystem is the primary depository for content from multiple distributors and suppliers that SPTN works with. Thousands of hours of supplier program content are required to be input into SPTN disk storage annually resulting in over 900 GB of input data per day. Globecomm has chosen to propose Isilon, an EMC company, as the supplier of the disk storage subsystem. Change is inevitable and the Isilon scale-out storage platform provides virtually unlimited room for growth. Every Isilon system is built to grow symmetrically or independently as more space or processing power is needed providing the ability to scale-out as business expands.

Globecomm is proposing the SpectraLogic T950 Enterprise Tape Based Storage Subsystem to complement the disk storage subsystem with LTO-5 high capacity tapes. Globecomm has integrated the SpectraLogic T950 with the Harris Invenio asset management system previously in the Showtime Networks installation.

To manage the transfer of content between the disk and tape based content storage subsystems, and between these subsystems and those other delivery points making up the value content chain, Globecomm is proposing to use the Front Porch Digital DIVA solution. As a Hierarchical Storage Management System, Front Porch Digital and its DIVA Solution are recognized as the leader in the industry for migrating and managing media in a file-based environment where video-aware file management is critical. Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 3 Another advantage of the Harris Invenio is the automated Quality Control (QC) tools that are standard in the solution (Harris QuiC) including the inclusion of the Harding Flash and pattern Analysis QC tool. One issue with the overall SPTN QC Tools specification is the audio to text extraction tool’s requirement for checking sensitive words. While Globecomm was unable to find a system that would meet the requirements; Harris is interested in working with SPTN to deliver this function, however this functionality is not provided as part of this proposal.

1.3 Financial Strength

Globecomm has been a public company since 1997, traded on NASDAQ under the GCOM. The company has been very stable financially with enough cash reserves to finance large projects. More details about the company financials could be found in the latest annual report provided in the proposal document.

1.4 Project Timelines

A separate Microsoft Project Schedule has been generated by Globecomm and provided as part of this proposal (Section 4).

The quick and smooth delivery of the SPTN system is critical to the success of the operation. We feel our proposed schedule shows an aggressive yet practical approach.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 4 2 Globecomm Experience

Globecomm has been a global provider of satellite and terrestrial solutions for the contribution and distribution of television, radio, Internet, and Internet multimedia, with complete turnkey end-to-end operations and service support. Much of the world’s television and radio broadcasting moves through digital transmission systems, networks and studios designed and provided by Globecomm Systems.

In the broadcast business, Globecomm has gained a reputation as a premier provider of large turnkey broadcast solutions for TV content providers, Direct to Home Television providers as well as Studio and IPTV. Globecomm is unique in that it is one of a few select companies that have the capability and expertise to provide an entire turnkey playout facility, Direct to Home (DTH) facility, or a studio facility from the ground up. Globecomm has participated in the implementation of more DTH projects than any other company in the world.

Among our customers are:

In September of 2005, Globecomm was awarded a contract to provide design and integration services for SES Americom’s IPTV Broadcast Center in Vernon Valley, New York for their IP Prime Service. The project included a professional engineering study for the upfront design based on our experience in digital video platforms and the design, integration and test of what has now become a 380 channel system including program acquisition, MPEG-4 compression, routing, confidence monitoring with a multi- channel presentation wall, IPTV console, and workstation systems. Of the 380 channels, fifty channels are high definition.

In July of 2006, Showtime Networks Incorporated awarded Globecomm a contract to provide origination, monitoring and up linking services for their entire channel portfolio. The portfolio presently includes playout and up linking of more than Forty (40) HD and SD channels, for U.S. east/west coast distribution. Globecomm, in concert with Showtime, designed and constructed an all new, state-of-the-art, network operations center and dedicated uplink facility at our world headquarters in Hauppauge, NY. The Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 5 entire network was transitioned and made operational in July 2007 without any outages or problems.

In September of 2008, Globecomm completed an IP based, state of the art, direct to home television facility in Manesar, India for Bharti Airtel, The initial design was for multi-purpose media processing center that will support DTH, IPTV, and Mobile TV from one facility utilizing one common technology platform. The initial channel capacity was 150 channels with four (4) of the channels being Near Video on Demand (NVOD). Phase 2 of the project added one hundred more channels. Globecomm provided a complete turnkey facility from baseband through RF transmission. In addition to the facility in Manesar, an RF Diversity site was built in Bangalore, India.

Our satellite-based communication services include end-to-end connectivity for media contribution and distribution, wide area networks, broadband end users, Internet, Intranets and other network services. We combine our expertise in satellite communications, Internet Protocol, communication networks and information technology, to provide one-stop-shopping and custom-engineered solutions for broadcasters for all of their communication needs. As a service provider, Globecomm owns and operates a number of teleports in the US and Europe and has partner agreements with other teleports allowing for worldwide telecommunication service. This includes video up linking of direct-to-home and turn-around video services from our teleports.

Since most of Globecomm business is international, we perform as a General Contractor on most of these projects. This includes the ability to specify, contract, and manage the services of architects, structural engineers, civil engineers, mechanical, electrical and plumbing engineering and others in order to provide complete “turnkey” communications facilities anywhere in the world. Not only is it necessary to provide communication equipment, in some cases roads must be constructed, landscaping provided, buildings built, and support systems provided in order to provide all of the elements needed for large broadcast centers and satellite earth stations.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 6 Globecomm is a global provider of satellite and terrestrial solutions for the contribution and distribution of television, radio, Internet, and Internet multimedia, with complete turnkey end-to-end operations and service support. As such, Globecomm has direct experience in each of the domains that SPTN desires to provide services in.

2.1 Professionals

Globecomm is staffed with some of the most experienced communication and broadcast engineers and program management experts in the world. No other company has more engineers experienced in the construction of worldwide broadcast and DTH facilities than are employed at Globecomm. These professionals were involved in the first Broadcast Satellite Service uplink terminals beginning in the late 1980’s and continuing through to the new millennium.

The diversity of engineers that Globecomm employs is one of our greatest strengths in that we have satellite communications engineers, broadcast engineers, wireless/cellular engineers, Internet engineers, information technology engineers, and facilities engineers. The combination of their skills and expertise along with many years of experience in their individual technical fields is unmatched by any other company.

2.2 Implementation

Some of the work implemented by Globecomm at the Bharti Airtel DTH facility in India and for Showtime is shown in the following photographs:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 7 Bharti Airtel - India

Showtime -USA 2.3 Facilities

Globecomm headquarters in Hauppauge, New York is a 122,000 square foot system engineering and integration facility that was completed in 1997. Globecomm was the Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 8 General Contractor for the construction of this facility including the provision of an UPS/generator power system designed to support the Kenneth A. Miller International Teleport that is adjacent to this facility.

Globecomm Facility, Hauppauge, New York

Kenneth A. Miller International Teleport Network Operations Center

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 9 Globecomm Broadcast Technology Laboratory

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 10 3 MediaCentre Project Team

3.1 Responsibilities

Globecomm will have overall responsibility for the design, supply, integration, installation and testing of all equipment. Because of their unsurpassed experience in Media Asset Management solutions, Globecomm will be working very closely with Harris Corporation as well as our other partnersl. As a team, we will supply all related technical documentation, training, spare parts, and all other material and services as required.

 Globecomm will assure that the subsystems are completed in accordance with the required schedule.

 Globecomm will provide an overall single point of contact Project Director.

 Globecomm’s Project Teams are structured as to regional experience and technology expertise. The core Globecomm project team will be from our America’s Team, which has over 100 years of combined communications systems experience and will be supported from our Broadcast Engineering Expert Team

 Globecomm has evaluated a variety of candidate suppliers from the broadcast, and network infrastructure for the MediaCentre project. These companies are well-known, quality companies that complement our capabilities. These supplier partners were selected by Globecomm because they are Quality and Performance leaders in their respective fields.

 The employees of Globecomm and our partners have extensive experience with the design, development and implementation broadcast centers, network operations centers, IT infrastructure, and communications systems.

 Globecomm is a company dedicated to Quality and, as such, has designed its quality system based on ISO9001, the international standard for quality systems. GSI Systems Inc. was certified to this standard of quality during 1997. Globecomm has established a formal Environmental Stress Screening (ESS) program in addition to a quality system based on the ISO-9001 process. Key components undergo an ESS process. The ESS program has been proven to reduce field failures, thereby providing the customer with an extra degree of reliability. Our quality system has been accepted by British Telecommunications PLC, OTE, Hughes Network Systems, Marconi, Reuters, Telkom South Africa, Dubai Internet City, Egypt Telecom, and other quality oriented customers.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 11  Globecomm understands the importance of after sales support and keeping our customers satisfied throughout the life of the system. Globecomm has established a Life Cycle Support center in the EMEA region, which will ensure the support of the deployed network.

 All equipment used in the proposed solution is commercial off the shelf (COTS) equipment commonly used within the broadcast industry. We have extensive experience installing, integrating, and commissioning all proposed product models in previous deployments around the world.

 All subsystem design, interface definition, equipment selection, installation and commissioning, and program planning and management are also in accordance with ISO 9001. In addition, all product manuals, “As Built” documentation, training materials, test plans, and test reports will be generated in accordance with these procedures. 3.2 Program Management

Globecomm has the experience and capability to provide for the management and co- ordination of all system and subsystems implementation, tests, and proof of performance, as well as, all necessary functions needed for successful operation of the system within the agreed timetable.

Projects are managed in accordance with the provisions of the System Implementation requirements and the criticality of the targeted service date.

A dedicated project team will be assigned and a single Program Manager will be assigned as the single Point-of-Contract for the SPTN project team. This Program Manager will be responsible for all aspects of deployment including design, supply, integration, installation and testing of all equipment and software, as well as supplying all related technical documentation, training, spare parts, and all other material and services as required by the Request for Proposal (RFP) or required to meet warranty Service Level Agreements (SLAs).

As a part of the project management process, Globecomm provides to the Customer a “System Implementation Plan” that delineates all of the steps necessary to make the project a success. As a minimum, the plan provides for a series of meetings, reports, and reviews, all designed to assist in managing the project successfully. Each element designed to minimize project risk, control costs, and management schedules. Key Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 12 individuals required to carry out the tasks are identified and their area of responsibility clearly defined.

One of the processes that Globecomm does on a routine basis to help insure quality is write comprehensive specifications for the systems and subsystems that are used in the implementation of the communication system that is contracted for. For each system and/or subsystem, Globecomm also writes a separate Statement of Work (SOW) to supplement the specification document. The specification details the electrical, mechanical, environmental performance of the system. The SOW defines quantity, schedule, site location, and other details specific to the purchase such as testing, training, documentation and spares requirements.

As an ISO 9001 company, Globecomm provides documentation to the highest standards in the industry. Working in concert with all of the members of the team, a complete set of facility and all system and subsystem documentation will be provided. The Contractor/team will supply operations and Maintenance manuals for each and every critical piece of equipment and/or subsystem supplied. Included in the documentation package will be architectural drawings, technical documentation, proof of performance documents, block diagrams, interconnection diagrams, wire run lists, test plans and procedures, and assembly drawings for any unit specifically designed for the facility.

Based on a detailed reliability analysis for the equipment provided, the redundancy philosophy selected, vendor data, and past experience with the equipment, the Globecomm Systems has recommended a detailed list of spare parts for all systems necessary to operate the system without interruptions.

A guaranteed one-year warranty for all system and all subsystem components both hardware and software will be provided.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 13 4 APPENDIX A

Pricing Summary

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 14 Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks P-631-231-9800 Fax: 631 231 1557 Attention: Mark Gleeson Submitted by: Walter W Scharpf Reference: P12-10407 Phone: 631-457-1172 Description: EMEA MediaCentre [email protected] Date: June 8, 2012 www.globecommsystems.com Bid Valid to: September 7, 2012 Proposal Summary Sheet

Item Qty Description Sell Price USD Extended Sell Price USD

1 1 EMEA MediaCentre $7,496,166 $7,496,166

Total USD $7,496,166 $7,496,166

Total GBP 4,836,236 4,836,236

VAT GBP at 20% 967,247 967,247

Grand Total with VAT GBP 5,803,483 5,803,483

Notes: 1) Bid is valid for a period of 90 days of submission 2) Warranty is 1 year 3) VAT is included. The program can be run through Globecomms European office in the Netherlands then VAT can be removed. 4) Shipping is included

Suggested Payment Terms: 1) 20% on Contract Award 2) 15% on Preliminary Design Review 3) 15% on Critical Design Review 4) 30% on Shipment 5) 10% on Completion of Installation 6) 5% on Provisional Acceptance (or when goods are put to commercial or beneficial use) Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 2 Introduction

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 8, 2012

Globecomm is pleased to provide this proposal to Sony Pictures Television network in response to the Sony Pictures Television Networks (SPTN) EMEA MediaCentre Request for Proposal. The Globecomm proposal consists of six (6) sections of which Section 4, the Approach to delivery, Section 5, Technical response, and Section 7, Commercial, are the most critical and important of the sections

Section 1 is the Executive Summary and provides a high level summary of the Globecomm response, proposal highlights, experience, project and program management teams and a pricing summary.

Section 2 is a brief introduction of the Globecomm response

Section 3 is a statement of Globecomm’s understanding of SPTN’s business requirements relative to the EMEA MediaCentre project.

Section 4 is an outline of Globecomm’s intentions relative to the delivery of the MediaCentre project including program management, risk assessment, CDM, subcontracting, test and acceptance

Section 5 is the technical response of which there are two parts. Part A for the systems selected and proposed in general and Part B for the Content and Workflow Management system selected by Globecomm. This Section is provide with two Appendices , Appendix A is the Equipment List and Appendix B is the Harris Invenio CWM proposal, which supplements the technical write up in Part B for the CWM system.

Section 6 provides additional information including Globecomm organization and management, company financial details, insurance, references, and other details.

Section 7 is the Commercial and Contractual section with pricing in summary and detail.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 1 chosen to work closely with Harris Corporation and are proposing the Harris Invenio Asset Management System as the Content and Workflow Management solution for the Sony EMEA MediaCentre.

Another advantage of the Harris Invenio is the automated Quality Control (QC) tools that are standard in the solution (Harris QuiC) including the inclusion of the Harding Flash and pattern Analysis QC tool. One issue with the overall SPTN QC Tools specification is the audio to text extraction tool’s requirement for checking sensitive words. While Globecomm was unable to find a system that would meet the requirements; Harris is interested in working with SPTN to deliver this function, however this functionality is not provided as part of this proposal.

To facilitate the rapid and profitable growth in SPTN’s television, video on demand, and non-linear business initiatives, Sony has decided to migrate to a 99% file-based workflow facility that will provide an efficient, scalable, and flexible environment for their new content and trafficking platform-the MediaCentre. With the transition to file-based workflow the design of the MediaCentre is all IP-Centric, which means that media flow is packages of media content and metadata that traverse Ethernet Local Area Networks (LANs) while being managed by a central asset management system. One of the greatest strengths of Globecomm is the diversity of engineers that Globecomm Systems employs. We have satellite communications engineers, broadcast engineers, wireless/cellular engineers, Internet engineers, information technology engineers, and facilities engineers. The combination of their skills and expertise along with many years

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 2 of experience in their individual technical fields is unmatched by any other company, especially in designing and integrating complex networks of which the MediaCentre is one.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 3 Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 3 Understanding of Business

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 8, 2012

This is a discussion as to whether Globecomm understands SPTN’s business requirements and is solely focused on the EMEA MediaCentre and the request for proposal that Globecomm is responding to.

Globecomm not only provides infrastructure solutions; but also has a service business that provides more revenue than the infrastructure business. Over 100 channels of video services are broadcast from Globecomm’s International Headquarters located in Hauppauge, Long Island and, of those channels; over forty are Showtime Network channels.

The Showtime facility was designed and built in concert with Showtime. The operators are all Showtime employees; however, Globecomm owns and maintains the Showtime Broadcast Center. A good portion of the Showtime equipment is identical to what we have proposed to provide in the EMEA MediaCentre, which implies that Globecomm has a good understanding of most of the critical equipment being proposed to Sony.

With regard to file-based workflow and media asset management, Globecomm is presently involved on multiple projects and initiatives including:

 Globecomm is presently under a consultancy contract with Globecast Singapore and are working with them on a multi-channel playout system that will use an Evertz Pharos Media Asset Management System (Globecast UK uses Pharos).  Globecomm recently announced a seven year contract renewal with Showtime and together we are in the process of upgrading their broadcast center including transition from Avid servers to Harris NEXIO servers and providing a complete upgrade of the existing Harris Invenio MAM System. Harris will also be providing a complementary set of Invenio software to Showtime for R&D purposes, which will go into a new laboratory where workflow solutions can be run on a trial basis.  Globecomm recently provided proposals for two (2) large broadcast media centers in Asia where the Harris Invenio MAM was proposed on one and where

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 1 the other broadcaster was investigating purchasing the MAM on their own and the SI would work with it.  Globecomm is presently in the developmental phase of implementing a file- based workflow playout solution in the Cloud, which will include asset management.  Globecomm has under management contract a small broadcast SI group, SITAV, in Los Angeles that does work for Paramount Studios, Disney and others who have MAM experience.

Globecomm believes that, based on the information that was presented in the request for proposal, we understand and can provide the service that SPTN is looking for. We believe that we have selected the best complement of equipment and partners available and that as a team, working with SPTN, it will be a win/win situation that benefits both SPTN and the Globecomm team.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 2 W15P7T11RC001

Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 4 Approach to Delivery

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 12, 2012

Version Date Pages Changes 1.0 6/12/12 -- First Released Version

Name Date Prepared by: Reviewed by: Approved by:

Document Number: P10061-00000 TABLEOFCONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... i 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 1 1.1 PURPOSE ...... 1 2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN (PMP) ...... 2 2.1 Globecomm Value as Turnkey System Integrator for SPTN ...... 2 2.2 High-Level Team Organization...... 3 2.3 Project Organization ...... 3 2.4 Globecomm Subcontractor Team...... 4 2.4.1 Globecomm Partner Organization...... 4 2.5 Quality Assurance Program ...... 6 2.6 Globecomm Experience and References...... 7 2.7 Project Plan & Schedule...... 8 2.8 Globecomm Company Organization and SPTN Program Organization...... 13 2.8.1 Globecomm Project Organization and Program Team Resumes ...... 13 2.9 Globecomm Engineering Services Package ...... 21 2.10 Kickoff Meeting...... 25 2.11 Design Reviews (PDR/CDR) ...... 26 2.12 Acceptance Testing ...... 26 2.12.1 Factory Testing...... 26 2.12.2 Phase 1 Pre-FAT Acceptance Testing...... 27 2.12.3 Phase 2 Acceptance Testing...... 27 2.12.4 Compatibility and Interface Tests...... 27 2.12.5 Test Reports ...... 27 2.13 Training ...... 28 2.13.1 Training - General ...... 28 2.13.2 Training Material...... 28 2.13.3 Training Equipment Access...... 28 2.13.4 Training Objectives ...... 28 2.13.5 Training Methods...... 29 2.14 Risk Management ...... 29 2.14.1 Risk Mitigation Strategy...... 29 2.14.2 MediaCentre – High Level Risks...... 30 2.14.3 Risk Management Plan ...... 31 2.14.4 Risk Management Report ...... 32 2.14.5 Risk Management Log...... 35 2.15 Shipping...... 36 2.16 Warranty ...... 36 2.17 Conclusion...... 36 Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential i 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE

This section provides Globecomm’s management response to the Sony Pictures Television Networks (SPTN) EMEA MediaCentre Request for Proposal. The MediaCentre is to be built at SPTN’s premises in 25 Square, London and will interoperate with other Sony facilities in Singapore, Madrid, and Budapest, as well as with legacy suppliers of language, subtitle and QC services. The Globecomm management proposal presents the processes as to how we plan to provide the goods and services needed to provide the design, build, test and completion of the MediaCentre and associated playout and production centers across EMEA.

Globecomm has partnered with Harris Corporation and are proposing the Harris Invenio Asset Management System as the Content and Workflow Management solution for the Sony EMEA MediaCentre.

•CWM •SW Harris •Documentation Globecomm •Risk Management - Prime EMEA

•Broadcast Engineering Contractor MediaCentre •System Design Globecomm •Project Management -ISO-9001 •Overall Risk Manaegment

Note that Globecomm, being a System Integrator, is generally product autonomous. We select best of industry solutions and take responsibility for their design and integration into a System. For this unique program we feel the teaming agreement between Harris and Globecomm brings the most value to SPTN.

Globecomm, as a system integrator, has several important attributes it can offer SPTN:

 Globecomm has already proven the ability to implement a program of this scale and for this unique type of service (having successfully primed many similar programs including the SHOWTIME Master Control Platform)  Experience and partnership with Harris  Globecomm builds file-based workflow solutions regularly for global media and broadcast customers

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 1 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012  A professional Program Management Approach and complete Life Cycle Support organization.

2 Project Management Plan (PMP)

This Project Management Plan is most directed towards our approach to provide the design, build, test and completion of the MediaCentre and associated playout and production centers across EMEA.

Our experience profile and partner relationships are also contained in Sections 1, 2, 3 and 6 of this Globecomm response.

Globecomm Systems Inc. is a project oriented engineering services company. The record of accomplishment of the key employees includes the successful completion of many major U.S. Broadcast, U.S. Government and International Telecommunication programs.

2.1 Globecomm Value as Turnkey System Integrator for SPTN

Globecomm brings significant value to SPTN when Globecomm assumes responsibility as a turnkey system integrator, including procurement and supply of the hardware subsystems required. In this case, we are suggesting the value added Globecomm can provide to SPTN as the prime contractor for the new MediaCentre.

Globecomm’s vision of Systems Integration is based on the concept of exceeding customer expectations through up front engineering, planning, program management and risk mitigation plans.

Up front engineering and system simulation, using proprietary engineering tools assures the system designed will meet all specifications when implemented.

Planning and Program Management assures the program schedule is detailed and managed to the level needed to assure delivery and system acceptance milestones are met.

Risk Mitigation Plans are developed to anticipate potential problems that might affect the project schedule, and take preemptive steps to mitigate and prevent the potential for problems. In managing a complex program like the proposed MediaCentre System planned by SPTN, the Risk Mitigation Plans are most important. Up front planning for potential problems, and having maximum control over the suppliers of the hardware components are both important in maximizing the probability of on time completion of such a complex project.

Globecomm Systems Inc. long and successful relationships with the major suppliers proposed are leveraged to the largest degree when Globecomm procures and supplies the hardware subsystems for example CWM (via Harris), Disk Storage (Isilon), Reference and Distribution (Evertz), etc. Being the customer for these subsystems gives Globecomm the control needed to

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 2 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 drive design decisions required for overall success in meeting system specifications, and provides Globecomm the control needed to drive management of production and installation of the major subsystems. In short, having Globecomm procure the major subsystems in accordance with our ISO9001 Supplier Management processes and based on our long term relationships as a customer of the major suppliers for these subsystems, mitigates one of the major risks in a complex program like the current program for SPTN; i.e. the technical and delivery risk associated with vendor supplied subsystems.

In our role as System Integrator, we constantly prove our value in the design review process, in the process of monitoring production and in the process of qualifying the subsystems we procure through partner factory testing and Globecomm system-level factory testing. Having the leverage as the customer for the key suppliers of subsystem components is very important in driving design changes, if required, and in driving production and test schedules at the supplier’s facility.

2.2 High-Level Team Organization

To meet the requirements of this program Globecomm Systems has assembled a uniquely qualified team. Each of the team members has previous and or ongoing experience providing products and services to SPTN.

AN EXPERIENCED PROVEN TEAM = LOW PROJECT RISK

It is important to note that Globecomm has already studied the SPTN RFP and based on our understanding of the requirements, we have conducted a thorough industry study and have selected what we believe are the best products at the best price. Some of the key results of our study are contained in the technical section of this proposal.

All subcontractors will work under the direction of the Globecomm Project Manager. The Project Manager will be the Prime interface to SPTN. Resumes for Key Globecomm Personnel are provided in this section.

GLOBECOMM AS PRIME CONTRACTOR UNDERTAKES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SUBCONTRACTED TEAM MEMBERS.

2.3 Project Organization

Globecomm’s management philosophy is based on the “Team Based Organization”. This approach is fully consistent with proven Project Management approaches used by the U.S. Military, Global Broadcasters like SPTN, and many other forward thinking commercial companies.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 3 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 The Project Team Leader is the Project (or Program) Manager. The Project Manager is fully responsible for meeting the requirements of the contract, and meeting the customer’s expectation. Team members are assigned to the Project Manager (i.e. Team Leader), and are expected to meet his/her expectations as long as they are part of the project team. The Project Manager is assigned resources as required to provide the skills needed to complete the contractual requirements.

The Project Processes defined by Globecomm’s ISO procedures are executed by the Project Manager. Top management at Globecomm is responsible for helping the Project Manager succeed. Therefore, top management audits progress according to the agreed on schedule, and provides resources as required to support the PMP’s manpower requirement definition. At Globecomm, top management takes an active role in assuring the customer is satisfied, and understands its role is to help the Project Managers succeed.

2.4 Globecomm Subcontractor Team

Included with the subcontractor, are the “high-level” expectations that are not inclusive of all responsibilities provided. Globecomm has worked with these partners on numerous previous projects and has developed a close working relationship. The Globecomm team is committed to working together with SPTN to exceed all expectations of this program.

2.4.1 Globecomm Partner Organization

As the Prime Contractor, Globecomm would assume:

 Total Program Responsibility  Major Procurement and Cash-Flow Management  Complete MediaCentre System Engineering  Complete MediaCentre System Integration  Complete MediaCentre System FAT Commissioning  Management Logistics for Plant and Site Activities  24 x 7 Network Operations Center  System Level Warranty and Product Support

Our proposed Partner/Supplier approach is illustrated as follows:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 4 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 In our role as System Integrator, we constantly prove our value in the design review process, in the process of monitoring production and in the process of qualifying the subsystems we procure through in plant and on site testing. Having the leverage as the customer for the key suppliers of subsystem components is very important in driving design changes, if required, and in driving production and test schedules at the supplier’s facility.

Globecomm selects subcontractors who are commercially sound and technically competent to provide material and services at a level of quality, price, and delivery appropriate to the contract. Subcontractors are chosen on the basis of their ability to provide materials and services that conform to the requirements of the purchase order, including quality system and quality assurance requirements in accordance with Globecomm Standard Procedure 1020, Evaluation of Suppliers/Subcontractors.

The Subcontractor qualification process may include one or more of the following:

 Past relationship history (pre-qualified by past performance)

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 5 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012  On-site survey of the quality system  ISO 9001 registration  Product evaluation  Published listings of qualified manufacturers

The type and extent of control exercised over subcontractors is defined in the purchase order. Controls are appropriate to the type of product and its impact on the quality of the final product. Past performance history and audit reports may be used in determining the controls imposed. Based on the critical nature of a supplied product or service, a subcontractor/supplier survey may be required. Subcontractor surveys are performed in accordance with Work Instruction 1021, Supplier/Subcontractor Survey.

At Globecomm, an Approved Supplier database is maintained for qualified suppliers, and used for all purchasing applications. After order placement and receipt of material, the acceptability of the material is determined. Acceptable material is processed into work in process (WIP), defective material is processed in accordance with Standard Procedure 1040, Control of Nonconforming Material.

Globecomm’s QA periodically reviews all available failure data on subcontractor-furnished material, which include newly received, in-house, and customer returns. If trends or repetitive failures are identified a supplier corrective action request (SCAR) is completed in accordance with Standard Procedure 1060, Supplier Corrective Action, and forwarded to the subcontractor for a formal response. QA evaluates the SCAR response to determine acceptability and monitor future performance to determine if the corrective action is effective in reducing or eliminating the cause of the discrepancy.

QA works with subcontractors who have implemented corrective action but have not been effective in reducing failures and Globecomm desires to continue an association with that subcontractor. QA disqualifies subcontractors/suppliers when their corrective action has not been effective in reducing failures and Globecomm does not wish to continue further association. For a subcontractor that has been disqualified, QA inactivates that supplier in the Approved Supplier Database, which will prevent a purchase order from being issued.

2.5 Quality Assurance Program

Globecomm is certified according to international quality standards ISO 9001:2000. The certification is repeated annually to ensure a high standard in current processes in all parts of the company. These certifications are the basis for our guidelines and processes. The Globecomm ISO 9001:2000 Quality Manual is provided on request. The document includes the Quality Management System including document control as well as the Product Realization guidelines, processes and procedures. Product Realization includes the design and development, purchasing, production, and provisioning.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 6 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 At Globecomm, “prevention” is an underlying concept in our Total Quality Management Program. Globecomm’s TQM program, Q9000, is built around documented Quality Processes, including those that define how engineering and project management are conducted at Globecomm. The concepts of working to prevent problems, and training people to build the quality into their work, whether it be wiring or engineering, are cornerstones of our TQM program. The Internal Design Review Process is one of the “prevention” processes built into the Project Management Process.

2.6 Globecomm Experience and References

Globecomm is the best source for the successful implementation of this program for SPTN. The Program Management Team has identified these core reasons for the Globecomm recommendation:

 Our solution provides best-of-breed sources for the best technically compliant integrated system provided by one company, Globecomm as the core “Turn-key” management and engineering team.  We understand the SPTN Scope of Work and have the core approach as documented in this proposal.  Our Technical Approach is sound and suggests leading industry solutions that are proven in the field. Our proprietary engineering software allows us to model and prove the systems performance prior to build.  Our proven track record assures SPTN that we have the credibility to make the program a success.

With one of the largest in-house engineering staffs in the industry, Globecomm develops system level products that deliver the reliability and operational integrity needed in the demanding broadcast environment.

We have participated in the implementation of more RF based Media and Broadcast projects than any other company in the world; some of these projects include:

 Bharti India  DirecTV in Castle Rock, Marina Del Ray, and Japan  Showtime  SPTN  NBCu  CBS  Discovery Communications  Bell South in Atlanta  Astro DTH in Malaysia  Rainbow’s (Cablevision) VOOM Ground Segment Platform  Nielsen  SES Americom’s IP Prime Ground Segment Platform

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 7 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Today, much of the world’s television and radio broadcasting moves through digital transmission systems, networks, and studios designed and built by Globecomm. Based on this experience, Discovery Communications selected Globecomm in 2010 to design and integrate the main origination station for their Discovery Channel products. When you buy systems or services from Globecomm, you benefit from the vast experience of our engineers, who include some of the pioneers of the communications industry. You also benefit from Globecomm’s substantial intellectual capitol, computerized tools, designs, patents, methodologies and processes developed over the years by our engineering staff. This combination of experience, skills and knowledge allows us to guarantee that the system we sell you enters service with no excuses, no finger pointing, no matter what.

As requested in the SPTN RFP, Globecomm Systems Inc. provides the following references from past Globecomm programs that are similar in size and nature to that of the SPTN Ground Segment proposed by Globecomm:

Project Description Contact Rural Wireless Globecomm Prime Contractor: Dan Boyette Program for GCI, Cellular GSM Network with over GCI Alaska 200 BTS locations including Core 2550 Denali St. Switch at hub. Production run Anchorage, Alaska 99504 of pre-designed BTS products (907) 868-5520 right from Globecomm, [email protected] Hauppauge, NY VP Rural Consumer Service Showtime Complex media and broadcast Jim Occhiuto Broadcast Center center including all design and VP Broadcast and Media engineering. Hosted services Showtime Distribution, VOD and Life Cycle Support services. 1633 Broadway New York, NY 10019 [email protected] 1 212 708 1260 Discovery Globecomm Prime Contractor: Charles J. Myers Communications Complex Broadcast Platform VP, Engineering and Technical Origination Station with SD and HD feeds and Development distribution, six digital mux Television Technology Group streams integrated into Discovery Communications, Inc. origination network. [email protected] Silver Spring Direct Dial: 240- 662-4849

2.7 Project Plan & Schedule

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 8 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Project Planning at Globecomm begins during the “customer’s procurement cycle” with generation of a project estimate for schedule and cost. These and other reports generated as part of the Program Management Plan are output of the planning process using Microsoft Project for Windows software. The schedule tools in Microsoft Project allow the Project Manager to easily see when tasks are slipping and which tasks are critical to on time completion of the program. The ability to adjust tasks, resources and slack time to work around slippages, is one of the strengths of this computer aided management tool.

The contract milestones and dates for each milestone for delivering equipment and services are presented within. Globecomm understands and agrees that the delivery dates for all deliverable items are of the essence of the Contract. Milestone completion and acceptance must be in accordance with the contract SOW and schedule.

The proposed program schedule will be mutually agreed to by Globecomm and by SPTN and will be finalized at the proposed Kickoff Meeting.

Globecomm will conduct a Preliminary Design Review (PDR) and a Critical Design Review (CDR), at mutually agreed to location and dates within the constraints of the schedule. The PDR and CDR will be a two-step comprehensive review of all designs and analyses conducted so far. Tasks of the two-step process will be review of components, design architecture, hardware and software requirements, specification review, integration plan, testing plan, schedule, etc. The design will be reviewed in detail and technical recommendations may be made and approved in a mutual atmosphere. Key representatives of all parties will have opportunities to discuss details of a particular subsystem as well subsystem integration designs.

The Program Schedule is presented in the following Figure 2.7-1. As illustrated in the schedule, our goal would be to complete the prototype design, integration, test and factory commissioning during or before January 1st, 2013.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 9 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Figure 2.7-1. Proposed Project Schedule (London Phase)

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 10 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 11 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 12 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 2.8 Globecomm Company Organization and SPTN Program Organization

The Globecomm Systems Inc. company organization chart is presented in Figure 2.8-1. Globecomm has two major businesses: Commercial Systems and Network Services. The SPTN Program comes under the Commercial Systems Division of Globecomm. The Commercial Systems Division reports to Mr. Tom Coyle, VP and General Manager.

Within Commercial Systems there are five major Business Units; Americas Team, Asia Pacific Team, Eastern Atlantic Team, Broadcast Technologies and our Globecomm Systems European Team (Globecomm Ltd.) located in the United Kingdom. All the Project Teams report into one of these Business Units.

The Globecomm SPTN MediaCentre System Program Team reports into the Americas Business Team headed by Mr. Gerard Johnston, Vice President. The Project Teams have responsibility to the customer for meeting the contractual expectations as defined in the Statement of Work, Specifications, Milestone Schedule, and General Terms and Conditions. The Project Team is supported by other teams within Globecomm including; Operations Team, Finance Team, Design Team, Quality Team, etc.

2.8.1 Globecomm Project Organization and Program Team Resumes

The Globecomm SPTN Project Team is headed by a dedicated Project Manager who will work closely with a dedicated Senior Project Engineer. For the SPTN Program, the designated Project Manager will be Mr. Doug Klein, and the Project Engineer will be Mr. Augusto Villasenor. This leadership combo will assemble a team of internal experts and external suppliers to implement the SPTN Program. The organization chart of the Program Team is presented in Figure 2.8.1-1.

Some members of the Project Team are dedicated resources to the Americas Team and Network Services Team, and some are internal experts brought into the Project Team as required for specific tasks. Mr. Klein and Mr. Villasenor have full responsibility and authority for the project and for recruiting those resources required to complete the contractual deliverables in a timely manner.

Following the organizations charts are Globecomm resumes of the key engineering and program management team members for the SPTN Program. The Globecomm Systems organization includes some of the most experienced individuals in the media broadcast industry.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 13 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Figure 2.8.1-1. Globecomm Organization Chart

Globecomm Project Organization Chart for SPTN MediaCentre Program

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 14 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Augusto R. Villaseñor Senior Director, Broadcast Technology

AUGUSTO R. VILLASEÑOR has nineteen years of experience in broadcast design engineering and technical operations. Mr. Villaseñor has worked at Associated Broadcasting Company (ABC5) Philippines as a Master Control Engineer. While at ABC, he worked on System Maintenance, TV Broadcast Operations, and special projects such as Newsroom Computer Systems and TOC Facility Design.

Prior to joining Globecomm Systems Inc., Mr. Villaseñor was employed by Vintage Television as System Maintenance Supervisor, Operations Head and later Technical Operations Center (TOC) Design Chief. His responsibilities included broadcast design requirements for special projects, supervising an Outside Broadcast Coverage team and supervising day-to-day technical operations and studios.

In June of 2001, Mr. Villasenor has conducted a proof of design concept for Showtime Network’s Video on Demand distribution service over the satellite. Later that year, the Showtime VOD project was implemented and commissioned by Mr. Villasenor. In 2003, he participated in the Fox Network Analog to Digital transition project involving upgrades to 175 Fox Affiliates all over the US. In 2004, Mr. Villasenor implemented the Alabama Public Television distribution system for ATSC and DVB. In September of 2005, Mr. Villaseñor designed and implemented the SES Americom’s IP Prime IPTV Network Operations Center in Vernon Valley, NJ. In August of 2006, he started the design and implementation of Showtime Network’s new Technical Operations Center; a file-based origination facility in Hauppauge, NY. This involved design, integration, and commissioning and project management. From Ingest to Master Control Playout to Satellite distribution, Mr. Villaseñor was instrumental in completing the project on time for its June 2007 launch. In March of the following year 2008, Mr. Villaseñor has taken part in the design and implementation of the Media Processing Center in India for Bharti Airtel’s IPTV, Mobile and DTH operations. Recently, Mr. Villasenor has designed and completed the Nielsen Media Research IP Content Processing project in Lebanon, Ohio. This unmanned facility is monitored and control at Nielsen’s worldwide headquarters in Tampa, Florida.

Mr. Villaseñor’s article on Multi-image Display Technology was published in the April 2008 NAB edition of Broadcast Engineering. He was also the chosen speaker of a webcast presentation on IPTV Design Considerations in March 2008, sponsored by Thompson. As a former part-time college professor from 1995-97, Mr. Villaseñor taught Microprocessor and Electronics Circuits. In addition, he conducted seminars on Broadcast Televisions and Video Systems: Transition to Digital. Mr. Villasenor is one of the judges in Broadcast Engineering NAB Pick Hit awards for new products and technology since 2006.

Mr. Villaseñor holds a Master of Science in Management of Information Technology degree from State University of New York (SUNY), Farmingdale, New York, 2006. He holds a Bachelor of Science in

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 15 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Engineering degree from Polytechnic University of the Philippines, 1991. He also completed the Architectural Drafting and Design program at the University of Bulacan, 1986. He was a licensed Electronics and Communications Engineer, as well as a member of IEEE Broadcast Technology Society (BTS). Mr. Villasenor is certified compression systems engineer by Tandberg (Ericsson) Television. He was an active member of SMPTE (Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers) New York Region participated in DC28 Digital Cinema standardization, member of 10e-40WG 3D Technical Committee for 3DTV Home Master standardization and SBE (The Society of Broadcast Engineers) New York City, Chapter 15. He is an associate member of AMWA (Advanced Media Workflow Association).

DOUG KLEIN Sr. Program Manager DOUGLAS J KLEIN has over 20 years of experience in program management in the high tech electronic industry in both defense and commercial fields. Mr. Klein is responsible for managing major engineering projects. This includes program planning, development of detailed project workplans, contract review, system design, major supplier management, procurement, assembly, test/integration and installation.

Mr. Klein was with Symbol Technologies from 1997 to 2005 where he was a New Product Development Program Manager. He worked on wireless and data capture new product development product for scanners and wireless technology, such as TDMA, GSM, CDMA and GPRS. He worked closely on customer products for Fed-EX, SAIC, Bell South and Pepsi.

Mr. Klein was with Siemens Technologies from 1990 to 1997 where he was a Senior Program Manager working on Coastal Radar Programs and FAA Monopulse radar systems. His experience included managing complete radar installations, including civil works (towers/shelters/Gen set) as well and the electronic rack build, integration and final commissioning.

Prior to Siemens, Mr. Klein worked as a Program Manager at United Technologies where he managed programs with the Navy as well as Los Alamos National Labs.

Mr. Klein has a Master Degree (MBA) and a BA Degree from Long Island University in Business and Finance.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 16 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Kenneth Wieland Sr. Director, Engineering KENNETH WIELAND has 25 years of experience in the satellite communications. Mr. Wieland came to Globecomm Systems from Satellite Transmission Systems, Inc., where he was Director of Programs. Mr. Wieland was responsible for the profitability of a business segment valued at $26 million in sales in 1996 Commercial Satellite Systems and Networks.

During his tenure at Satellite Transmission Systems, over the period from February 1980 to October 1996, Mr. Wieland developed and implemented satellite communications systems for many customers in the U.S. and overseas, including the original control room and converters/modem racks at the KFSTC in Jeddah KSA. Some of the more notable accomplishments include the integration and test of the complete Communications Ground Segment required for the Mobile Satellite Service launched by American Mobile Satellite Corp. in the U.S. and TMI Communications Inc. in Canada. This service provides seamless voice, fax, and data from mobile terminals located anywhere in the U.S. and Canada.

Before Satellite Transmission Systems, Mr. Wieland was a Project Engineer at Comtech Telecommunications, Inc., and an Engineer at Airborne Instrument Laboratories (AIL). At Comtech, Mr. Wieland was responsible for the design and implementation of many satellite systems in the U.S., including earth terminals for RCA (now GE) Americom and Western Union Telegraph WETCO. While at AIL, Mr. Wieland was a part of the project team responsible for ongoing improvements to airborne electronic countermeasure equipment.

Mr. Wieland holds a BSEE from New Jersey Institute of Technology (Newark College of Engineering).

Gerard W. Johnston Vice President and Project Engineer, Americas Business Unit

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 17 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 GERARD W. JOHNSTON has over 20 years of experience in the satellite communications and telecommunication network field. Mr. Johnston is responsible for all the business aspects in Americas business region including strategic business planning, marketing and sales, project implementation, and after sales support. Notable programs include the turnkey delivery of the ASkyB Direct-To-Home Satellite Ground Network located in Gilbert, AZ and the CBS Analog-to- Digital Upgrade of all CBS continental US affiliates.

Mr. Johnston came to Globecomm Systems from Satellite Transmission Systems, Inc., where he was Manager of Programs and Senior Project Engineer. During his tenure at Satellite Transmission Systems, over the period from 1986 to January 1996, Mr. Johnston designed and implemented satellite communications networks, systems, and products for customers in the U.S. and overseas. Some of the more notable accomplishments include design and implementation of a forty-four node network in Ecuador bringing remote cities telephone and data services via the INTELSAT Space Segment, three Gateway Earth Stations for the Greek PTT, OTE and the first Gateway Earth Station for the former Soviet Republic of Armenia. As a Manager of Programs and Senior Project Engineer in the Commercial Systems Segment, Mr. Johnston developed a customer relationship built on the highest standards of quality, service, trust and integrity.

Before Satellite Transmission Systems, Mr. Johnston was Systems Engineer of Satellite Systems at TELSPEC Telecommunications, Inc. At TELSPEC, Mr. Johnston was responsible for the design and implementation of many satellite systems in the U.S., including earth terminals for COMSAT and American Satellite

Mr. Johnston holds a BSMA from the University of Fredonia in New York, and a BSEE from the University at Buffalo, New York.

THOMAS G. PARISH Vice President Broadcast Technology THOMAS G. PARISH has over forty years experience in troposcatter, microwave and satellite communication network engineering. Since early 1997, Mr. Parish has focused on developing the digital video and audio broadcast capabilities at Globecomm. In that time, his Broadcast Technology Team has been responsible for winning large contracts to provide terrestrial repeater transmitter stations, utilizing OFDM modulation techniques, for the Sirius Satellite Radio Network, designing and building a DVB-T terrestrial television station for the Island

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 18 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Kingdom of Tonga, working with Showtime to build their new broadcast center and uplink, as well as, many other broadcast projects. In the Direct-to-Home (DTH) television broadcast center arena, Mr. Parish has leveraged the latest state-of-the-art digital processing technologies to enable Globecomm to provide totally integrated broadcast center solutions to customers around the globe with one of the latest being a Media Processing Center for Bharti Airtel in India, which supports DTH, IPTV and Mobile Television distribution.

Mr. Parish came to Globecomm Systems from California Microwave, Satellite Transmission Systems Division where his position was Vice President of System Engineering and Operations. Prior to that he was Vice President and General Manager of Government Systems at STS. During his tenure at Satellite Transmission Systems from May 1983 to October 1996, Mr. Parish was involved in numerous satellite earth station and network projects. He was responsible for the RF design of one the first Ku-Band networks in the world for Sprint Communications. He designed and built the MCI Pacific Ocean Region Gateway earth stations at Yacolt, WA, which won the “Supplier of the Year” award for STS from MCI. In the Government SATCOM area, Mr. Parish was instrumental in winning the Moscow to Washington “Hotline” Project at Fort Detrick, MD, the NATO Broadband Project, the Air Force Lightweight Multi-Band Satellite Terminal (LMST) Pre-FAT terminals, the Commercial Terminal Family (CTF) contract for C, X, and Ku-Band for the State Department and many other significant Government programs.

Mr. Parish was with RCA Americom from 1975 to 1983 where he was Manager of Earth Station and Microwave Design. From 1970 to 1975, Mr. Parish designed troposcatter and microwave radios at Radio Engineering Laboratories (REL) where he was a Senior Engineer. Prior to his University education he was trained as a communications technician in the U.S. Marine Corps where he served for over four years.

Mr. Parish holds Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in Engineering Degrees from the University of South Florida.

Timothy R. Berdon Software Development Manager TIMOTHY R. BERDON has over 13 years experience in software development. His responsibilities include management of In-house software development programs, Internet technologies, monitor and control software, and database applications.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 19 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 From April 1997 to November 2000, Mr. Berdon was a Senior Software Engineer at Globecomm Systems, Inc. His responsibilities included the development and integration of software related to satellite communication systems, network systems, and Internet based systems.

From October 1994 to April 1997, Mr. Berdon was an Engineering Manager/Project Leader at Satellite Transmission Systems. His responsibilities included managing a team of software developers in the design and implementation of computer software for the management of satellite communication systems, and network management systems. This included the development of sophisticated control systems for the automated acquisition of satellites, and automated G/T testing. This also included the development of communication device simulators and networking software as well as protocol translators and proxies.

From February 1989 to October 1994, Mr. Berdon was a Senior Software Engineer with Satellite Transmission Systems. His responsibilities included the design and development of software for the monitor and control of satellite communication systems.

Mr. Berdon has extensive experience programming in the following computer languages: C/C++, Visual Basic, SQL, Pascal, Assembly, HTML, and ASP

Mr. Berdon holds an MS in Computer Science as well as a BS in Computer Science from The New York Institute of Technology.

DAN WATERS Sr. System Engineer and Project Engineer DANIEL WATERS, Globecomm Systems Inc. is responsible for design and development of Earth Stations and Receive Systems with emphasis in Large Scale Broadcast Systems. Mr. Waters is a cornerstone project team member for projects providing turnkey Digital Receive Systems for two major US Television Networks totally over 350 affiliate sites.

Mr. Waters comes to Globecomm Systems Inc. from Satellite Transmission Systems where he was a Systems Engineer responsible for design and integration of satellite earth stations, including link budget analysis. Additional accomplishments include implementation of UNIX- based Computer Aided Engineering for internal process improvement reducing system design time. Mr. Waters holds a BEEE from SUNY Maritime College at Fort Schuyler.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 20 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 2.9 Globecomm Engineering Services Package

The Engineering Services Package is comprised of the following documentation and services:

 Program Management Plan.  Engineering Document Index listing all generated documentation.  Design Reviews as specified in the program schedule.  Design Review Reports.  CWM Software Development Workflows.  ICD’s.  IP and VLAN Design and Planning.  Unit Performance Requirements.  MediaCentre System Specification.  Pre-FAT and 1st Article Test Plan and Procedures.  Production Test Plan and Procedures.  Production Project Plan.  Assembly drawings.  Rack designs, assembly drawings, interconnect diagrams, and wire run lists  Monthly status reports.  Program reviews on an as-required basis (in-plant)  As built System drawings.  QA Plan.  All OEM equipment original Operation and Maintenance Handbooks.  Maintenance instructions for Globecomm manufactured equipment.  Racks design assembly, interconnect and wire run lists/drawings.  Software Design Documentation.  Field Support Program and Plan.  Safety Instructions.  Spare Parts List detailing all of the spare equipment provided.

Globecomm will produce and deliver to SPTN each type of Document specified in the following Document Requirements List (Table 2.9-1, example), as well as other Globecomm documentation produced as indicated above:

 two (2) paper sets in three ring binders;  one (1) set in electronic non-editable format (e.g., PDF); and  one (1) master set in electronic editable, non-protected format delivered to the SPTN Program Manager during CDR or as part of Factory Acceptance Test FAT, and as requested by SPTN from time to time.  Electronic copies shall be provided on suitable electronic storage media designated by SPTN (e.g., CD, DVD).

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 21 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Document control shall be per the ISO 9001:2000 requirements.

The Globecomm proposed project schedule will detail the development timetable for each deliverable document and links those development efforts to the major review and delivery milestones. Please see Figure 2.7-1 presented earlier in the Project Plan as it illustrates these deliverable document requirements.

Table 2.9-1 Document Requirements List Item Submission Submission No. of Comments Requirements Criteria Copies Program Management EDC Approval 2-Hard Plan 1-PDF 1-Native Interface Control PDR, CDR Approval 2-Hard Detailed at PDR Documents 1-PDF Final at FDR 1-Native IP Plan EDC, PDR Review 2-Hard Detailed at EDC 1-PDF Final at PDR 1-Native Unit Performance PDR, CDR Review 2-Hard Requirements 1-PDF 1-Native Glossary EDC, PDR, CDR Information 2-Hard 1-PDF 1-Native Progress Report Monthly Information 2-Hard 1-PDF 1-Native Design Review Notification 2 weeks before Information 2-Hard review 1-PDF 1-Native

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 22 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Table 2.9-1 Document Requirements List Item Submission Submission No. of Comments Requirements Criteria Copies Design Review Documents 2 weeks before Review 2-Hard See relevant (including requirements reviews (PDR and 1-PDF section for compliance matrix) CDR) detailed 1-Native description Detailed MediaCentre PDR, CDR Approval 2-Hard System Specification 1-PDF 1-Native Test Plan and Procedures PDR, CDR Approval 2-Hard Shall address 1-PDF Design Verification, 1-Native Qualification Testing, In-Factory Acceptance, and In-Field Acceptance Testing of units Notification of Acceptance 2 weeks before test Approval 2-Hard Test start 1-PDF 1-Native Final Test Report Within one week of Approval 2-Hard test completion 1-PDF 1-Native Notification of Shipment 15 days before Information 2-Hard shipment 1-PDF 1-Native System documentation 2 weeks prior to In- Approval 2-Hard (including installation Factory Acceptance 1-PDF manual; operation and Testing 1-Native maintenance manual; remote operation, diagnosis, and control manual; and sparing plan)

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 23 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Table 2.9-1 Document Requirements List Item Submission Submission No. of Comments Requirements Criteria Copies Quality Assurance Plan EDC, PDR, CDR Approval 2-Hard 1-PDF 1-Native CADM Plan EDC, PDR, CDR Approval 2-Hard 1-PDF 1-Native QA Procedures As Requested Information 0 These procedures shall be made available for review at the Contractor’s facility. List of Spares CDR Approval 2-Hard 1-PDF 1-Native Field Support Program and CDR Approval 2-Hard Plan 1-PDF 1-Native Production Project Plan CDR Approval 2-Hard 1-PDF 1-Native

All electronic documentation will be supplied in the formats shown in Table 2.9-2 or as required by SPTN.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 24 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Table 2.9-2 Document File Formats

Project Schedules MS Project 2000 Written documents MS Word 2000 Spreadsheets MS Excel 2000 Presentations MS Power Point 2000 Diagrams Visio 2003 Engineering Drawings Visio 2003 or AutoCAD 2000 and 2005 Graphics GIF or JPEG Schematics PDF files and native layout tool formats Source Code Source Text

2.10 Kickoff Meeting

The Kickoff Process is the first level of Quality Assurance, since at this point the Statement of Work, Specifications, Terms and Conditions, and Acceptance Criteria for the contract are reviewed and understood by the Project Team. This will be done within 1 week EDC.

Every program has clearly defined requirement, acceptance criteria, buyer/seller responsibilities, project schedule, budget, cash flow plan, man-power staffing plan, and manpower assignments by task.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 25 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 2.11 Design Reviews (PDR/CDR)

In the Program Schedule, the Project Management team has identified two separate Design Review meetings for the SPTN program. The Preliminary Design Review (PDR) is proposed to be held at the SPTN facility. The Critical Design Review is proposed to be held at the Globecomm headquarters in Hauppauge, NY. At this facility, Globecomm will be able to demonstrate all the design requirements via hardware demonstration or via the use of software tools. All of the Globecomm Team members will be available. See the Project Schedule in this document for timeframe details.

Globecomm shall provide the following items to the SPTN team at least 10 days before scheduled Design Reviews:

 System Block Diagram.  Equipment List.  Equipment Data Sheets.  System engineering calculations.  Specification Compliance Table.  Logistic Review including schedule analysis.  Interface Control Documentation (ICD).  MediaCentre Technical Description  Software design/protocols.  Project Plan  Test Plans/Procedures  Other supporting data from the Globecomm Engineering Services Package itemized in the previous section.

Within the DR, the SPTN project team shall be thoroughly introduced to the System so that the team shall be able to accept the proposed system design and permit the project’s continuation.

Unresolved DR issues are to be solved in accordance with an agreed to Action Item Report provided by Globecomm within five working days of the DR.

2.12 Acceptance Testing

2.12.1 Factory Testing

Manufacturer Factory Testing will be performed by the Globecomm and our partners as specified by Globecomm. These tests shall be conducted at the manufacturer’s facility using Globecomm factory test procedures. With prior written notification, SPTN may witness all of these tests. Globecomm shall provide all supplied vendor test data with the In Plant Test

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 26 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Report. Test plans will be drafted by the engineering team and presented at the design reviews. This plan is subject to change as approved by the SPTN project team.

2.12.2 Phase 1 Pre-FAT Acceptance Testing

Supporting Phase 1 of the program, MediaCentre Pre-FAT Systems will be tested in-plant at Globecomm in Hauppauge, New York, in accordance with the Technical Specifications. The SPTN team shall witness testing and will be notified at least two weeks prior to commencement of testing. Pre-FAT testing must be approved by SPTN in writing before the equipment may be shipped to the site. Test plans will be drafted by the engineering team and presented at the design reviews. This plan is subject to change as approved by the SPTN project team.

2.12.3 Phase 2 Acceptance Testing

The Phase 2 1st-Article and Production acceptance testing shall be performed in accordance with mutually accepted test plans and procedure and the contract specifications. All test equipment required to perform the tests shall be provided by Globecomm, unless provided by SPTN as part of the test equipment. SPTN may witness the testing if desired and will be notified at least 14 working days prior to commencement of testing. Test plans will be drafted by the engineering team and presented at the design reviews. This plan is subject to change as approved by the SPTN project team.

2.12.4 Compatibility and Interface Tests

Globecomm shall perform end-to-end compatibility and interface tests from the input interfaces to the content distribution demark point. All interfaces will be verified and tested. Interface Control Documents and interface meetings will be updated and documented as required.

2.12.5 Test Reports

Within five working days of completion of tests, Globecomm shall prepare a test report and submit it to the customer. The test report shall include actual test schedules and procedures, raw data, processed data, a summary table of test results and a discussion of the test results in relation to the required performance. MediaCentre Product Final Acceptance shall be attained upon approval of the Factory Test report.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 27 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 2.13 Training

2.13.1 Training - General

Globecomm will provide SPTN with a Training Plan for review and approval at the PDR. The emphasis on the training courses will be on operation and maintenance for all equipment supplied by Globecomm for the project. It is assumed that the students have some basic training in media and broadcast engineering and some experience in maintaining and operating electronic systems and need training only on the custom CWM software platform and equipment as configured for the system supplied by Globecomm.

Two days each is planned for the two following levels:  Level 1: Operation and Supervision Personnel  Level 2: Installation and Maintenance Personnel

The training program will run for at least two full days and is planned to be presented to up to ten (10) students. It will be held at Globecomm, NY. Each student will receive a certification for the course attended.

2.13.2 Training Material

The training material will consist of a single Globecomm drawing package for each student. Product provided equipment Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manuals will be used as required. Training material for will be provided for up to ten students. The material, as well as the lecture, will be in English.

2.13.3 Training Equipment Access

Since the emphasis will be on hands-on operation, it is recommended that the training be scheduled for a time when equipment can be easily accessed by the training class. Ideally, this would be immediately after FAT testing.

2.13.4 Training Objectives

The objectives of the training are to teach the qualified student how to operate or train the end user to operate and maintain all equipment supplied by Globecomm. At the completion of the course, the student will be able to perform all necessary local and remote operations of the equipment and be able to instruct the end user in the language required in the contract. Troubleshooting and alarm interpretation will be taught to the level of the field replaceable spares as required in the contract.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 28 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 2.13.5 Training Methods

Hands-on O&M training will be employed as much as possible. Each equipment element will be introduced with a lecture discussing the equipment function, configuration, operation, etc. This takes up about half the time allocated for training; the remainder of the time is spent practicing on the equipment. Note that the hands-on training is much more effective with smaller classes. Ten students or less is optimal.

2.14 Risk Management

Managing a program of this magnitude requires a thorough understanding of the potential risks involved. In many instances, Globecomm’s existing ISO 9001 procedures will help mitigate many of these concerns. However, we fully understand the possibility that unexpected problems may arise during the course of the contract. Our team-based organization is adept at responding to unexpected problems that may arise in the execution of the program. The PM will immediately request a Contingency Meeting to which all team members, including an executive management representative, will be invited. The meeting agenda will present the problem and discuss suggested plans or contingencies to resolve the matter. If additional resources are required, executive management can leverage the entire company engineering staff to identify and re-task necessary personnel. Meeting minutes will be distributed and forwarded to the customer with a list of potential solutions and associated trade-offs. The PM and Contracting Officer Technical Representative (COTR) will review this information and agree on the most favourable solution based on all the information available. The PM will notify the entire team via email of the approved resolution and instruct relevant parties to take corrective action. Executive management will be briefed on the issue daily until the PM is confident the problem has been resolved. We always expect the unexpected - our program management approach is to react quickly and provide clear concise data to customer to resolve unexpected problems with minimal schedule impact.

Globecomm employs a highly disciplined multi-element program management methodology. The cornerstone of project plan is a comprehensive Risk Assessment Analysis addressing all Technical, Health & Safety, Schedule and Commercial project elements. A written Risk Assessment is created as a part of our Project Management Plan with Risk Mitigation strategies developed to address all points.

2.14.1 Risk Mitigation Strategy

Globecomm’s Program Manager (PM) will be responsible for program risk management and reporting. The PM assigned to the SPTN program has extensive experience in risk management and will implement the following Strategy consistent with Globecomm’s ISO-9001 QA plan:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 29 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012  Risk Mitigation Strategy

o Design Management . Internal Design Review Process includes a thorough project review and technical analysis cross referenced to the ‘requirements’ o Schedule . Project schedule considers critical path with built-in float to ensure the maintenance of key milestones . Staggered and mixed product shipments . Program schedule is based on standard throughput for ES systems at our NY facility –there is capacity for “schedule compression” o Subcontractors . Project Plan is reviewed with key vendors to ensure a complete understanding and buy-in to the scope of work . Continuous monitoring of subcontractors and key vendors o Field Work . Team building using Globecomm Team Leaders from across the company . System specific training for antenna and RF teams

 Results o Full and on-going schedule visibility o Early warning of schedule misalignments o Flexibility to respond to program changes o Program and Design Management methodologies ensure “right first time” o Fewer errors, less redundant work, minimized lost time o High quality reporting to the customer

2.14.2 MediaCentre – High Level Risks

Based on the technologies and approaches explained in the Technical Approach section of this proposal for the MediaCentre, the Globecomm has identified the initial high level risk. The risk is primarily based on systems that have very custom software development aspects to them. Typically these modules require in depth testing and regression testing for new releases, therefore a level of risk and uncertainty applies and will be the responsibility of Globecomm to mitigate via proven Risk Mitigation Processes.

Risk Risk Level Comment Content and Workflow Moderate Follow Globecomm Risk Management customized Management Strategy for

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 30 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 software custom Software Development

2.14.3 Risk Management Plan

Globecomm’s Program Manager (PM) will be responsible for program risk management and reporting. The PM will work with the Project Engineer to develop the internal DRU Risk Management Plan and to identify, assess, track, mitigate and, where possible, retire identified risks.

In implementing the Risk Management Plan, the PM will exercise the Risk Mitigation Strategies itemized in Section 1.1. While the PM has primary responsibility for risk management, all project team members will be responsible to share observed risks and risk mitigations to the PM. The PM will use a risk management approach, focusing on early risk identification and efficient risk mitigation plan implementation. The RMP will concentrate on the processes illustrated in the Figure below. To manage risk, our PM will closely coordinate with SPTN and report risk status on a monthly or more frequent basis as warranted. Risks will be categorized in accordance with industry practices, and risk occurrence likelihood and impact on cost, schedule, and/or performance will be assessed.

Globecomm’s Risk Management Process

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 31 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Risk status will be tracked and monitored continually throughout the project lifecycle. High priority risks will be elevated to management as part of the regularly scheduled weekly review and quarterly In-Progress Review (IPR). Subcontractors will proactively identify risk associated with tasks for which they are responsible. All identified risks, risk mitigations and corrective actions will be documented in the project risk register. Corrective actions will be assigned and tracked to closure. The status of all “high” risk items and all past due corrective actions will be reported to senior management. Globecomm commits to infuse our process with communication and frequent status reviews of all documented risks with SPTN. We will solicit SPTN on risk mitigation strategy.

2.14.4 Risk Management Report

The PM will generate the Risk Management Report from the risk management process output. Risk Assessment Reports, which document and quantify all risks in terms of the likelihood and consequence to performance, cost, and schedule, will be delivered to SPTN on a monthly basis. Globecomm PM will initiate on-going communications with SPTN on risk items as needed. In the Risk Assessment Report, Globecomm will provide a detailed description of the risk status, priority level, origination and due dates, help needed and mitigation strategy.

The following example was implemented by Globecomm on a similar program just recently. The first tables detail the descriptions and interpretations of the level and impact of the risk items. The last table details actual Globecomm risk data addressed from a very complex program, for example purposes only.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 32 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Technical, Cost, and Schedule Rating for Program Risk Rating TechnicalImpact,Ct CostImpact,Cc ScheduleImpact,Cs  Very high impact  Cost impacted by >$3M  Critical path activities >3  System Performance below  Program success in months late threshold and unacceptable jeopardy  Initial Service Launch 5  Loss of system likely (ISL) >2 months late  No viable alternatives exist  License in jeopardy

 High impact  Cost impacted by >$2M  Major schedule slip  System performance below  Critical path activities >2 requirement and months late despite any 4 unacceptable workarounds  Possible alternatives may  ISL >1 months late exist but significant changes required  Moderate impact  Cost impacted by >$1M  Noncritical path activities  System performance below >1 month late requirement but  Workarounds would manageable (improvement avoid impact on critical 3 is desired) path  Alternatives would provide improved system performance  Slight impact  Cost impacted by >$500K  Noncritical path activities  System performance below late requirement but acceptable  Workarounds would 2  No changes required avoid impact on key and  Acceptable alternatives non-key milestones exist  Minimal impact  Program budget not  Minimal system schedule  System performance dependent on the issue impact unaffected  No impact on program  No impact on program 1  Performance goals met success success  Development or production cost goals not exceeded or not dependent on the issue

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 33 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Probability Rating for Program Risk Rating Likelihood of Negative Outcome Negative outcome is nearly certain. Indicators:  Current approach and processes cannot mitigate this risk 90%  State-of-the-art technology  System is very complex  Success highly dependent upon developmental activity beyond program span of control  Issue is not well understood. Negative outcome is highly likely. Indicators:  Current approach and processes are not well documented  Technology available but not validated 70%  Significant design, software coding, and/or validation efforts required  Complexity above normal  Success dependent upon developmental activity beyond program span of control. Negative outcome may occur. Indicators:  Current approach and processes are partially documented  Un-validated technology has been shown to be feasible by analogy, test, or analysis, but requires 50% moderate redesign or validation efforts  Moderate complexity  Moderately dependent upon activity beyond program span of control. Negative outcome is not likely. Indicators:  Current approach and processes are well understood and documented  Most of the system technology has been validated 30%  Some components require minor redesign/modification or validation efforts  Minor complexity  Some dependency upon activity beyond program span of control. Negative outcome is very unlikely. Indicators:  Current approach and processes are well understood and documented 10%  Insignificant alternations, or off-the-shelf hardware, software and test equipment  Independent of separate programs, subcontractors, or customer  Assessment relies on evidence or previous experience to bolster confidence.

Risk Levels

Risk Level Level Color RL < 1 Low Green 1> RL <2.4 Medium Yellow 2.4 > RL High Red

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 34 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Globecomm Example – Risk Log

Risk Mitigation Log - Risk #5 Risk: BUC Delivery Category: BUC Description: BUC design / delivery are long lead items.

Technical Cost Impact Schedule Impact Consequence Likelihood Risk Plan Actual Impact Ct (1-5) Cc (1-5) Cs (1-5) C= Max( Ct, Cc, Cs) L (10-90%) Assessment Risk Level Risk Level R=C*L 3 1 4 4 75% 3 3 1.5

Mitigation Plan: Planned CompletedDescription CLRLCLRL 2010/Oct/28 2010/Nov/11Globecomm to issue purchase order to vendor for first article units 3 50% 1.5 3 50% 1.5

2010/Dec/17 2010/Dec/17Globecomm to provide status of procurement at SRR 2 50% 1 3 50% 1.5 2011/Jan/10 2011/Jan/10Monitor Vendor progress and report status to Customer 2 50% 1 2 75% 1.5 order balance of BUCs and provide delivery schedule 2011/Feb/10 2011/Feb/10Monitor Vendor progress and report status to Customer 2 50% 1 4 100% 4 2011/Mar/10 2011/Mar/10Monitor Vendor progress and report status to Customer 1 50% 0.5 3 75% 2.3 3/4/2011 - Customer / Globecomm agree on BUC / UPC design 3/7/2011 - First Article UPC ordered - UPC/BUC due in July 2011 2011/Apr/10Should have received first production units (for first article system) 1 50% 0.5 0 4/4/2011 - Vendor agrees to ship BUCs on 5/17/2011 2011/May/10Should have preliminary system test data at this time 1 50% 0.5 0 5/17/2011- BUCs built at Vendor, but do not pass Vendor factory tests. Changes and further testing occur throughout May 2011. 2011/Jun/10Review first article test data with Customer (from the tests at Globecomm) 1 25% 0.25 0 2011/Jul/10Install first article system at Customer 1 25% 0.25 0 2011/Aug/10Should have preliminary first article test data (from the tests at Customer) 1 25% 0.25 0 2011/Sep/10Review production test data relative to first article system 1 0% 0 0 0 0

2.14.5 Risk Management Log

A Risk Log will be maintained to track all conditions resulting in, or potentially leading to, non- compliance to project specification, impact to schedule or deviance from plan. The Risk Log will capture all such issues; give details of the evaluation process, actions to date and planned actions. The Risk Log will be updated on a weekly basis.

The Risk Log will be provided as a component of the Monthly Progress Report. The Risk Log will have 7 fields: Control Number, Date, Risk Definition, Probability of Risk Occurrence, Risk Manager, Status, and Prevention / Mitigation Strategy.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 35 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 2.15 Shipping

The Globecomm Program Management Plan details the safest and cost effective methods to transport equipment from Globecomm following the FAT Testing.

All equipment shall be packaged, labeled and shipped in accordance with the contract, including the following requirements:

 Globecomm is responsible for all packing of all equipment.  Globecomm is responsible for labeling all packages.  Globecomm is responsible for the shipment of all equipment to the SPTN site depot.

2.16 Warranty

Globecomm Systems Inc. warrants that the equipment and services furnished will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship and will conform to specifications for a period of three (3) years from the Project completion date or from the date of MediaCentre shipment from Globecomm, whichever happens first and unless otherwise specified in the contract.

At anytime during the warranty period Globecomm will, at its facilities in Hauppauge, New York and at its own expense, correct or replace, any part of the Work which is defective in design, materials, or workmanship, provided SPTN gives Globecomm prompt written notice of defect and pays all costs of shipment to Globecomm’s facility. Shipments by Globecomm of repaired or replacement equipment to SPTN will be FOB destination freight prepaid.

If SPTN chooses, any manufacturer warranty can be transferred to SPTN on completion of the program.

Please see the Globecomm Warranty section of this proposal.

2.17 Conclusion

The Globecomm Project Management Process is a core competency of Globecomm Systems Inc., and as such requires well-defined project goals, training, and a high degree of self- discipline on the part of the Project Team Members, especially the Project Team Leader.

To assure the success of this Process, Globecomm Systems Inc., trains our Project Leaders in leadership skills, negotiation skills, project management skills, and the technical skills needed to assure that the customer’s expectations are exceeded.

These skills will be applied and dedicated to the SPTN MediaCentre System Program.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 36 4 Globecomm Approach to Delivery P10407r 6/8/2012 Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 5 Technical Response

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 8, 2012

1 Introduction...... 1 Part A...... 3 1.1 Reference Signal Generators and Distribution ...... 5 1.2 Audio-Video Matrix-Based Routing System...... 6 1.3 Audio-Video Multi-Viewer Mainframe ...... 8 1.4 Audio-Video Signal Monitoring...... 9 1.5 Audio-Video Signal Measurement ...... 9 1.6 Central Matrix Communications/Talkback System...... 12 1.7 Incoming Feeds and Feed Conditioning...... 12 1.8 Outgoing Feeds and Feed Conditionings...... 14 1.9 Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System Content Storage ...... 14 1.10 Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) ...... 19 1.11 IT Equipment and Networking...... 20 1.12 Automated QC Tools...... 24 1.13 Transcoding ...... 28 1.14 Status and Alarm Monitoring...... 29 2 Traffic Area ...... 30 2.1 Traffic Supervisor Desks...... 30 2.2 Traffic Operator Desks...... 31 3 TV Channel Playout Monitoring/DR Playout Control Suite...... 31 3.1 Playout Supervisor Desk ...... 31 3.2 Playout Operator Desk...... 32 3.3 Monitor Stack...... 32 4 QC/Version Edit Suites...... 33 4.1 Super QC/Version Edit Suites...... 34 4.2 Ordinary QC/Version Edit Suites ...... 35 5 On-Air Promotions Edit Suites/Seats ...... 35 6 Graphics Composition Suite...... 36 7 Audio Post Production Suites ...... 36 8 Voice-over recording Booths...... 37 Part B...... 37 1 Introduction and Over-Arching Principles ...... 37 2 CWM Functional Requirements-Required Workflows ...... 50 3 CWM Specific Non-Functional Requirements ...... 58 4 Regional Offices Facilities Requirements ...... 58 4.1 Budapest ...... 58 4.2 Madrid...... 58 5 Singapore TV Playout Facility Requirements...... 59 6 APPENDIX A...... 60 7 APPENDIX B...... 87 1 Introduction

This section provides Globecomm’s technical response to the Sony Pictures Television Networks (SPTN) EMEA MediaCentre Request for Proposal. The MediaCentre is to be built at SPTN’s premises in 25 Square, London and will interoperate with other Sony facilities in Singapore, Madrid, and Budapest, as well as with legacy suppliers of language, subtitle and QC services. The Globecomm technical proposal provides the details as to how we plan to provide the goods and services needed to provide the design, build, test and completion of the MediaCentre and associated playout and production centers across EMEA.

The most critical element of the project is the Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System, which is an enterprise-class management system that touches all elements and locations within the overall Sony EMEA network. That being said, Globecomm has chosen to work closely with Harris Corporation and are proposing the Harris Invenio Asset Management System as the Content and Workflow Management solution for the Sony EMEA MediaCentre.

1 employs. We have satellite communications engineers, broadcast engineers, wireless/cellular engineers, Internet engineers, information technology engineers, and facilities engineers. The combination of their skills and expertise along with many years of experience in their individual technical fields is unmatched by any other company, especially in designing and integrating complex networks of which the MediaCentre is one.

2 specification is the audio to text extraction tool’s requirement for checking sensitive words. While Globecomm was unable to find a system that would meet the requirements; Harris is interested in working with SPTN to deliver this function, however this functionality is not provided as part of this proposal.

The following paragraphs provide further detail relative to the proposed technical solutions for the MediaCentre project. Part A discusses the systems selected and proposed from a general standpoint and Part B looks at the CWM system more closely and describes how the proposed CWM core supports the required workflows.

Part A

With the exception of the QC extraction tool exception discussed above, Globecomm is proposing a fully compliant MediaCentre System, which meets or exceeds all of the SPTN specifications and requirements.

Part A discusses all of the systems, subsystems and equipment that Globecomm is proposing with the exception of the Harris Invenio Content and Workflow Management System, which is discussed in detail in Part B. Data Sheets are provided for all of the equipment proposed and provide even more detailed information and specifications.

The block diagram for system design, Drawing Number 10407-01811 is shown below with all of the proposed elements and their interconnections. The systems, subsystems, and equipment shown in the diagram are all housed in the Central Technical Area (CTA. The CTA houses the technology core of the MediaCentre, which supports the functionality required for the other operational facilities both within the MediaCentre and external to it. The following equipment is housed in the CTA.

The following paragraph numbering is in accordance with the equipment list numbering, which is provided later in Part A.

3 4 1.1 Reference Signal Generators and Distribution

Timing and Synchronization is proposed using an Evertz 5601MSC Master Sync Generator. Globecomm believes this is the best choice because of size and cost. The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed at the same time as solving the problem of locking the in-house master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator. A high stability, temperature controlled oscillator, provides the 5601MSC with better than 0.5 x 10-8 (0.005ppm) frequency reference. The free running drift of this 10MHz reference will be less than 0.1Hz (which amounts to less than 1 millisecond time drift per day). This guarantees that any frequency drift, with time and temperature, will be within the tolerances expected from the best SPGs or master clocks available in the industry. The 5601MSC may also be referenced to an external 5 MHz or 10 MHz master oscillator if higher stability is required. Both the SPG and the Master Clock sections are referenced to high stability time and frequency standards present in the Global Position System (GPS) by adding the GPS option. The 5601MSC provides a high stability 10MHz output reference for use by other devices. The SPG section provides two banks of three time able outputs. These six BNC outputs may be configured to provide six independently timed color black (black burst) outputs or six independently timed HDTV tri-level sync outputs, or three of each signal type. Each color black output can optionally carry vertical interval time code (VITC) on a user specified set of lines.

An Evertz 5600ACO Automatic Changeover Unit is provided for redundancy purposes.

Evertz 5601MSC Master Sync Generator.

5 For clock distribution, Globecomm is proposing the Harris VEA6800 Analog Video Equalizing Distribution Amplifiers with Belden 1694 Equalizing Module and the Harris DA-HR6802 3G/HD/SD/ASI 1x8 Distribution Amplifier

1.2 Audio-Video Matrix-Based Routing System

The proposed Audio-Video Matrix-Based Routing System is a highly reliable, redundant and sophisticated routing system from Harris, called the ‘Platinum Router’. This router feeds every video/audio source and destination within the facility. In other words, all signals originating from their respective sources are also made to pass thru this main router before terminating to their respective destinations. This helps in accessing any signal within the facility from anywhere using the router control panels thereby allowing the user to use any signal available for any equipment. To sum it up, this is a matrix of sources and destinations where any source (i.e. video with embedded audio) can be routed to any destination such as VTR, video switcher, monitor etc.

Currently this matrix is to be populated for 64x64 inputs and outputs (3G/HD/SD/ASI), but can be easily expanded to 160x160 in future.

The Platinum line of routing switcher’s combines a highly robust architecture with the flexibility required to future-proof any investment, delivering unsurpassed value for large-scale routing needs. All Platinum frames provide independent signal paths and crosspoints for audio and video, allowing complete versatility regardless of matrix size. Designed to support high-quality routing of all analog and digital video and audio

6 signals, Platinum seamlessly integrates the capabilities of a discrete audio infrastructure in a fully embedded video plant without the need for a secondary audio frame.

Multiple X-Y style 1RU router control panels are provided equipped with 32 push buttons and OLED display each that will be spread throughout the facility for routing any signals as desired.

Harris RCP-32LCD

Processing Equipment

Globecomm proposes to provide the Harris X85 Multiple Application Video and Audio Platform as a processor that is to be installed with the router to provide the following functions:

 SD/HD AFD Inserter

 AFD-aware Aspect ratio Converter

 AFD-aware SD/HD Video cross Converter

 Dolby E/Dolby Digital (AC-3) Decoder/audio Down-Mixer/track Shuffler The X85 multiple application video and audio platform features up to eight AES inputs and outputs, and up to 32 channels of internal audio processing with the most advanced technology into its space-saving 1RU frame.

Dual-channel processing ensures maximum efficiency. An affordable, linear frame rate conversion option converts 59.94 Hz and 50 Hz-based signals. For live productions, a profanity-avoidance option delays the program, giving the operator time to bailout to an alternate signal in master control. And software-enabled 3 GB/s upgrade capability ensures an easy, economical move anytime you’re ready to make the transition to 1080p.

7 Harris X85 Multiple Application Video and Audio Platform

1.3 Audio-Video Multi-Viewer Mainframe

There are two (2) versions of the Miranda Kaleido-X multi-viewer processors that are provided for the Audio-Video Monitor Stack. The first is the Kaleido FR7 multi-viewer processor, which is housed in one (1) FR7 frame. In addition, there are four (4) Kaleido- IP multi-viewer IP processors that process the audio-video bouquets of circa channel feeds from the Singapore Playout and SPTN DR Playout facilities. The Kaleido IP Multi- viewers as well as video data feeds from the CWM and CTA KVM systems feed the Kaleido FR7 baseband multi-viewer processor. The Kaleido FR7 baseband multi-viewer processor then drives eight (8) TFT LCD displays located in the TV Channel Playout Monitoring/DR Playout Control Suite.

The Kaleido-X multi-viewers offer the highest picture quality, along with unmatched flexibility in display configuration, and exceptional resilience. Two frames are available with up to 96 inputs and 8 multi-viewer outputs (7RU), or with up to 32 inputs and 4 multi-viewer outputs (4RU), making it ideal for applications demanding high picture counts per display. Kaleido-X’s advanced Metadata extraction, signal probing, and alarming capabilities make it highly suitable for master control and head-end environments. It also offers triple rate 3Gbps/HD/SD performance, with Stereoscopic 3D

8 support. The multi-viewer can be tightly integrated with routers to create very large and versatile monitoring systems.

1.4 Audio-Video Signal Monitoring

A Grade 2 Audio-Video picture monitor will be installed in the CTA in close proximity with a router control panel and patch panels. The proposed picture monitor is a Sony LMD 2041W high grade LCD monitor. The compact LMD-2041W has a slim aluminum bezel and is specifically designed to suit a monitor wall installation in studios. The 20- inch (1600 x 900 pixels) high performance LCD panel reproduces lifelike images and stunning colors with a wide viewing angle. ChromaTRU™ color matching technology helps ensure display consistency, which is ideal for multi-monitor systems. The LMD- 2041W also features built-in SDI (3G/HD/SD), composite, and HDMI interfaces for operational versatility.

1.5 Audio-Video Signal Measurement

For Audio-Video signal measurement, Globecomm is proposing several pieces of test equipment, which includes rasterizer, picture monitor, loudspeakers, audio loudness monitoring and Dolby decode.

The proposed rasterizer is the Harris VTM4140 PKG Multi-format modular Onscreen Monitor. The VTM4140PKG base model offers waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture, timing, and data analyzer screens via the patented Harris® Q-SEE™ technology, which enhances the performance of this product when viewed on any common XGA monitor.

Harris VTM4140 PKG Multi-format Modular Onscreen Monitor.

9 As a part of the Harris Videotek® VTM Series™, the VTM4140PKG features the world’s first user-configurable, field-upgradeable, multi-format test and measurement console. The innovative modular platform makes the VTM Series fully customizable and affords broadcasters unprecedented flexibility to choose exactly how they’ll apply the award winning Videotek technology.

Start with the number of signals that can be monitored. When fully equipped, the VTM Series is the only test instrument of its kind that monitors and displays as many as four inputs simultaneously. The Harris proprietary graphic display engines enable multiple input configurations to accommodate any environment. 3 GB/s, HD/SD, SD-only, DVBASI/SMPTE 310M and composite analog inputs are available. Users can mix and match the appropriate options, such as eye pattern with jitter display and audio packages featuring Dolby® decoding, to create the ideal instrument for their specific need. A further benefit is a clear upgrade path for when those needs change.

The proposed picture monitor is the Sony LMD2041W and the Loudspeaker System is a JBL Professional LSR4326P Advanced Linear Spatial Reference Design Studio Monitor with bi-amplified design, which eliminates the need for external amplification. Automated RMC™ Room Mode Correction system with calibration microphone measures and automatically compensates for low frequency standing waves and boundary conditions. The 6.25" woofer utilizes a powerful, shielded neodymium magnet of light weight which can be used in close proximity to CRT-type monitors with no interference and the high frequency transducer has a treated silk diaphragm that produces uniform and smooth sound.

JBL Professional LSR4326P Advanced LSR Design Studio Monitor 10 For audio loudness monitoring, Globecomm is proposing the Harris CMN-LA Loudness Analyzer. Part of the Videotek® Compact Monitor Series, the CMN-LA loudness analyzer is a comprehensive audio monitoring tool that makes it easy to confirm compliance with the latest loudness requirements. Loudness and true peak measurements are made to the ITU-R BS.1770 standard with five times oversampling. Built-in modes offer quick setup to ATSC A/85 or EBU R 128 recommendations. Up to five days of loudness data are stored internally and easily retrieved through the USB port or internal web server. Metering of up to 16 channels simultaneously makes for rapid alignment checks.

Integrated into the CMN-LA is the TC Electronic® loudness radar meter, which shows loudness on short-terms meters, graphs covering periods from one minute to 24 hours, and numeric display of the long-term center of gravity (average loudness) and consistency (loudness range). The flexible display of the CMN-LA presents data in a format most useful for the job at hand. Use the integrated TC Electronic® loudness radar meter during production, the audio status display during program ingest and the combination of loudness and true peak meters, numeric display and trend chart for master control monitoring. The chart data can be exported for compliance reporting. Adjustable audio output delay compensates for video monitor processing in critical evaluation suites.

Harris CMN-LA Loudness Analyzer

The optional Dolby Decode is provided with the CMN-LA Analyzer.

11 1.6 Central Matrix Communications/Talkback System

A central matrix for the MediaCentre communications/talkback system is to be installed in the CTA. Globecomm is proposing the Clear-Com Eclipse PiCo system, which provides high quality full duplex communications requiring a moderate number of ports. The 1RU Eclipse PiCo chassis provides for up to thirty six (36) ports with on board configuration(s) accessible from a front panel menu that enables quick and easy changes to input/output levels, routes and configurations. Thirty six (36) user stations with a V-Series twelve (12) key push-button panel with digital signal processing (DSP), audio level controls, and a standard length gooseneck microphone are provided with one panel per desktop per facility of the MediaCentre plus remote sources/destinations. Four (4) Clear-Com four-way IP Communications VoICE 2.0 Interface Units are provided to interface with the remote locations.

Clear-Com Eclipse PiCo

Clear-Com V12RDX4 Remote Panel

1.7 Incoming Feeds and Feed Conditioning

Provision is made to receive and condition signals from a minimum of two (2) video and audio circuits incoming to the MediaCentre. Space will be provided for CFE fiber termination equipment and signal decoders. In addition, a Harris X85 Multiple Application Video and Audio Platform will be provided, which functions as an AFD- aware SD/HD frame synchronizer incorporating an Aspect Ratio Converter. The Harris X85 was previously discussed.

12 Ingest Servers

In order to convert the linear signal feeds from the three (3) installed and one (1) future Video Tape recorders (VTRs) it will be necessary to ingest the signals into an ingest server, where the signals are converted into files and metadata attached. Globecomm is proposing to provide a redundant pair of Harris NEXIO AMP® Servers for this purpose. The NEXIO AMP® advanced media platform is much more than a robust HD/SD transmission server — it represents an entirely new approach to managing digital content. From ingest to transmission, NEXIO AMP delivers exceptional reliability, flexible media I/O and complete format transparency.

Harris NEXIO AMP® Server

Standard on all NEXIO AMP mainframes are cutting-edge IT connectivity and direct access to the advanced NEXIO® shared storage if required. Each NEXIO AMP supports up to six channels of SD or four channels of HD or mixed HD/SD real-time I/O. The system is fully software configurable, using agile software based codecs to encode and decode HD and SD content.

NEXIO AMP is optimized for use with NEXIO system's true shared storage, a modular and scalable system that makes it easy to add channels and storage as a broadcaster’s requirements change. Multiple NEXIO AMP mainframes can be attached to shared storage, enabling systems with hundreds of channels and integration with other NEXIO components, including editors and gateways. Access to shared storage is via redundant, dual-port 4 GB/s Fiber Channel.

As a member of the NEXIO server family, NEXIO AMP runs the Harris patented and Emmy® Award-winning RAIDsoft™ software RAID management system, which allows

13 all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. RAIDsoft provides three methods for safeguarding stored media in each volume: RAID 3, for protection against single drive failures per volume; error correction code (ECC) parity, which guards against two simultaneous drive failures per volume; and Intrinsic Mirroring™, which simultaneously writes all data to two shared storage systems to provide complete data protection. The intelligent RAIDsoft system keeps cached copies of the frame allocation table (FAT) in RAM and on disk, adding exceptional system resiliency.

Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network devices such as shared folders and near-line storage systems. Import and export of data to external devices is facilitated through front and rear USB 2.0 and FireWire® ports, and a 5.25- inch drive bay accepts supported third-party devices, such as a Panasonic® P2 deck.

1.8 Outgoing Feeds and Feed Conditionings

Provision is made to send signals to a minimum of two (2) video and audio circuits outgoing from the SPTN MediaCentre. Space will be provided for CFE fiber termination equipment and signal encoders.

1.9 Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System Content Storage

Globecomm proposes to provide and install a disk based content storage subsystem for the CWM and a tape–based content storage subsystem for archival in the CTA.

Disk Storage Subsystem

Globecomm proposes to use Isilon systems IQ X-series platform nodes powered by OneFS for the disk storage subsystem. The proposed Isilon subsystem is designed to provide a minimum net usable capacity of 180 terabytes, which is equivalent to storage of 60 days of work in progress for the MediaCentre

The Isilon systems IQ X-series platform uses a powerful, but simple, scale-out storage architecture to speed access to massive amounts of critical data, while dramatically

14 reducing cost and complexity. The Isilon’s IQ X-Series delivers a flexible solution to accelerate high-concurrent and sequential-throughput applications. In addition, with SSD technology for file-system metadata, it significantly accelerates namespace intensive operations.

The Isilon’s X-Series is the first scale-out storage solution capable of scaling from a few terabytes to multiple petabytes and up to 45 gigabytes per second (GBps) of throughput, all within a single file system. On-the-fly scaling enables to quickly grow capacity and performance linearly or independently, for ultimate agility. Isilon’s modular architecture and intelligent software make deployment and management simple. Once racked, you can have an X-Series cluster online in less than 10 minutes, without time- consuming, expensive integration services. An X-Series cluster provides a single pool of storage with a global namespace, eliminating the need to support multiple volumes and file systems. Isilon’s scale-out storage delivers much higher utilization rates than traditional NAS or SAN storage—over 80 percent versus 50 percent for competing solutions. That translates into greater overall efficiency, resulting in lower acquisition, operating, and maintenance costs. Low power consumption and maximum density further ensure the ultra-low overhead of Isilon’s storage. The Isilon’s IQ X-Series provides the performance, scalability, and agility to conquer any storage challenges.

15 Isilon’s sixth-generation OneFS operating system provides the intelligence behind all Isilon’s IQ scale-out storage solutions. Through the fusion of OneFS, state-of-the-art engineering, and enterprise industry-standard hardware, Isilon delivers highly scalable, ultra-high performance, modular scale-out storage systems. OneFS drives process and workflow acceleration, enables virtually unlimited growth, provides the highest levels of data protection available, and allows storage administrators to do more with less.

Change is inevitable; that’s why every Isilon system is built to rapidly and simply adapt. OneFS allows a storage system to grow symmetrically or independently as more space or processing power is required—providing a true pay-as-you-grow approach and the ability to scale-out as business needs dictate. Within 60 seconds, you can add capacity and performance—up to 10.4 petabytes and up to 45 Gbps of throughput and up to 1.7 million IOPS in a single file system.

Orchestrated by OneFS, all components in an Isilon cluster work in concert to create a unified pool of highly-efficient storage—with a proven 80 percent storage utilization rate (versus 50 percent for traditional systems). Isilon’s high efficiency means less physical storage is required to house the same amount of data—reducing both initial capital outlay and ongoing costs. And, with the OneFS auto balance feature you can quickly and easily add nodes without downtime, manual data migration, or application logic reconfiguration, saving precious IT resources. In fact, Isilon’s ease-of management requires less than one FTE per petabyte, further reducing overall storage costs.

16 Data Tape Storage System

The Spectra® T950 library is designed and built to meet the stringent requirements of the enterprise for data integrity, data security and high reliability. The T950 library reduces staff involvement significantly, affordably scales in throughput and capacity, supporting multiple generations of current and future tape formats.

For the MediaCentre, the Spectra T950 is designed to support a minimum net usable capacity of 2.1 petabytes and is supplied with an additional expansion capacity of 1.5 petabytes for a total capacity of 3.6 petabytes. This requires three (3) frames and eight (8) LTO-5 fiber channel full height, drive sleds.

Spectra T150 Tape Library

17 BlueScale, the common software interface for all Spectra libraries, brings enterprise command and control features to the T950. Available through the library’s on-board LCD color touch screen and remote web access, BlueScale is an easy-to-navigate, browser-based library interface built into Spectra Logic libraries that enables our solutions to work easily, flexibly and safely with your data.

A single BlueScale® user interface manages an entire T950 without any external servers. BlueScale manages library, configurations, partitions, encryption key management and all library/media health monitoring. By consolidating all management functions in a single T950, time is saved managing the library and costs are lowered by eliminating the need for additional equipment, software license charges or additional power or cooling requirements of extra server hardware.

The Spectra T950 offers encryption and key management as seamless, integrated standard features. Spectra’s BlueScale Encryption utilizes AES-256 bit encryption through the library for LTO-4 and higher drives. It lets you seamlessly and affordably adds encryption to your backup strategy, with no changes to backup policies and no additional hardware or software.

The T950’s energy-efficient, compact design helps reduce overall storage power consumption. By using innovative TeraPack containers stored in horizontal shelves, the T950’s components operate in a smaller space. The result of this design is a highly dense storage unit that consumes less power and provides you with an environmentally-friendly storage solution. It also offers tools that give you greater control of your budget. Spectra’s patented BlueScale EnergyAudit™ feature allows the monitoring and recording of the library’s power consumption.

With support for multiple connectivity protocols as well as all major backup software packages and operating systems, the T950 fits easily into any environment. The T950’s Shared Library Services lets data centers implement simple, integrated partitioning, so that a single library appears to the SAN as multiple libraries. Unlike other partitioning solutions that involve complicated and expensive external partitioning servers, network

18 connections, and proprietary client software, you can easily partition the Spectra T950 using the library’s BlueScale interface.

Support options range from the expected 24x7 worldwide onsite support to more advanced options. These capabilities include an industry-first Assisted Self Maintenance (ASM) program as well as proactive management and reporting tools that ensure maintenance of optimal system availability.

1.10 Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM)

The proposed Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) System will consist of Front Porch Digital’s DIVArchive solution, which will provide the ability to effectively manage the content and automate the distribution process by using the DIVArchive concept of Groups and Categories in conjunction with Storage Plan Manager, Front Porch Digital’s policy engine, within DIVArchive. Harris Invenio will be the controlling application for DIVArchive. There is no NLE interface included within this system configuration.

The solution proposed by Front Porch Digital for the SPTN MediaCentre is based upon Front Porch Digital’s industry leading Content Storage Management (CSM), DIVArchive, which is based on a modular design so that it can be easily scaled upwards if warranted by future business.

The heart of the system is a pair of redundant DIVArchive Managers. The DIVArchive Manager holds the Database and is the control mechanism that allocates the DIVArchive Actors to actually restore and archive content. The manager is also the point of contact to outside third party applications such as Final Cut Pro and Harris Invenio, for SPTN. Front Porch Digital has many established integrations with both of these products.

The DIVArchive Actors are the platforms that actually handle the movement of content. In this installation, Front Porch Digital is proposing eight (8) Actors to suit the functional requirements as outlined by SPTN.

Storage Plan Manager (SPM) is a software based lifecycle management tool that will be utilized to automate desired workflows. One such desired workflow is the automatic

19 pushing of restored content to Aspera (or other accelerator) for moving of content to other geographical locations around the globe.

An option for Partial File Restore (PFR) is included for DVCPRO SD and HD content. DIVArchive can perform PFR on a wide range of file formats. Front Porch Digital will require samples of the proposed file formats to confirm PFR functionality for those formats. If other file formats are required sample files will also be required for PFR verification.

It is assumed that content arriving from FCP is flattened material and not sequences. Timecode or frame based PFR is not supported on unflattened material; however file based partial restores is supported for this material. A high level drawing of Front Porch Digital’s HSM solution is shown below.

1.11 IT Equipment and Networking

KVM Subsystem

The KVM System is an Avocent HMX Extender matrix switching system with remote access to computer resources over IP network. The HMX system can be easily deployed over Local Area Network (LAN) and supports a range of peripherals, including DVI-I video, CD audio, USB mass storage, keyboard, mouse and many USB devices. The SPTN KVM System is configured with two (2) system managers (Avocent HMXMGR-001); main and backup, which provide administration and connection management for Avocent system components along with a suite of access profiles and internal authentication options. Target computers can be connected to the LAN using the HMX IQ transmit modules (Avocent HMIQDHDD-001). All HMX transmitters are hardware based and require not software or drivers to be loaded onto the target computers. Fifteen (15) HMX IQ modules are provided. Ten (10) Avocent HMX 2050 user stations are provided. User station selection depends on the type and number of displays to be supported and the video shown on the displays. The HMX user station has an Ethernet connection to the LAN and communicates across the network to a computer HMX IQ module.

20 High Level Drawing of Front Porch Digital’s HSM Solution

21 IT Networking

The overall IT Network is composed of two (2) sub-networks with the most critical being the Core Network. The Core Network interfaces with all of the critical components in the MediaCentre and provides the security and the Local Area Network (LAN) complex that ties all of these elements into a cohesive set of connections, which allows media files to be managed and acted upon in an efficient and scalable content trafficking and processing platform.

The second sub-network is the control network, which allows the monitoring and control of all of the devices on the network. A simplified block diagram 10407-01840 is shown below for the IT Network System Design.

Firewalls

There are five (5) sets of proposed firewalls, four (4) leading into the Core networks and one (1) for the Control network. The proposed firewall appliance is the Cisco ASA 5500 Series Adaptive Security Appliance.

A key component of the Cisco Secure Borderless Network, the Cisco ASA 5500 Series Adaptive Security Appliances deliver superior scalability, a broad span of technology and solutions, and effective, always-on security designed to meet the needs of a wide array of deployments. By integrating the world’s most proven firewall; a comprehensive, highly effective intrusion prevention system (IPS) with Cisco Global Correlation and guaranteed coverage; high-performance VPN and always-on remote access, the Cisco ASA 5500 Series helps provide a secure, high performance, connectivity and protects critical assets for maximum productivity

Core Network Switches

The Core Network Switches interface with all of the critical components in the MediaCentre including the content and Workflow management System, Content delivery network servers, FTP servers, ingest file servers, QC servers, transcoding servers, and more. The proposed Core Network Switch is the Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series Switch.

22 78 6 5 1234 THIS DRAWING OR PARTS THEREOF MAY NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY FORM, BY ANY METHOD WITHOUT THE REVISIONS WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF GLOBECOMM SYSTEMS, INC. PROJECT REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED NETWORK 1 PRELIMINARY RELEASE 05-30-12 TP DEMARCATION

MEDIA CENTRE

D 2 x Ingest File Server LONDON/ D DR SITE CDN LINK CFE CDN CFE ROUTER LINK ROUTER 4 x CDN Server

SINGAPORE CDN LINK 6 x FTP Servers CFE CDN CFE ROUTER LINK ROUTER 2 x Auto QC Tools

MADRID CDN LINK 2 x Transcode CFE Norm/Browse CDN CFE ROUTER CORE Server ROUTER LINK NETWORK Cisco 6509E 2 x Transcode BUDAPEST Non-Linear C CFE Server C ROUTER 4 x Invenio DataBase Server

5 x Invenio Applic Server CONTENT CDN LINK SUPPLIER CFE CDN CFE DISTRIB ROUTER ROUTER LINK 2 x Net Mgt System Server

12 x Isilon Strage Nodes

HSM B B

CONTROL CONTROL NETWORK BROADCAST CONTROL NETWORK NETWORK EDGE REMOTE ACCESS ACCESS SWITCH Device

CONTROL VPN CFE Device NETWORK USERS WWW ROUTER CORE Device

Device

ORIGINATOR DATE CONTROL NETWORK GMEDINA 05-30-12 ENGINEER DATE A TPARISH 05-30-12 45 Oser Avenue, Hauppauge, NY 11788 A LEGEND: APPROVED DATE TITLE

INTERPRET DWG IAW ANSI Y14.5M-1982 SYSTEM DESIGN Cisco ASA 5520 Firewall UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES IT NETWORK (OVERALL) Cisco Layer 3 Switch TOLERANCES ARE: ANGLE + 1 SIZE CAGECODE DWGNO. REV FRACTIONS + 1/16 THIRD ANGLE 02MQ7 10407-01840 1 2 PLACE DECIMALS +.02 D PROJECTION GLOBECOMM PROPRIETARY, HIGH LEVEL ILLUSTRATION DO NOT SCALE DRAWING gmedina171111 3 PLACE DECIMALS +.010 WORK FROM DIMENSIONS NONE SHEET 1 OF 1SCALE: FORM VSD02 REV 4 45678 3 2 1

23 The Cisco® Catalyst® 6500 and 6500-E Series sets the new standard for IP Communications and application delivery in enterprise campus and service provider networks by maximizing user productivity and enhancing operational control. As the premier intelligent, multilayer modular Cisco switch, the Catalyst 6500 Series delivers secure, converged, end-to-end services, from the wiring closet to the core network, the data center, and the WAN edge.

Control Network Switches

In the Globecomm IT Network design, Layer 2 Ethernet Switches are installed in each cabinet and/or operations desk or location. This switch is used to aggregate and transfer the entire monitor and control IP data from that location to the core utilizing single Cat-5 cables for connection. The proposed switch is the Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series Switch with LAN Base Software.

The proposed Control Network Core Switch is the Cisco Catalyst 3560 Series Switch, which is an enterprise-class line of stackable and standalone switches. These switches provide high availability, scalability, security, energy efficiency and ease of operation.

1.12 Automated QC Tools

For the first two (2) of the Automated QC Tool requirements, Globecomm has chosen to provide the Harris QuiC Media Analysis Server. The advantage of using this product is that it is a Harris product and has been previously integrated with the Harris Invenio Asset Management System. This will allow easy access to content held on the CWM system disk storage subsystem and the ability to work closely with the CWM System

Video and Audio QC Tool

The QuiC™ media analysis server is a fully automated, file-based test and measurement server platform that verifies the quality of compressed digital content. With the introduction of QuiC in a new, compact 1RU platform that includes enhanced clip storage and expansion for a third-party network interface, broadcasters have a space-efficient, consistent and cost-effective method of adding high performance file- based Q/C into their workflow. Using QuiC servers, analysis of a vast array of

24 parameters in many different formats can be completed — before the content is distributed – using workflows that meet business needs.

Harris QuiC is designed for use in any workflow environment, from production to broadcast operations to satellite and cable distribution networks. It brings a new level of efficiency to workflows by monitoring file quality on:

• Ingest servers • Playout servers • Archive systems QuiC is connected via a Gigabit Ethernet interface onto the server network, and files are transferred to the QuiC server via standard FTP or Windows® file share. When used at ‘ingest’, audio and video content files can be delivered to a folder or a drop box, which creates an analysis queue. Controls are provided to modify file priorities within the analysis queue. QuiC accepts mixed HD and SD content without the need for conversion or reconfiguration.

QuiC Media Analysis Server

QuiC integrates easily with Harris® NEXIO® servers. The NEXIO server provides a flag that allows a file to be placed automatically in the analysis queue upon ingest or change (edit). This automated functionality enables unattended queuing of files for analysis, greatly increasing the system’s efficiency.

25 Following analysis of a media file, QuiC tracks the file’s status and creates a database of test results along with any changes made to the file. Analysis results are logged and written into metadata. With the NEXIO server, the file header is flagged as “Ready for Air” or “Not Ready for Air” based on test results. Analysis summaries are generated in ‘CSV’, ‘XML and ‘HTML’ report file formats.

In addition to the file analysis summaries, QuiC also offered additional detailed information such as QuiC Check, which provides a summary of overall file performance, QuiC Status, which lists files that are ready for air, and user comments for each alarm that provide insights for editors as they repair faulty clips.

QuiC not only performs quality-control analysis and reports alarms, it can also repair selected defects found during the analysis process. Utilizing hardware-based legalizer technology, QuiC can correct out-of-spec baseband video content without requiring the file to be returned to the content provider for re-editing. QuiC also includes the same proc amp option offered in the DL-860 to adjust video gain, pedestal or hue.

QuiC can also provide loudness evaluation based on the ITU-R BS.1770 standard, and examines audio content for “center of gravity” and “consistency” in loudness parameters. In addition to loudness monitoring capabilities, QuiC also can provide tools for the correction of loudness errors. With loudness correction, audio levels can now be adjusted to an acceptable value per the ITU-R BS.1770 standard

The QuiC server hardware is highly scalable, and additional servers can be added to the primary system to increase analysis throughput times. Access to file Q/C systems is via the local GUI, the Remote View Station or third-party use of the QuiC API. View Station is a software application for remote viewing of the primary QuiC server’s database from any network connected Windows® PC.

QuiC’s multi-box feature allows analysis of external drop boxes (folders) on any server network that supports Windows® compatible folders. A configuration wizard is used to create rules for each external drop folder. These rules include default analysis profiles and priorities for each folder. Profile association allows individual folders to be used to analyze files based on specific criteria. For example, one folder may be used for ad

26 content which is analyzed for detailed loudness and video parameters, while another folder may be used for news content that only needs to be checked for encoding artifacts and presence of color-bar, freezes or black frames during program. QuiC's multi-box feature also enables the creation of analysis workflows. It can move files from the failed outbox of one analyzer to an auto-correct inbox of a second analyzer automatically without third-party media handler intervention. This feature allows QuiC to automatically analyze, report the results, and move files to a correction server to fix video level, audio level or loudness attributes of the content without manual intervention. Corrected QuiC files can then be moved to any designated outbox.

Harding Flash and Pattern Analysis QC Tool

The Harding Flash and Pattern Analysis QC Tool is provided as an optional enhancement to the Harris QuiC Media Analysis Server. The file based Harding FPA analyzer is integrated closely with the Harris Invenio CWM system and is a logical part of the overall Harris CWM and QuiC solution.

Subtitles QC Tool

For the Subtitles QC Tool, Globecomm will be providing the Starfish Isis Subtitle File QC Service. Harris will integrate this solution into the overall Invenio CWM system and it will be a logical part of the overall Harris CWM and QuiC solution.

Isis Subtitle File QC Service is a Windows based software application for automatically quality checking industry standard closed caption or open subtitle files. It has a number of options available that include multiple folder configurations and auto correct of common file problems. The application runs as a Windows service and will automatically process any file that appears in the ‘Source’ folder. Files are then moved to either a ‘Pass’ or ‘Fail’ folder and a report created in a Text or HTML format.

The application includes a comprehensive file viewing capability that includes viewing the caption file text, previewing a rendered on-screen view (with correct positioning and justification) and viewing the caption Hex data. It will prove useful to anyone involved

27 with the creation, editing or processing of closed caption and subtitle files for broadcast, DVD or web delivery.

The Isis Subtitle File QC Service will check for sensitive words against a user maintainable, multi-lingual dictionary and identify the existence of same in time-based and static metadata passed back to the CWM system.

Audio to Text Extraction Tool

Globecomm and Harris were unable to find a compliant solution for this requirement. The difficulty is in the checking requirements.

1.13 Transcoding

Two (2) separate transcoding subsystems are provided, all under control of the Harris Invenio CWM System. The first transcoding sub-system is responsible for the transcoding of production/broadcast quality audio-video content entering the MediaCentre from suppliers and distributors into the required SPTN house standard formats, that is, the process of content normalization. This system is also responsible for the transcoding operations required on any content produced in house.

Additionally, the first transcoding sub-system is also responsible for the production of browse proxy viewing copies of production/broadcast quality audio-video content to the proper house formats.

The second transcoding sub-system is responsible for the production of content for VOD and non-linear platforms served by the MediaCentre.

For the proposed transcoding sub-systems, Globecomm is recommending Harris NEXIO AMP Servers populated with Harmonic (Rhozet) ProMedia Carbon File-Based Media Transcoding Software.

ProMedia Carbon is file-based transcoding software that facilitates the conversion of media to a large array of acquisition, editing, broadcast, web and mobile formats. As a part of the transcode process, ProMedia Carbon handles a wide array of critical operations including SD/HD conversion, PAL/NTSC conversion, logo insertion, color

28 space conversion, color correction, closed captions extraction and more. ProMedia Carbon includes an open API that allows for the creation of custom workflows or third party applications.

Included with ProMedia Carbon is the ability to transcode from virtually any media format to every media standard in use today. Supporting all major formats for SD and HD workflows, ProMedia Carbon is continually updated to accommodate new formats.

ProMedia Carbon can be run in a fully automated mode with support for batch processing, watch folders, and automatic FTP transfers. ProMedia Carbon also provides intelligent transcoding to increase productivity by easily identifying source formats and intelligently transcoding them to the desired destination formats automatically.

1.14 Status and Alarm Monitoring

Since a significant portion of the proposed equipment selection is from Harris, as is the CWM, which is the most critical element, Globecomm is proposing to use the Harris CCS Navigator System for Status and Alarm Monitoring. All the basic SNMP based control and monitoring for video servers, digital glue’s, and computer based equipment’s can be achieved using the Harris CCS Navigator which is a network based monitoring and control graphical navigation application.

CCS Navigator is a Windows based software application that provides device configuration and various levels of control and monitoring for broadcast networks. CCS Navigator primarily uses the Harris-developed CCS Protocol (CCSP), a binary open source protocol that provides real-time parametric adjustment and enhanced alarm management and correlation. CCSP allows a tighter integration with Harris products, easy setup and the ability to scale networks while conserving precious network bandwidth.

The CCS Navigator monitoring and control system also employs the industry-standard simple network management protocol (SNMP) to allow seamless integration with any

29 SNMP-enabled device. This enables CCS Navigator to provide a single monitoring and control system for Harris and third-party devices in a single, easy-to-use interface.

In addition, to the Harris CCS Navigator System, Globecomm is proposing to provide the Miranda iControl Base Addition with application server and iControl Web basic software for status and alarm of the Audio-Video Monitor Stack.

Harris CCS Navigator

2 Traffic Area

The traffic and playout monitoring area is the main operational area housing non-craft tools based users of the CWM System. Within the traffic portion of this area there will be two (2) traffic supervisor technical desks and six (6) traffic operator desks. The proposed equipment complements for these desks is provided below.

2.1 Traffic Supervisor Desks

For each of the supervisor desks there will be a CWM client workstation, which consists of a SPTN supplied computer with the Harris Invenio Content and Workflow Management (CWM) client software package installed on the computer. The workstation will be connected to the CTA KVM System, which was previously described above. The supervisor desk will also be supplied with a Harris X-Y style control panel that is interconnected to the previously described Harris Platinum audio-video signal router. Mounted on the desk will be a Sony 20 inch LCD Grade 2 picture monitor

30 coupled to a Harris VTM 4140 Multi-format Modular Onscreen Rasterizer (previously described).

In addition, a pair of JBL LSR Loudspeakers will be provided along with a Harris CMN- LA Audio Loudness Monitor capable of Dolby decoding (previously described).

A Clear-Com IP enabled V-Series Intercom panel with XLR-4 headset connector, a standard gooseneck microphone, and a set of Sennheiser H280 headphones (all previously described) will be provided for CTA and remote facility communications.

A telephone and printer is to be supplied by SPTN.

2.2 Traffic Operator Desks

The traffic operator desks are provided with all of the equipment described for the supervisor desks with the exception that the operator desks are not connected to the KVM system, do not have the X-Y style control panel, do not have the audio loudness monitor, do not have the rasterizer, and no printer.

3 TV Channel Playout Monitoring/DR Playout Control Suite

The TV Channel Playout Monitoring/DR Playout Control Suite will be located in an enclosed or isolated space on the third floor of the MediaCentre. It will consist of a viewing area where the entire bouquet of channels emanating from the Singapore TV channel playout facility can be observed simultaneously. Also, in the event that the Singapore facility is unable to operate in part or in full, this area will serve as the control suite for SPTN's Disaster Recovery (DR) playout facility. There will be one (1) playout supervisor technical desks, two (2) playout operator desks, and four (4) Monitor Stacks. The proposed equipment complements is provided below.

3.1 Playout Supervisor Desk

For each of the playout supervisor desks there will be a CWM client workstation, which consists of a SPTN supplied computer with the Harris Invenio Content and Workflow Management (CWM) client software package installed on the computer. The workstation will be connected to the CTA KVM System, which was previously described

31 above. Four (4) times PC workstation will be connected to the DR playout automation system (two (2) playlist, plus two (2) other)The supervisor desk will also be supplied with a Harris X-Y style control panel that is interconnected to the previously described Harris Platinum audio-video signal router. Mounted on the desk will be a Sony 20 inch LCD Grade 2 picture monitor coupled to a Harris VTM 4140 Multi-format Modular Onscreen Rasterizer (previously described).

In addition, a pair of JBL LSR Loudspeakers will be provided along with a Harris CMN- LA Audio Loudness Monitor capable of Dolby decoding (previously described).

A telephone and printer is to be supplied by SPTN.

3.2 Playout Operator Desk

The playout operator desks are provided with all of the equipment described for the supervisor desks with the exception that there will be two (2) times PC workstations connected to the DR playout automation system (one (1) playlist, plus one (1) other), In addition, the operator desks are not connected to the KVM system, do not have the X-Y style control panel, do not have the audio loudness monitor, do not have the rasterizer and no printer.

3.3 Monitor Stack

Above each of the playout operator desks there will be a pair of monitor stacks, whereby each of the operators will have line of sight access to their respective monitors. Each monitor stack will be provided with two (2) Samsung 55” 1080p LED 3D television display monitors. The displays will be fed from one or more multi-viewers installed in the CTA (see Paragraph 1.3 above). Allocation of picture resources to any of the displays in any of the monitor stacks is possible on a fully flexible basis from any of the available sources.

32 Samsung 55” LED HDTV

4 QC/Version Edit Suites

The QC/Version edit suites will be fully enclosed or environmentally isolated within the MediaCentre. The QC/Version edit suites will be responsible for the manual checking of technical compliance (QC) of imported and ingested program content, plus any repair edits needed to secure technical compliance (QC pass status). Users in these facilities will also be called upon to assist with and/or pronounce on QC issues to do with commercials, promotions and other content types.

The operators will be supported in their QC checking role by the operation of the automated QC tools, part of the CWM-system. Metadata produced by the automated QC tools, and held within the CWM system, will prevent the need for SPTN to process all content on a “100% watched” QC basis. Instead, the CWM system will guide QC users to specific points within content where a QC issue might exist and require attention, greatly improving overall process efficiency.

“Super” suites shall have additional facilities to handle more demanding QC / edit work, including ingests from VTR and line.

Another purpose for the suites will be to produce a version of program content from supplied (distributor) masters. An 'A' version master is produced to SPTN house standard format for all program content. Subsequent 'B', 'C', etc. versions are produced

33 in the facilities upon instruction from the compliance viewer users - these instructions are as contained in the CWM system

The edit platform is Apple Mac Pro/Final Cut. This hardware shall work on an “Edit in Place” basis utilizing the disk-based storage sub system of the CWM system. There are two (2) “Super” QC/Version Edit Suites and four (4) “Ordinary” QC/Version Edit Suites. The proposed equipment complements for these suites is provided below

4.1 Super QC/Version Edit Suites

For each of the Super QC/Version Edit Suites there will be a CWM client workstation, which consists of a SPTN supplied computer with the Harris Invenio Content and Workflow Management (CWM) client software package installed on the computer. Also, Apple Mac Pro with Final Cut will be installed on the workstation with an audio-video I/O breakout card installed with interface to the router in the CTA. In addition, there will be a two (2) 27 inch Apple LCD displays for the Apple Mac data and an audio fader control surface for the Apple Mac. The suite will also be supplied with a Harris X-Y style control panel that is interconnected to the previously described Harris Platinum audio-video signal router. Mounted on the desk will be a Marshal Orchid OR-3210 32 inch Grade 1 picture monitor coupled to a Harris VTM 4140 Multi-format Modular Onscreen Rasterizer and a and a Sony 20 inch LCD Grade 2 picture monitor for monitoring video tape recorder ingest from the router.

In addition, a pair of JBL LSR Loudspeakers will be provided along with a Harris CMN- LA Audio Loudness Monitor capable of Dolby decoding (previously described).

A telephone is to be supplied by SPTN.

34 4.2 Ordinary QC/Version Edit Suites

The Ordinary QC/Version Edit Suites are provided with all of the equipment described for the Super QC/Version Edit Suites with the exception that there will be no Grade 2 LCD picture monitors provided.

5 On-Air Promotions Edit Suites/Seats

There are presently a total of sixteen (16) On-Air Promotions edit seats at 25 Golden Square – eight (8) of these are in fully-enclosed, purpose-built suites, adjacent to one another, while the remaining eight (8) are in open-plan office accommodation. These sixteen (16) edit seats are currently fiber-connected to a small number of shared, local storage pools. All working (including viewing, logging, rough-cutting) is presently carried out using production quality content.

SPTN proposes to retain the suites largely as it is, however their pattern of usage and use in conjunction with the CWM system will change with the new MediaCentre.

With the new MediaCentre architecture, these edit clients will remain connected to their own, dedicated shared storage. Viewing, logging and content collection for edit projects will move to become a function carried out by users working with the CWM system. Once a project is ready, the CWM system will be responsible for transferring selected, production quality content from the disk-based storage sub-system to the local storage pools, supporting the edit seats, together with any edit project metadata/Edit Decision List.

As the System Integrator, Globecomm will be responsible for integrating the CWM system with the current shared, local storage pools and generally in respect of the CWM system.

To interface and work with the CWM system, Globecomm will be responsible for supplying and installing some upgrades to eight (8) of the edit suites.

35 With the proposed equipment complement for these suites, there will be a CWM client workstation, which consists of a SPTN supplied computer with the Harris Invenio Content and Workflow Management (CWM) client software package installed on the computer. A Harris DL-860 Video Legalizer, whose output format tracks the input format, and can be legalized to HD, SD, RGB, and/or encoded color space. CRC values are monitored and recalculated to ensure proper output values. Input EQ added to the incoming video is displayed on the front panel. The instrument has a selection to pass or blank all ancillary data without any alteration except CRC correction.

In addition, a pair of JBL LSR Loudspeakers will be provided along with a Harris CMN- LA Audio Loudness Monitor capable of Dolby decoding (as previously described).

6 Graphics Composition Suite

SPTN currently employs software by Miranda for the composition and packaging of graphics assets used for TV channel playout. No final decisions have as yet been made in this area, so it is assumed that the Miranda Vertigo Suite will remain as SPTN's composition toolset

7 Audio Post Production Suites

There are presently two audio post-production suites at 25 Golden Square. The suites utilize Avid Pro Tools software and are responsible for recording Voice Over (VO) for use as standalone presentation items; VO for incorporation into on-air promotions; and for production of the final audio mix for on-air promotions.

SPTN plans to retain these suites as is. However, it is important that content output from the audio post suites has a “QC pass” status upon submission back to the CWM system. In order to permit interworking with the CWM system, Globecomm will supply and install upgrades to the two suites, each with a SPTN supplied computer with the Harris Invenio Content and Workflow Management (CWM) client software package installed on the computer.

In addition, a pair of JBL LSR Loudspeakers will be provided along with a Harris CMN- LA Audio Loudness Monitor capable of Dolby decoding (as previously described)

36 8 Voice-over recording Booths

There is presently a single Voice Over recording booth at 25 Golden Square. This operates in conjunction with the audio post-production suites and produces content for use as standalone presentation items and for incorporation into on-air promotions.

SPTN will retain this facility as it is.

Part B

Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System

1 Introduction and Over-Arching Principles

Globecomm proposes to provide the Harris Invenio Media Asset Management System to satisfy the SPTN Content and Workflow Management requirements. Invenio will become the primary system for managing content and assets throughout the SPTN MediaCentre facility.

Invenio is a suite of digital asset management products optimized to provide a comprehensive solution for managing digital media files and their underlying metadata.

There are three (3) main Invenio components;

• Invenio Capture - Advanced Digital Ingest • Invenio Insight - Digital Asset Management • Invenio Motion - Intelligent Media Movement Invenio user and server applications utilize Service Oriented Architecture principles in order to provide a rich feature set to SPTN operations. This web based service layer makes available a common toolset that can be delivered to the various different user needs based upon the end users key operational requirements.

The common services provide a number of functional modules including ingest, administration, workflow management among others. The configurable and scalable

RequestforProposals SPTNMediaCentre Page49of135 design of the various modules allow for easy change of both the technical infrastructure and user applications without the need to alter the overall service bus.

Invenio Service Oriented Architecture

Global Architecture

Harris proposes to deploy the Invenio MAM system in a resilient distributed architecture. Although each site will be able to operate independently, database synchronization will ensure metadata consistency and protection.

The synchronization services between the two sites will be handled on a transactional basis via a messaging based communication layer in conjunction with standard SQL based synchronization functionality.

Both the London and Singapore facilities will feature an instance of Invenio Insight and Motion to provide metadata and material workflows for the local operations. This will ensure business continuity in the case of any remote connectivity issues and also provide a resilient architecture, which might see expansion in either site to cover additional workflow or media handling changes in the future, this could be extended to additional local ingest services within the Singapore facility.

38 SPTN Proposed Global Architecture

In the architecture as designed, London remains the main source of primary metadata and media handling with handover to Singapore for playout. This will include the distribution of core metadata alongside the associated transmission materials prior to transmission with one of the main principles being that of a workflow driven by and based upon content status.

The complete and detailed proposal from Harris is provided in Appendix B of this Section.

Content and Workflow Management Elements

The Content and Workflow Management System (CWM) is designed to be the critical core of the SPTN MediaCentre. The CWM system creates a unified workflow that allows media assets to be ingested one time and then maintain those assets in the digital domain for the life of media. The CWM system is capable of accessing, managing, and moving media assets across any number of storage devices including multilevel and multi-location storage systems. The CWM system provides a comprehensive toolset to create automatic processes that reduce or eliminate manual intervention and transparently manage all media movement and repurposing requirements. By providing

39 fully automated processes, the CWM system allows for highly efficient and cost effective operation working across ingest, QC, production, playout and new media distribution systems

For the SPTN MediaCentre, Globecomm is proposing the Harris Invenio System and its components. For example, the Harris Invenio Motion product is the ultimate platform for digital media management. It fuses devices, metadata, and workflow into a cohesive management system.

Invenio Motion is a key member of the Invenio suite of media asset management software solutions that Harris provides including; Invenio Capture, Invenio Motion, Invenio Insight, and Invenio Action.

40 The following paragraphs describe the Harris Invenio software solutions that are being proposed for SPTN in more detail.

Invenio Motion

Invenio Motion is the key element for workflow handling and device integration within a file based environment and as such includes a wide range of system compatibility with existing systems (K2, Front Porch DIVA, databases, FTP, CIFS). The full list of current device compatibility is available and is a constantly evolving library thanks to the plug in architecture that has been adopted to improve deployment and expansion flexibility.

The central management and connection service for all Invenio Motion applications and engine configurations is handled by the Invenio Motion Core Service. This service is the connection point for task and query distribution and is part of the full Invenio SOA bus.

41 The diagram above demonstrates this architecture and shows the client isolation from technical infrastructure which also allows for improved security and network isolation between enterprise and technical areas.

Invenio Motion Media Spy

The main function of the Invenio Motion Media Spy is to connect with third party devices using IT or API protocols to keep an inventory of all media throughout the system and associated metadata in each location (format, ID, SOM, duration, and etc.).

The Media Spy provides this location and media information to client applications and other Invenio services in order to track media and accurately determine the current media state.

Invenio Motion Content Handler

The Invenio Motion Content Handler applications primary functionality is to coordinate and execute/monitor technical workflow requests (using API or other IT protocols in a

42 conditional workflow) – as with the Media Spy, the client connectivity is through the abstraction layer of the SOA. Additionally to this – the job management is handled within the SOA architecture which expands the redundancy and queuing possibilities as well as optimizing the engine for its intended purpose without becoming loaded by a large number of client connections.

Invenio Transfer Monitor

The Invenio Motion Transfer Monitor is designed primarily for administrators - offering a centralized media status and workflow monitoring application for both high level and detailed workflow status analysis.

Storage information to explore the devices within the system has been optimized for huge repositories of data and allows for rapid storage searches to be entered alongside virtual query folders which can be configured and customized by the operator or administrator.

43 Low Resolution media can be played directly from a windows file share where available and this is within an embedded player in the user interface, which adds key preview functionality for media management purposes.

Transfer process status can be expanded to show details of the steps within any of the active or queued workflows allowing a deeper insight into material and system status.

Storage capacity views show storage area usage with configurable alarm threshold zones to alert operators to any potential server capacity issues or even to automatically trigger purge/notification workflows.

User notification is handled by a single federated view of all material requiring manual intervention along with the facility to request operator feedback via multiple selection or text entry to acknowledge any requests.

44 Invenio Capture

Invenio Capture provides a centralized user experience for ingest automation. The Invenio Capture server makes use of the SOA platform to allow operators to access and control real time devices from within the Invenio user interface and operators already familiar with Harris Media Client will find the interface intuitive and very powerful for multiple job handling. The clear benefit of this architecture is that the device control layer remains within the well-established and expansive library of device control compatibility allow for far greater operator confidence in the underlying ingest control than most IT based ingest solutions.

The key benefits from a user and a technical perspective are that any content within the Invenio database (for example existing tape material) can easily be sent to the Capture interface in order to verify segment information and perform the ingest task.

The primary function of Invenio Capture would be individual or batch tape ingest, with additional functionality for Crash Recording and Scheduled Record from feeds or tapes to destination devices (video disks or tapes) including preview/confidence preview control, matrix crosspoint management and in vision preview within the ingest interface during capture.

The metadata set for material can be set before, during or after the ingest process including transparently updating the automation database of content and segment details without the need for additional translation – all due to the inclusion of these as resources within the common SOA platform.

Invenio Insight

A greatly improved user experience can now be provided to a range of client platforms including a rich web experience which offers the same search, cataloguing, and segmentation and editing workflows from within a web browser. This also allows for direct accessibility of the Invenio Motion workflows for a truly integrated solution for users of multiple platforms and in multiple locations.

45 This rich web experience allows the same key functionality as the Windows based client application in order to perform the same Search (Simple and Advanced), Project creation, Media preview, metadata view and modification, workflow initiation, marker creation etc. as well as Invenio Motion workflows identical to those mapped for the related user within the Windows environment.

The Clip Editor is fully functioned to service segment, marker and project based workflows in order to fulfill indexing and production workflows.

46 Invenio Search

Invenio Search is a powerful search engine, which is key to the Invenio Insight user experience, allowing users to search for media metadata based on full text properties that have been used to index content within the system.

Operators can choose which type of material to be shown in the search results.

After creating a search within the Search Builder the user is able to execute the query as a single search or save this for future use as a dynamic folder which can be private or published to other users within the system.

47 Search results or Folder items (dynamic folders or static drag and drop) can be used to access low resolution preview of material and initiate workflows.

Invenio Workflow Control

Invenio Insight users can be assigned the rights to selectively access Invenio Motion workflows based on their login or role within the system. These privileges are allocated and managed within the Service Based Architecture and upon execution; the requests are sent through this service bus to request the relevant material movement workflows.

The monitoring of a user’s workflow status is available both from a high level (in progress/success/fail), or in more detail (individual step progress) to allow users to monitor and track their own transfer request status.

48 49 2 CWM Functional Requirements-Required Workflows

Based on the format specified in the RFP (Page 26, Part B), the following compliance matrix highlights the SPTN CWM requirements (E2) and Harris solution compliance.

CWM Functionality SPTN Workflow Current Current Requires Requires Remarks Product Product Product Product Deployed Not Yet In Development Development To Use Foldback Bespoke Reference Site E.2.1.1 Ingest/Import - Programs Step 1 Vision/Invenio  integration is in scope for this project Step 2 Missing material lists and workflow  triggers include email Step 3 Tape ingest using  Invenio Capture Step 4 Drop box management for  content and associated metadata Step 5 Invenio Motion workflow rules will  control file name reconciliation Step 6 Relevant asset components will be  associated and exported as required.

50 E.2.1.1 Ingest/Import - Commercials Step 1 Integration with the Landmark airtime sales system will be via  Vision and is in scope for this project Step 2 Missing commercial material  lists and workflow triggers including email Step 3 Invenio Motion workflow rules  will control file name reconciliation Step 4 Invenio motion workflows will manage any normalizing  processes via integration with 3rd party transcoders Step 5 Invenio motion workflows will manage any atomized/referenced  conversion processes via integration with 3rd party transcoders Step 6 Invenio Motion will recall the appropriate QC profile  according to the level of verification required E.2.2.1 Compliance – Program Technical (QC) and Versioning Step 1 Invenio will manage the QC workflow by ‘operator QC job lists’ and moving the content to shared storage for FCP to import into timeline.  Invenio will manage content re-versioning by retrieving segment metadata, comments and content from the related parent version placeholder

51 Step 2 Further discussion required Step 3 Vision/Invenio integration is  in scope for this project Step 4 Invenio motion workflows will manage the creation of wrapped low resolution  browse files via integration with 3rd party transcoders. Format TBC. Step 5 Further discussion required. Believed to be background edit process out of CWM control. Step 6 Invenio workflows can feature fixed or varied  duration events, triggering notifications and status updates where required. Step 7 Vision/Invenio integration is  in scope for this project Step 8 Based on an OFCOM relevance flag (Vision? Or defined workflow rules), Invenio is able to trigger the required compliance workflow Step 9 Bulk content ingested via 3rd party organizations can be  delivered and entered into a workflow

Step 10 File based QC tool reports can be managed and  associated to program assets using Invenio for tape issue feedback. Step 11  Agreed. E.2.2.2 Compliance – Program Editorial Step 1 The Invenio Insight client (local or web) will provide  browse viewing and compliance logging tools Step 2 Reports for exporting  content for compliance will

52 be configured according to metadata and content status associated with the asset Step 3 An asset held within Invenio  can feature multiple timeline based metadata tracks Step 4 Vision / Invenio integration  is in scope for this project E.2.3.1 Localization – Program Language Step 1 Based on language requirement flags (Vision? Or defined workflow rules),  Invenio is able to trigger the required audio language creation workflow Step 2 Invenio insight UI’s can be  made available to WPF via a local or web based client Step 3 Invenio will support the movement of content and metadata to FCP for  language QC. We would like to further discuss automatic language verification. Step 4 Delivery of a new language  track will trigger an auto QC process. Step 5 Editorial metadata would be associated against a certain  asset version, and technical metadata is associated with the related materials. Step 6 Agreed Step 7 This feature is available in  the current Version of Vision Sony are using today.

53 E.2.3.2 Localization – Program Subtitling Step 1 Based on language requirement flags (Vision? Or defined workflow rules),  Invenio is able to trigger the required subtitle language creation workflow Step 2 Invenio insight UI’s can be  made available to WPF via a local or web based client Step 3 Invenio will support the movement of content and metadata for automatic QC. We would like to further discuss automatic language verification possibilities. Step 4 Delivery of a new subtitle  will trigger a formal QC process. Step 5 Subtitle editorial metadata would be associated against a certain asset version, and technical metadata is  associated with the related materials. Subtitle files are imported into the Invenio database and displayed on the browse video. Step 6 This feature is available in the current Version of Vision Sony are using today. E.2.4 Promotions -  Production Step 1 Invenio can create promotions projects/place holders and associate content as and when made  available to support a promo production process, with of without knowledge of a related program or series.

54 Step 2 Invenio can manage both program and non-program related content, providing a  mechanism for importing, viewing, collecting and annotating. Step 3 The Invenio user can browse and annotate multiple programs creating related  promo metadata (annotating, shot selection etc.) and save against a promo project/object. Step 4 Invenio users can create rough-cut EDLs (using the low resolution browse) and a) export the EDL to a NLE specific format and b) request a partial restore of the specific material (via integration with a partial restore compliant HSM) to shared storage. Step 5 Invenio will register the promo bed and create a low  resolution browse file and deliver to a drop box. Step 6 Not described in workflow  document. Further discussion required Step 7  Agreed Step 8 Invenio Motion will monitor the production storage drop box and trigger the import  and proxy transcode workflow and set a QC Pass status Step 9  Agreed Step 10 Invenio Motion will manage the transfer of promos to both Singapore and the DR  site. Vision / Invenio integration in scope for this project

55 E.2.5.1 Presentation Items Production – Voice Overs / Graphics / Dynamic Graphics Step 1 Invenio will create VO  placeholders with associated metadata Step 2  Agreed Step 3  Agreed Step 4 Not described in workflow document. Further discussion required Step 5 Invenio will import VO files from a watch folder and  associate to the related placeholder, and provide VO status. Step 6 Vision / Invenio integration  is in scope for this project Step 7 Invenio Motion will manage the transfer of VOs to both  Singapore and the DR site. Vision / Invenio integration in scope for this project Step 8 Invenio can work on a  project basis Step 9  Agreed Step 10 Invenio will import flat static graphics and manage the transfer to both  Singapore and the DR sites. Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project.

56 E.2.6.2 Assets for non- Harris would be please to linear delivery points demonstrate and discuss Vision’s non-linear scheduling capabilities. Step 1 Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project for the linear requirements.  Integration with 3rd party non-linear scheduling tools is subject to detailed requirements gathering Step 2 VOD metadata platform profiles can be assigned to specific VOD delivery  providers. Invenio can also import still images and relate to the parent asset. Step 3 Invenio workflows can control multiple transcode profiles for an asset. An  Invenio workflow will manage the transcoding of a specific 30 second section of an asset for preview. Step 4 Invenio will control an external transcoding farm though a management interface and submit completed conversions to a  file based QC tool. As part of the VOD workflow, a predefined storage policy will manage where and for how long content is retained. Step 5 Invenio can generate and  analyze MD5 checksums.

57 3 CWM Specific Non-Functional Requirements

Globecomm is in compliance with the information and CWM Specific Non-Functional Requirements as outlined in this subsection. We know of no limitations as to being able to increase the size and capability of CWM System and for the critical items such as the asset management, storage, and archival systems all are scalable and extremely flexible.

4 Regional Offices Facilities Requirements

4.1 Budapest

Content exchange will be by means of an (SPTN internal) drop-box where content send from the MediaCentre to Budapest will include program segments for inclusion in promotions. In turn content sent from Budapest to the MediaCentre will include some local programming and commercials and finished promotions.

In order to facilitate the transfer of content, Globecomm will supply two (2) CWM system web client licenses and corresponding software for installation in Budapest.

Additionally, Globecomm will supply two (2) communications (talkback) panels for SPTN to self-installation in Budapest. This panel will connect via SPTN’s IP network to the MediaCentre communications matrix, installed in CTA. It will also be necessary to install a Clear-Com four channel IP Communications interface unit.

4.2 Madrid

Content exchange with the Madrid office will be by means of an (SPTN internal) drop- box where content send from the MediaCentre to Madrid will include program segments for inclusion in promotions. In turn, content sent from Madrid to the MediaCentre will include some local programming and commercials and finished promotions.

In order to facilitate the transfer of content, Globecomm will supply two (2) CWM system web client licenses and corresponding software for installation in Madridt.

58 Additionally, Globecomm will supply two (2) communications (talkback) panels for SPTN to self-installation in Madrid. This panel will connect via SPTN’s IP network to the MediaCentre communications matrix, installed in CTA. It will also be necessary to install a Clear-Com four channel IP Communications interface unit.

5 Singapore TV Playout Facility Requirements

Content exchange with the Singapore TV channels playout center will be by means of an (SPTN internal) drop-box. Content send from the MediaCentre to Singapore will include the full range of finished materials for playout.

In order to facilitate the transfer of content, Globecomm will supply two (2) CWM system web client licenses and corresponding software for installation in Singapore.

Additionally, Globecomm will supply two (2) communications (talkback) panels for SPTN to self-installation in Singapore. This panel will connect via SPTN’s IP network to the MediaCentre communications matrix, installed in CTA. It will also be necessary to install a Clear-Com four channel IP Communications interface unit.

Although SPTN does not expect the respondent to provide installation services, Harris is of the opinion that for Singapore it will be necessary to provide CWM capabilities including the Invenio Insight and Motion software and that the corresponding Invenio servers will need to be provided and installed. Globecomm has included this in the pricing matrix for Singapore, which includes Globecomm and Harris installation professional services.

59 6 APPENDIX A

Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre Equipment List

60 45 Oser Ave, Submitted to: SPTN Hauppauge, NY 11788 P-631-231-9800 Fax: 631 231 1557 Attention: Mark Gleeson Submitted by: Walter W Scharpf Reference: P12-10407 Phone: 631-457-1172 Description: MediaCentre [email protected] Date: June 8, 2012 www.globecommsystems.com Bid Valid to: August 31, 2012

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M

MEDIACENTRE FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS

1 Central Technical Area (CTA)

1.1 Synchronizing Pulse Generators (SPG), auto 1 lot changeover unit, GPS receiver option, (2) GPS antennas and feeders. 1.1.1 Sync Generator, Master Pulse/Clock Evertz 5601MSC 2 ea 1.1.2 Redundant Power Supply Evertz +2PS 2 ea 1.1.3 SD/HD/3G-SDI Test/Black Generator, 2 Evertz +3GTG 2 ea NTSC/PAL Test Signal Generator Outputs 1.1.4 GPS Receiver with 50FT water-proof cable Evertz +GP 2 ea 1.1.5 NTP support option Evertz +T 2 ea 1.1.6 Automatic Changeover unit Evertz 5600ACO2 1 ea

61 1.1.7 Analog Video Equalizing Distribution Amplifier Harris VEA6800+D-3 3 ea with Belden 1694 EQ Module, double back module 1.1.8 Single 1x8 Distribution Amplifier with Looping Harris DA-HR6802+DL 1 ea Inputs, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Reclocking, 2 Slots 1.1.9 Frame, 2 RU, Ethernet Resource Card Harris FR6822+QXFE+3 1 ea including HTTP/SNMP Protocols with Fan and one PS 1.1.10 Power Supply, Redundant AC Harris 6800+AC 1 ea

1.2 Audio-Video Matrix-Based Routing System 1.2.1 64x64 Router SD/HD/ASI. Includes Redundant 1 lot crosspoint, Redundant Power Supply, and Basic ServicePak warranty 1.2.2 Frame Chassis, 5RU Router Matrix with Harris PM-FR-5 1 ea controller module and Power Supply included 1.2.3 Crosspoint Module, 3Gbps Card Harris PM-64x64-3G5 2 ea 1.2.4 Controller Module, Redundant Resource Harris PT-RES 1 ea 1.2.5 AC Power Supply, Redundant Harris PT-PS 1 ea 1.2.6 Input Module, HD/SD/3G/ASI Coaxial Harris PM-HS-IB+ 8 ea 1.2.7 Output Module, HD/SD/3G/ASI Coaxial Harris PM-HS-OB+ 8 ea 1.2.8 HD Cross Converter with AFD Inserter, Aspect Harris X85HD-AV-2PS 1 ea Ratio Converter, SSD/HD Converter 1.1.5 Dolby E/Dolby AC-3 Decoder/Audio Down Harris X75OPT-Dolby-1 1 ea Mixer/Track Shuffler

1.3 Audio-Video Multi-viewer Mainframe 1 lot 1.3.1 Kaleido-X Multi-Image Processor 7 RU Frame Miranda KXA-FR7-B 1 ea 1.3.2 16 HD/SD-SDI and 3Gbps Input Module Miranda KXI-16HS3 1 ea (3Gbps license required) 1.3.3 HD/SD-SDI Embedded Audio License (1 per Miranda KXS-HD-EMB 1 ea input card) 1.3.4 CC/Subtitling and XDS Data License (1 per Miranda KXS-CSX 1 ea Input card) 1.3.5 Dual Head Output Module with RGBHV/DVI Miranda KXO-DUAL3 4 ea (3Gbps ready)

62 1.3.6 Dual Channel HD-SDI Monitoring Output Miranda KXO-HDM 4 ea Mezzanine 1.3.7 Dual Channel DVI to HD SDI Bridge Miranda KXI-DVI-BRIDGE 6 ea 1.3.8 Kaleido-IP X300 multi-image IP processor Miranda KIP-X300 4 ea 1.3.9 Decode License for Single HD MPEG-2 or Miranda KIP-OPT-DEC- 64 ea H264 Professional (4:2:2) Video Program HDPRO 1.3.10 Decode License for a Single Advanced Audio Miranda KIP-OPT-DEC- 64 ea Codec (AAC) 5.1 Program AAC-5.1 1.3.8 Ethernet Remote Control Panel and KM Miranda KALEIDO-RCP3 1 ea Gateway

1.4 Audio-Video Signal Monitoring 1 lot 1.4.1 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 2 ea

1.5 Audio-Video Signal Measurement 1 lot 1.5.1 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140-PKG- 1 ea 3GB 1.5.2 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT-5TL 1 ea 1.5.3 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 1 ea 1.5.4 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5.1 1 ea 1.5.5 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 1 ea 1.5.6 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 1 ea

1.5.7 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 1 ea

1.5.8 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 1 ea 1.5.9 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 1 ea

1.6 Central Matrix 1 lot Communications/TalkbackSystem 1.6.1 Eclipse 36-port 1RU Digital Matrix: ClearCom ECLIPSE-PICO 1 ea 1.6.2 Eclipse Configuration System Programming ClearCom ECS 5.2 1 ea Software DVD v5.2 with Manuals 1.6.3 IP Enabled V-Series 1RU 12 Rotary and Push ClearCom V12RDX4 36 ea Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector

63 1.6.4 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 36 ea 34cm/12" 1.6.5 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, ClearCom VOICE2 4 ea 1RU

1.7 Incoming Feeds and Feed Conditioning 1.7.1 Fibre Termination Equipment and Signal 1 lot Decoders 1.7.2 SD/HD Frame Synchronizer incorporating Harris X85HD-AV-2PS 1 lot Aspect Ratio Convertor (ARC) 1.7.3 CDM (Content Delivery Manager) Server, 2RU HP DL-180 G6 4 lot Enterprise Grade (for Aspera) 1.7.4 Software License, CDM (Content Delivery Aspera CS45 4 ea Manager) Server application. Up to 45 Mbps Ingest Servers 1.7.5 NEXIO AMP 4 SD/HD OR 6 SD Only Harris NXAMP3601HDI4H 2 ea Standalone Server, NEXIO AMP 3RU integrated storage video server. 4 channel SD/HD or 6 SD-only channels, SDI/HD-SDI interface card, 4 channel Play List application, 10 TB storage, redundant Ethernet, redundant power supplies and redundant boot drives. Upgradeable via SLK 1.7.6 Box Time Code Module USB Harris NXUSBTC 1 ea

1.8 Outgoing Feeds and Feed Conditioning 1.7.3 Dropbox Servers (FTP), 2RU Enterprise Grade HP DL-180 G6 6 lot

1.9 Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System Content Storage 1.9.1 Disk Storage Subsystem (180 TB) 1 lot 1.9.1.1 Mellanox 36 port QDR Switch Mellanox 851-0169 2 ea 1.9.1.2 10GbE, Dual-port, SFP+, without Optics Isilon 613-0002 12 ea 1.9.1.3 X200 Platform Isilon 600-0001 12 Incl'd 1.9.1.4 X200, BASE Isilon 610-0001 12 ea 1.9.1.5 24TB HDD, 3.5" Isilon 611-0007 12 ea 1.9.1.6 24GB RAM, 6x4G Isilon 612-0003 12 ea

64 1.9.1.7 KIT - 2 SFP+ OPTIC - 10Gb Isilon 851-0099 12 ea 1.9.1.8 COUNTRY Isilon 800-0012 14 ea KIT,STANDARD,208V,1U/2U,NORTH AMERICA 1.9.1.9 Enterprise App Bundle 1 - SnapshotIQ & Isilon 201-0244 12 ea SmartConnect Advanced (High Density) 1.9.1.10 3 Meter Cx4 to QSFP Hybrid Cable Isilon 851-0154 24 ea

1.9.2 Data Tape Storage Subsystem 1 lot 1.9.2.1 SpectraLogic T950 3D 3T 1 ea T950 Multiframe - Max Capacity - 3DBA, 3TBA - 1 Camera, Dual AXC - Input, RLC Software, BlueScale 12 Software with MLM, DIV, and DLM, Gen 3 Library Server, Std Encryption, 5 Access Chambers (50) Slots, 1 RIM, Barcode Scanner, 1ea Pwr Packs (5/12V & 24V) 1.9.2.2 LTO-5 Fibre Channel, Full-Height, Drive/Sled, SpectraLogic 90949194 8 ea T950 1.9.2.3 Access Chamber TeraPack, LTO, no media (10 SpectraLogic 90949024-A 5 Incl'd slot). 1.9.2.4 T950: 1 Storage Chamber License (10 slots) SpectraLogic 90949030 144 ea 1.9.2.5 N+1 Failover Power Pack Kit, Rhs, (base SpectraLogic 90949132 1 ea frame) 1.9.2.6 Spectra T950, Rhs, 5/12V, 8A, Power Pack SpectraLogic 90949166 1 ea 1.9.2.7 Media Expansion Frame, T950 SpectraLogic T950 Media EXP 2 ea 1.9.2.8 Spectra T950 Multiple Frame Assembly Kit (3 SpectraLogic T950 3 FRM EXP 1 Incl'd Frames)

1.9.2.6 Power Cord, European Data Center, IEC-C19 SpectraLogic 8665 2 incl'd to EIC60309, 220-240V, 12AWG, 4.6M 1.9.2.7 BlueScale Vision Camera (Media Expn Frame), SpectraLogic 90949173 2 ea T950 1.9.2.8 Optical Cable, LC-LC Duplex Multi-Mode, 20 SpectraLogic 6348 10 ea meter 1.9.2.9 Shipping crate ramp, no packaging, T950 / SpectraLogic 90940450 1 incl'd TFIN 1.9.2.10 Spectra Certified Media - Spectra T950

65 1.9.2.11 LTO-5 MLM Media Pack Includes: 10 LTO-5 SpectraLogic 90949221 144 ea media tapes w/ Certified Pre-applied Barcode Labels, and Terapack with Dust Cover 1.9.2.12 LTO Maintenance Terapack includes: 10 LTO, SpectraLogic 90949170 1 ea MLM Cleaning Tapes w/ Certified Pre-applied Barcode Labels, for use with AutoDrive Clean functionality.

1.10 Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) 1 lot 1.10.1 DIV Archive including: DIVArchive Software Front Porch Digital DIVA-SFW-00 1 ea Manager License, DIVAchive Software Actor Licence, Nearline Capacity 6TB, Archive Capacity 10 Slots, Offline Capacity (unlimited), SPM Basic, Object Trabnsfer Utility Rebuild Damaged Tape Utility, DIVprotect-Collection and Reporting.

1.10.2 Nearline Capacity (Up to 40 TB) Front Porch Digital DIVA-BAS-00 1 ea

1.10.3 Archive Capacity (Up to 1400 Tape Slots) Front Porch Digital DIVA-BAS-01 1 ea 1.10.4 Actor Front Porch Digital 7 ea DiVA-BAS-04 1.10.5 Parial Restore for Quicktime/DVCPRO SD Front Porch Digital DIVA-OPR-01 1 ea 1.10.6 Partial Restore for Quicktime/DVCPRO HD Front Porch Digital 1 ea (Price included in above) DIVA-OPR-02 1.10.7 DIVArchive Manager System Dual FC Front Porch Digital 1 ea (including 5 years support) DIVA-QHP-01 1.10.8 DIVArchive Actor Transcoder System (including Front Porch Digital 8 ea 5 years support) DIVA-QHP-02 1.10.9 Fiber Channel Switch (16 Ports FC 8Gb Switch Front Porch Digital 8 ea - 1 PSU (including 5 years support) DIVA-QHP-02

1.11 IT Equipment and Networking 1.11.1 KVM Subsystem 1 lot 1.11.1.1 KVM Appliance, 1RU Admin Desktop Manager Avocent HMXMGR-001 1 ea 1.11.1.2 KVM Receiver, DVI User Station (Supports Avocent HMX2050-001 10 ea Dual Display and 1920x1200 Resolution)

66 1.11.1.3 Transmitter module, DVI (Supports Dual Head Avocent HMIQDHDD-001 15 ea 1920 x 1200 Resolution) 1.11.1.4 Rack Mounting Kit Avocent RMK 67 5 ea 1.11.1.5 Ethernet Layer3 Switch, 48 Ports 10/100/1000 Cisco WS-C3750X-48T-S 2 ea with secondary PSU (dedicated for KVM Transmitter-Receiver) 1.11.2 Firewall 1.11.2.1 ASA 5520 Appl w/ CSC10, SW, 50 Usr AV/Spy, Cisco ASA5520-CSC10- 8 ea 1 YR Subscript K9 1.11.2.2 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 8 ea 1.11.2.3 ASA 5500 Series Software Version 8.4 for ASA Cisco SF-ASA-8.4-K8 8 ea 5510-5550, DES 1.11.2.4 ASA 5500 CSC SSM10 Plus Lic. Cisco ASA-CSC10-PLUS 8 ea (Spam/URL/Phish, 1Yr Subscript) 1.11.2.5 ASA 5500 Content Security SSM-10 100 User Cisco ASA-CSC10-USR- 8 ea License 100 1.11.2.6 Cisco VPN Client Software (Windows, Solaris, Cisco ASA-VPN-CLNT- 8 ea Linux, Mac) K9 1.11.2.7 ASA 5500 Series Content Security SSM-10 Cisco Included: ASA- 8 incl Software License CSC10-LIC 1.11.2.8 ASA 5500 Series CSC Software 6.3 for Cisco Included: SF-ASA- 8 incl Security Service Module CSC-6.3-K9 1.11.2.9 ASA 180W AC Power Supply Cisco Included: ASA- 8 incl 180W-PWR-AC 1.11.2.10 ASA CSC SSM-10 included w/ ASA Systems Cisco Included: ASA- 8 incl CSC-10-INC-K9 1.11.2.11 ASA 5500 Strong Encryption License Cisco Included: 8 incl (3DES/AES) ASA5500-ENCR- K9 1.11.2.12 ASA 5520 VPN Plus 750 IPsec User License Cisco Included: 8 incl (7.0 Only) ASA5520-VPN-PL

1.11.3 Core Switch 1.11.3.1 Catalyst 6500 Enhanced 9-slot Cisco WS-C6509-E 2 ea chassis,15RU,no PS,no Fan Tray

67 1.11.3.2 Cisco CAT6000-VS-S2T IOS IP SERV NPE Cisco S2TISK9N- 2 ea 15001SY 1.11.3.3 Cat 6500 Sup 2T with 2 x 10GbE and 3 x 1GbE Cisco VS-S2T-10G 2 ea with MSFC5 PFC4 1.11.3.4 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 4 ea 1.11.3.5 C6K 8 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet module with Cisco WS-X6908-10G-2T 2 ea DFC4 (Trustsec) 1.11.3.6 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 16 ea 1.11.3.7 C6K 8 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet module with Cisco WS-X6908-10G-2T 2 ea DFC4 (Trustsec) 1.11.3.8 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 16 ea 1.11.3.9 C6K 8 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet module with Cisco WS-X6908-10G-2T 2 ea DFC4 (Trustsec) 1.11.3.10 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 16 ea 1.11.3.11 Cat6500 48-port 10/100/1000 GE Mod: fabric Cisco WS-X6748-GE-TX 2 ea enabled, RJ-45 1.11.3.12 Cat6500 48-port 10/100/1000 GE Mod: fabric Cisco WS-X6748-GE-TX 2 ea enabled, RJ-45 1.11.3.13 Catalyst 6509-E Chassis Fan Tray Cisco WS-C6509-E-FAN 2 ea

1.11.3.14 Cat6500 6000W AC Power Supply Cisco WS-CAC-6000W 2 ea 1.11.3.15 Power Cord, 250Vac 16A, twist lock NEMA L6- Cisco CAB-AC-C6K- 4 ea 20 plug, US TWLK 1.11.3.16 Internal 1G Compact Flash Cisco Included: MEM- 2 incl'd C6K-INTFL1GB 1.11.3.17 Catalyst 6500 2GB memory for Sup2T and Cisco Included: MEM- 2 incl'd Sup2TXL SUP2T-2GB 1.11.3.18 Cat 6k 80G Sys Daughter Board Sup2T PFC4 Cisco Included: VS-F6K- 2 incl'd PFC4 1.11.3.19 Catalyst 6500 Supervisor Engine 2T Baseboard Cisco Included: VS- 2 incl'd SUP2T-10G 1.11.3.20 Catalyst 6500 Dist Fwd Card DFC4 Cisco Included: WS-F6K- 2 incl'd DFC4-E 1.11.3.21 Catalyst 6500 8 Port 10G SFP Baseboard Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd X6908-10G

68 1.11.3.22 Catalyst 6500 Dist Fwd Card DFC4 Cisco Included: WS-F6K- 2 incl'd DFC4-E 1.11.3.23 Catalyst 6500 8 Port 10G SFP Baseboard Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd X6908-10G 1.11.3.24 Catalyst 6500 Dist Fwd Card DFC4 Cisco Included: WS-F6K- 2 incl'd DFC4-E 1.11.3.25 Catalyst 6500 8 Port 10G SFP Baseboard Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd X6908-10G 1.11.3.26 Catalyst 6500 256MB DDR, xCEF720 (67xx Cisco Included: MEM- 2 incl'd interface, DFC3A) XCEF720-256M 1.11.3.27 Catalyst 6500 Central Fwd Card for WS-X67xx Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd modules F6700-CFC 1.11.3.28 Catalyst 6500 256MB DDR, xCEF720 (67xx Cisco Included: MEM- 2 incl'd interface, DFC3A) XCEF720-256M 1.11.3.29 Catalyst 6500 Central Fwd Card for WS-X67xx Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd modules F6700-CFC

1.11.4 Control Network Control Network - Firewall 1.11.4.1 ASA 5520 Appl w/ CSC10, SW, 50 Usr AV/Spy, Cisco ASA5520-CSC10- 2 ea 1 YR Subscript K9 1.11.4.2 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 2 ea 1.11.4.3 ASA 5500 Series Software Version 8.4 for ASA Cisco SF-ASA-8.4-K8 2 ea 5510-5550, DES 1.11.4.4 ASA 5500 CSC SSM10 Plus Lic. Cisco ASA-CSC10-PLUS 2 ea (Spam/URL/Phish, 1Yr Subscript) 1.11.4.5 ASA 5500 Content Security SSM-10 100 User Cisco ASA-CSC10-USR- 2 ea License 100 1.11.4.6 Cisco VPN Client Software (Windows, Solaris, Cisco ASA-VPN-CLNT- 2 ea Linux, Mac) K9 1.11.4.7 ASA 5500 Series Content Security SSM-10 Cisco Included: ASA- 2 incl Software License CSC10-LIC 1.11.4.8 ASA 5500 Series CSC Software 6.3 for Cisco Included: SF-ASA- 2 incl Security Service Module CSC-6.3-K9 1.11.4.9 ASA 180W AC Power Supply Cisco Included: ASA- 2 incl 180W-PWR-AC

69 1.11.4.10 ASA CSC SSM-10 included w/ ASA Systems Cisco Included: ASA- 2 incl CSC-10-INC-K9 1.11.4.11 ASA 5500 Strong Encryption License Cisco Included: 2 incl (3DES/AES) ASA5500-ENCR- K9 1.11.4.12 ASA 5520 VPN Plus 750 IPsec User License Cisco Included: 2 incl (7.0 Only) ASA5520-VPN-PL

1.11.4.13 Control Network - Firewall Switch 1.11.4.14 Catalyst 2960S 48 GigE, 4 x SFP LAN Base Cisco WS-C2960S-48TS- 2 ea L 1.11.4.15 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 2 incl'd 1.11.4.16 Control Network - Core 1.11.4.17 Catalyst 3560X 48 Port Data IP Base Cisco WS-C3560X-48T-S 2 ea

1.11.4.18 C3560X-48 IP Base to IP Services factory IOS Cisco C3560X-48-IOS-S- 2 ea Upgrade E 1.11.4.19 AC Power Cord for Catalyst 3K-X (United Cisco CAB-3KX-AC-UK 2 ea Kingdom) 1.11.4.20 CAT 3560X IOS UNIVERSAL WITH WEB Cisco Included: 2 incl'd BASED DEV MGR S356XVK9T- 12255SE 1.11.4.21 Catalyst 3K-X 350W AC Power Supply Cisco Included: C3KX- 2 incl'd PWR-350WAC Control Network - Switch 1.11.4.22 Catalyst 2960S 48 GigE, 4 x SFP LAN Base Cisco WS-C2960S-24TC- 24 ea L 1.11.4.23 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 24 incl'd

1.12 Automated QC Tools 1 lot 1.12.1 Video and Audio QC Tool (Harris QuiC) 1 lot

70 1.12.1.1 NEXIO AMP 4 SD/HD OR 6 SD Only Harris NXAMP3601HDI4H 2 ea Standalone Server, NEXIO AMP 3RU integrated storage video server. 4 channel SD/HD or 6 SD-only channels, SDI/HD-SDI interface card, 4 channel Play List application, 10 TB storage, redundant Ethernet, redundant power supplies and redundant boot drives. Upgradeable via SLK 1.12.1.2 Box Time Code Module USB Harris NXUSBTC 2 ea 1.12.1.3 QUIC Controller, Requires 1 VU to Run, Harris MAAQC-CTLR 2 ea Controller Software for either QuiC Pro or QuiC Express. Requires at least 1 Verification Unit to run. All Verification Units attached to a Controller must be the same type 1.12.1.4 Add PKG OF 8 Quicpro VU & Quic View to Harris MAAQCPROVU8PK 8 ea Controller, Add package of 8 Professional Verification Units and matching QuiC View, Software-Viewer licenses, to a QuiC Controller 1.12.2 Harding Flash and Pattern Analysis QC tool 1 lot 1.12.2.1 Harding FPA With Reports For A Single Harris MAAPROVU-FPA 8 ea Quicpro VU, Harding Flash Pattern Analysis Option with Certified Reports for a single QuiC Pro Verification Unit 1.12.3 Subtitles QC tool 1 lot 1.12.3.1 Subtitle File QC Service Starfish Isis 2 ea 1.12.3.2 Blocked Word Checking Starfish 2 ea 1.13.2 Server, 2RU Enterprise Grade HP DL-180 G6 2 ea 1.12.4 Audio to Text Extraction Tool 1 lot No Solution

1.13 Transcoding 1 lot 1.13.1 Software License, (Rhozet) Universal Harmonic CBN-1000-P 4 ea Transcoding Application

71 1.13.2 NEXIO AMP 4 SD/HD OR 6 SD Only Harris NXAMP3601HDI4H 4 ea Standalone Server, NEXIO AMP 3RU integrated storage video server. 4 channel SD/HD or 6 SD-only channels, SDI/HD-SDI interface card, 4 channel PlayList application, 10 TB storage, redundant Ethernet, redundant power supplies and redundant boot drives. Upgradeable via SLK 1.13.3 Box Time Code Module USB Harris NXUSBTC 4 ea

1.14 Status and Alarm Monitoring 1 lot 1.14.1 Navigator Network Monitoring /Controls with Harris NAVIGATOR-SRV 1 ea Application Server License 1.14.2 Navigator Network Monitoring /Controls with Harris NAVIGATOR-CLI 1 ea Application Client License 1.14.3 Navigator NMS SNMP License for Third Party Harris NAVIGATOR- 1 ea Products SNMP 1.14.4 Navigator Server, 2RU Enterprise Grade HP DL-180 G6 2 ea 1.14.5 Navigator Client Workstation HP HPE H8-1280T 2 ea 1.14.6 iControl Base Edition with Application Server Miranda 1 ea 1.14.7 iControl Web Basic Software Miranda 1 ea

2 Traffic Area 2.1 Traffic Supervisor Desks 2 lot 2.1.1 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140-PKG- 2 ea 3GB 2.1.2 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT-5TL 2 ea 2.1.3 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 2 ea 2.1.4 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5.1 2 ea 2.1.5 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 2 ea 2.1.6 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 2 ea

2.1.7 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 2 ea

2.1.8 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 2 ea 2.1.9 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea 2.1.10 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea

72 2.1.11 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 2 ea 2.1.12 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 2.1.13 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12" 2.2 Traffic Operator Desks 6 lots 2.2.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 6 lot 2.2.2 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 6 ea 2.2.3 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 6 lot 2.2.4 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 6 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 2.2.5 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 6 ea 34cm/12"

3 TV Channel Playout Monitoring/DR Playout Control Suite 3.1 Playout Supervisor Desk 1 lot 3.1.1 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140-PKG- 2 ea 3GB 3.1.2 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT-5TL 2 ea 3.1.3 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 2 ea 3.1.4 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5.1 2 ea 3.1.5 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 2 ea 3.1.6 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 2 ea

3.1.7 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 2 ea

3.1.8 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 2 ea 3.1.9 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea 3.1.10 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea 3.1.11 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 2 ea 3.1.12 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector

73 3.1.13 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12" 3.2 Playout Operator Desks 2 lots 3.2.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 2 ea 3.2.2 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 2 ea 3.2.3 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea 3.2.4 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 3.2.5 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12" 3.3 Monitor Stack 4 lots 3.3.1 Display Monitor, 55" 1080p LED 3D TV Samsung UN55D7000LFX 8 ea 3.3.2 Wall Mounting kit Samsung 8 ea 3.3.3 HD SDI to HDMI Video and Audio Converter AJA Hi5 8 ea

4 QC/Version Edit Suites 4.1 Super QC / Version Edit Suites 2 lots 4.1.1 Mac Pro fully configured with the following Apple Z0M4 2 ea options - * Two 2.93GHz 6-Core Intel Xeon "Westmere" (12 cores) * 16GB RAM (8x2GB) * 512GB Solid-State Drive * 2TB 7200-rpm Serial ATA 3Gb/s hard drive * ATI Radeon HD 5870 1GB * One 18x SuperDrive * Apple Magic Mouse

4.1.2 Apple 27-inch LED Cinema Display Apple MC007LL/A 4 ea 4.1.3 Apple Care Protection Plan for Mac Pro Apple S3135LL/A 2 ea 4.1.4 Apple Final Cut Pro X software Apple D6109Z/A 2 ea 4.1.5 Logic keyboard Final Cut Pro X Shortcut Apple H7987LL/A 2 ea Keyboard 4.1.6 Apple Motion Graphics for Final Cut Pro Apple 2 ea software

74 4.1.7 Apple Encoding Compressor for Final Cut Pro Apple 2 ea software 4.1.8 Hardware audio fader control surface for MAC JL Cooper Eclipse MX 2 ea 4.1.9 Grade 1 LCD Picture Monitor Marshall OR-3210 2 ea 4.1.10 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140-PKG- 2 ea 3GB 4.1.11 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT-5TL 2 ea 4.1.12 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 4 ea 4.1.13 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5.1 2 ea 4.1.14 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 2 ea 4.1.15 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 2 ea

4.1.16 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 2 ea

4.1.17 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 2 ea 4.1.18 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea 4.1.19 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea 4.1.20 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 2 ea 4.1.21 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 4.1.22 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12"

4.2 Ordinary QC/Version Edit Suites 4 lots 4.2.1 Mac Pro fully configured with the following Apple Z0M4 4 ea options - * Two 2.93GHz 6-Core Intel Xeon "Westmere" (12 cores) * 16GB RAM (8x2GB) * 512GB Solid-State Drive * 2TB 7200-rpm Serial ATA 3Gb/s hard drive * ATI Radeon HD 5870 1GB * One 18x SuperDrive * Apple Magic Mouse

75 4.2.2 Apple 27-inch LED Cinema Display Apple MC007LL/A 8 ea 4.2.3 Apple Care Protection Plan for Mac Pro Apple S3135LL/A 4 ea 4.2.4 Apple Final Cut Pro X software Apple D6109Z/A 4 ea 4.2.5 Logic keyboard Final Cut Pro X Shortcut Apple H7987LL/A 4 ea Keyboard 4.2.6 Apple Motion Graphics for Final Cut Pro Apple 4 ea software 4.2.7 Apple Encoding Compressor for Final Cut Pro Apple 4 ea software 4.2.8 Hardware audio fader control surface for MAC JL Cooper Eclipse MX 4 ea 4.2.9 Grade 1 LCD Picture Monitor Marshall OR-3210 4 ea 4.2.10 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140-PKG- 4 ea 3GB 4.2.11 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT-5TL 4 ea 4.2.12 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 8 ea 4.2.13 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 4 ea 4.2.14 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 4 ea 4.2.15 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 4 ea 4.2.16 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 4 ea

4.2.17 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 4 ea

4.2.18 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 4 ea 4.2.19 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea 4.2.20 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 4 ea 4.2.21 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 4 ea 4.2.22 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 4.2.23 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12"

5 On-Air Promotions (OAP) Edit Suites/Seats 8 lot

5.1 CWM System Client Licenses - Included in Harris 402312-00 402305- 16 ea London Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 00

76 5.2 Video Legalizer Harris DL-860 16 ea 5.3 Proc Amp Harris 860-OPT-PA 16 ea 5.4 Rack Kit Harris DRT-3 16 ea 5.5 Blank Panel Harris BLK-3 16 ea 3.2.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 16 ea 3.2.2 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 16 ea 5.6 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 16 ea 5.7 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 16 ea

5.8 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 16 ea

5.9 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 16 ea 5.10 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 16 ea

6 Graphics Composition Suite 1 lot No Requirement

7 Audio Post-Production Suites 1 lot 7.1 CWM System Client Licenses - Included in Harris 402312-00 402305- 2 ea London Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 00 7.2 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 6 lot 7.3 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 6 ea 7.4 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 16 ea 7.5 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT-AES 16 ea

7.6 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT-DLB 16 ea

7.7 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 16 ea 7.8 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 16 ea

8 Voice-over Recording Booths-Customer 1 lot Furnished No Requirement

9 Integration Material to include Equipment Cabinets

77 9.1 Broadcast Equipment Cabinets, 19" Rack Middle Atlantic VRK-40-36HLVRD 10 ea mount, 40U, 36" Deep, Welded Horizontal Lacing Bars , Color: Black 9.2 Rack Rails, Tapped 10-32, RU Markings, Color: Middle Atlantic MV-ZRA-44 10 ea Black 9.3 Rear Vented Door, LH Hinged Swing, Color: Middle Atlantic MW-LVRD-44 10 Incl'd Black 9.4 Side Panels, Solid, Color: Black Middle Atlantic SPN-44-36 4 ea 9.5 Flush Mount Side Panels Solid, Color: Black Middle Atlantic SSPNF-40-36 10 ea 9.6 Isolated Copper Bus Bar, 40 RU space Middle Atlantic BB-44-1 10 ea 9.7 Top Solid Panel Middle Atlantic MW-ST 10 Incl'd 9.8 Ganging Hardware, Side-by-side Middle Atlantic GANG-10 5 ea 9.9 Rack Ganging/Bonding Hardware Middle Atlantic BOND-G24 5 ea 9.10 Blank Panels, 1RU, Flanged Econo Vent, Middle Atlantic EVT1 500 ea Color: Black 9.11 Blank Filler Panels, Flanged Econo Vent, 2RU Middle Atlantic EVT2 500 ea Powder Coat, Color: Black 9.12 2RU Horizontal Cable Management Middle Atlantic HCM-2D 10 ea 9.13 1RU Horizontal Cable Management Middle Atlantic HCM-1D 5 ea 9.14 2RU Panel with Brush Grommet Middle Atlantic BR2 2 ea 9.15 1RU Panel with Brush Grommet Middle Atlantic BR1 2 ea 9.16 Power Strips, Two in each cabinet Globecomm Globecomm 20 ea 9.17 Fiber Patch Panel (with 12 x SC Type) DCable FOC Panel 12 SC 4 ea

9.18 Audio Patch Panel (Estimated Qty) ADC PPB314MKII NS 4 ea 9.19 Audio Patch Cords ADC YA-DA4 40 ea 9.20 Digital Video Panel (Estimated Qty) Canare 26DV-DVJB-W 4 ea 9.21 Video Patch Cords Canare MVPC003 Black 40 ea 9.22 Universal Bulkhead Panel without Connector AVP WE-U216E2-Z 4 ea 9.23 Universal Connector Kits AVP Various 50 ea 9.24 Coaxial Cable, Double Shielded, 75 OHM, Belden 1694A 50 ea RG6C/U, per 1000 ft, Color: Yellow (Estimated qty) 9.25 Coaxial Cable, Double Shielded, 75 OHM, Belden 1694A 25 ea RG6C/U, per 1000 ft, Color: Blue (Estimated qty)

78 9.26 Twisted Pair, 22 AWG Stranded (7x30) TC Belden 9451P 10 ea Conductors, Plenum, FEP Insulation, Overall Belfoil Shield (100% coverage), per 1000 ft, Color: Black 9.27 Ethernet Cat 5 Cable per 1000 ft, Color: Belden 1701A 50 ea Gray/Blue 9.28 335544 CS-SYSTIMX 24-PORT PANEL MOD- Commscope CS-SYSTIMX 10 ea 110 LOADED CAT6 IP5 T568A/B 8W8P 760062372 1100GS3 760062372 BLACK 1U 9.29 MM07-AV7E-06 CS-SYSTIMX CPC3312- Commscope CPC3312-02F007 50 ea 02F007 CBL ASSY MOD 24-4PR STRANDED CAT6 IP5 T568B 7FT LIGHT BLUE CPC3312- 02F007 9.30 CMP-00424AVA-7-06 CS-SYSTIMX 2071E 23- Commscope 2071E 2 ea 4P UTP-CMP SOL BC CAT6 IP5 FEP/LSPVC BLUE JACKET REEL 550 MHZ GIGASPEED (26,000ft) 9.31 169237 CS-SYSTIMX 107276172 2-PORT Commscope 107276172 10 ea FLUSH MT UNLOADED SGL GANG M- SERIES 107276172 IVORY 9.32 318638 CS-SYSTIMX 760041970 1-PORT Commscope 760041970 1 ea MOD JACK 110 8W8P UTP T568A/B CAT6 IP5 GIGASPEED 760041970 IVRY 100PK 9.33 Connectors, BNC, RJ-45s, Bulk Head, 75-Ohm Globecomm Various 110 lot Terminators, RCA, Adaptors, XLR, mounting slides, shelves, miscellaneous hardware, etc. (Estimated qty)

CONTENT AND WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT (CWM) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

1 Content and Workflow Management (CWM) 1 lot System Invenio Insight Software (London)

79 1.1 SW, INV, Application Server, Invenio Core Harris 402293-00 1 ea Application Server, with search, advanced search, wordlist, clip editing function and web user management 1.2 SW INV, Invenio ID Generator, ID generator for Harris 402348-00 1 ea generating UMID's 1.3 SW, INV, CCI Storyboarding, CCI Harris 402316-00 1 ea Storyboarding Content Change Indicator, Graphic display of scene change levels. 1.4 SW, INV, Thesaurus, The Invenio Thesaurus Harris 402295-00 1 ea tool for concept relationship management 1.5 SW, INV, Formbuilder, Builder to create custom Harris 402294-00 1 ea UI to meet customer's unique requirements 1.6 SW, INV, Web Client 20, License 20 Invenio Harris 402312-00 2 ea Windows Web Based Client 1.7 SW, INV, Windows Client Client 10, License 10 Harris 402305-00 1 ea Invenio Windows Client License 1.8 SW, INV, Windows Client 1, License for rich Harris 402299-00 1 ea windows client, including user defined metadata tracks that communicates with the Windows server Invenio Capture Software (London) 1.9 SW, ADC Device Driver Bundle, 8-PAK, Bundle Harris 402366-00 1 ea of eight (8) ADC Device Drivers. Drivers must be selected from devices shown on ADC series list of supported devices. Excludes media management devices Invenio Motion Software (London) 1.10 SW, IM, Transfer Monitor Client, Transfer Harris 402287-00 1 ea Monitor Client. Initiate Manual Media movement from device to device, Trig Manual Workflows, Monitor and Control Workflows, View Storage Capacity, and View Storage content

80 1.11 SW, IM, Motion Engines, Motion Engines. Harris 402289-00 1 ea Enables function of Process Trigger, Content Handler & MediaSpy Engines. Extract data from files to trigger WF, List of Video in Storages, Extract metadata from Video Files, Get Capacity from Storage, Design and manage Workflows, Execute Workflows

1.12 SW, IM, PI, IT, FTP & CIFS, IT Plug-In. FTP, Harris 402289-01 11 ea CIFS, NFS (Count the number of CIFS or FTP plug-ins used in the system) 1.13 SW, IM, PI, WF Triggers, Workflow Triggers. Harris 402289-10 10 ea MS to trig CH on changes in storage, Remaining Capacity, Time Scheduler, Calendar Scheduler, User Validation, ADC - FindID - used to find an ID in one of several Playlist (Per ADC, not per list). ADC - GMT (for Base band copy) 1.14 SW, IM, WF, Other Plug-ins, Workflow Other Harris 402289-11 5 ea Plug-Ins. Invenio, ODBC, MXF wrapper, Inscriber, Command line, Zip - Enable to Zip several file, Folder creation, Mails - Enables Motion to send Mail upon conditions, errors 1.15 SW, IM, PI, QC, File analyses for quality check Harris 402289-12 1 ea and correction. QuiC Video & Audio Analyze & Repair, AMBERFIN Analyze only 1.16 SW, IM, PI, Transcoders, Transcoders. Flip Harris 402289-13 2 ea Factory, Amberfin, Rhozet, Radiant Grid, Digital Rapid 1.17 SW, IM, PI, Post Production, Post-Production. Harris 402289-14 1 ea Avid interplay, FCP, IOL, Velocity 1.18 SW, IM, PI, Catch Servers, Catch Servers - Harris 402289-15 1 ea MDS. PitchBlue, Pathfire, DGSpotBox (ViVx), Centaur, Extreme Reach, Hula, On the Spot

81 1.19 SW, IM, PI, Video File Server, Broadcast Video Harris 402289-16 1 ea File Servers. Nexio, Omneon, Profile PDR, GVG K2 & Mseries, SeaChange, Pinnacle Thunder, Avid - Media Stream, Avid - Air Speed, SGI, EVS Clean Edit 1.20 SW, IM, PI, Archive Managers, Archive Harris 402289-31 2 ea Manager. Diva, SGL, MassTech Invenio Capture Hardware (London) 1.21 HW, CHP 2RU, 16 Port Main DC SVR 2008 , Harris 402293-00 1 ea ADC 16 Port Main Device Controller, CHP 2RU. Includes SVR 2008, 250 GB hard drive and 4 GB of memory. Includes Device Server license Invenio R&D Platform - (FOC) 1.22 SW, INV, Application Server, Invenio Core Harris 402293-00 1 ea Application Server, with search, advanced search, wordlist, clip editing function and web user management 1.23 SW INV, Invenio ID Generator, ID generator for Harris 402348-00 1 ea generating UMID's 1.24 SW, INV, CCI Storyboarding, CCI Harris 402316-00 1 ea Storyboarding Content Change Indicator, Graphic display of scene change levels. 1.25 SW, INV, Thesaurus, The Invenio Thesaurus Harris 402295-00 1 ea tool for concept relationship management 1.26 SW, INV, Formbuilder, Builder to create custom Harris 402294-00 1 ea UI to meet customer's unique requirements 1.27 SW, INV, Web Client 20, License 20 Invenio Harris 402312-00 2 ea Windows Web Based Client 1.28 SW, INV, Windows Client 10, License 10 Harris 402305-00 1 ea Invenio Windows Client License 1.29 SW, INV, Windows Client 1, License for rich Harris 402299-00 1 ea windows client, including user defined metadata tracks that communicates with the Windows server

82 1.30 SW, IM, Transfer Monitor Client, Transfer Harris 402287-00 1 ea Monitor Client. Initiate Manual Media movement from device to device, Trig Manual Workflows, Monitor and Control Workflows, View Storage Capacity, and View Storage content 1.31 SW, IM, Motion Engines, Motion Engines. Harris 402289-00 1 ea Enables function of Process Trigger, Content Handler & MediaSpy Engines. Extract data from files to trigger WF, List of Video in Storages, Extract metadata from Video Files, Get Capacity from Storage, Design and manage Workflows, Execute Workflows

1.32 SW, IM, PI, IT, FTP & CIFS, IT Plug-In. FTP, Harris 402289-01 11 ea CIFS, NFS (Count the number of CIFS or FTP plug-ins used in the system) 1.33 SW, IM, PI, WF Triggers, Workflow Triggers. Harris 402289-10 10 ea MS to trig CH on changes in storage, Remaining Capacity, Time Scheduler, Calendar Scheduler, User Validation, ADC - FindID - used to find an ID in one of several Playlist (Per ADC, not per list). ADC - GMT (for Base band copy) 1.34 SW, IM, WF, Other Plug-ins, Workflow Other Harris 402289-11 5 ea Plug-Ins. Invenio, ODBC, MXF wrapper, Inscriber, Command line, Zip - Enable to Zip several file, Folder creation, Mails - Enables Motion to send Mail upon conditions, errors 1.35 SW, IM, PI, QC, File analyses for quality check Harris 402289-12 1 ea and correction. QuiC Video & Audio Analyze & Repair, AMBERFIN Analyze only 1.36 SW, IM, PI, Transcoders, Transcoders. Flip Harris 402289-13 2 ea Factory, Amberfin, Rhozet, Radiant Grid, Digital Rapid Invenio Servers 1.37 Invenio Insight Application Servers - Network HP DL180-G6 2 ea Load Balanced

83 1.38 Invenio Motion Application Servers - Microsoft HP DL180-G6 2 ea Clustered Service 1.39 Invenio Database Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL580-G7 2 ea Service 1.40 Harris Messaging Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL180-G6 2 ea Service 1.41 Scene Change Detection - Application Server HP DL180-G6 1 ea 1.42 Invenio Windows Client Workstations CFE 11 ea 1.43 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 34 ea

REGIONAL OFFICES FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS

1 Budapest 1.1 CWM System Client Licenses - Included in Harris 402312-00 402305- 2 ea London Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 00 1.2 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 2 ea Intercom (Budapest) 1.3 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 1.4 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12" 1.5 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, ClearCom VOICE2 1 ea 1RU

2 Madrid 2.1 CWM System Client Licenses - Included in Harris 402312-00 402305- 2 ea London Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 00 2.2 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 2 ea Intercom (Madrid) 2.3 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 2.4 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12"

84 2.5 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, ClearCom VOICE2 1 ea 1RU

SINGAPORE TV PLAYOUT FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 1 Invenio Insight Software (Singapore) 1.1 CWM System Client Licenses - Included in Harris 402312-00 402305- 2 ea London Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 00 1.2 SW, INV, Application Server, Invenio Core Harris 1 ea Application Server in replication mode to move media and metadata from the central London facility to Singapore playout Invenio Motion Software (Singapore) 1.3 SW, IM, Transfer Monitor Client, Transfer Harris 402287-00 1 ea Monitor Client. Initiate Manual Media movement from device to device, Trig Manual Workflows, Monitor and Control Workflows, View Storage Capacity, and View Storage content 1.4 SW, IM, Motion Engines, Motion Engines. Harris 402289-00 1 ea Enables function of Process Trigger, Content Handler & MediaSpy Engines. Extract data from files to trigger WF, List of Video in Storages, Extract metadata from Video Files, Get Capacity from Storage, Design and manage Workflows, Execute Workflows

1.5 SW, IM, PI, IT, FTP & CIFS, IT Plug-In. FTP, Harris 402289-01 11 ea CIFS, NFS (Count the number of CIFS or FTP plug-ins used in the system) 1.6 SW, IM, PI, WF Triggers, Workflow Triggers. Harris 402289-10 10 ea MS to trig CH on changes in storage, Remaining Capacity, Time Scheduler, Calendar Scheduler, User Validation, ADC - FindID - used to find an ID in one of several Playlist (Per ADC, not per list). ADC - GMT (for Base band copy)

85 1.7 SW, IM, WF, Other Plug-ins, Workflow Other Harris 402289-11 5 ea Plug-Ins. Invenio, ODBC, MXF wrapper, Inscriber, Command line, Zip - Enable to Zip several file, Folder creation, Mails - Enables Motion to send Mail upon conditions, errors 1.8 SW, IM, PI, Catch Servers, Catch Servers - Harris 402289-15 1 ea MDS. PitchBlue, Pathfire, DGSpotBox (ViVx), Centaur, Extreme Reach, Hula, On the Spot 1.9 SW, IM, PI, Archive Managers, Archive Harris 402289-31 2 ea Manager. Diva, SGL, MassTech Intercom (Singapore) 1.10 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 1.11 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea 34cm/12" 1.12 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, ClearCom VOICE2 1 ea 1RU Invenio Servers 1.13 Invenio Insight Application Servers - Network HP DL-180 G6 2 ea Load Balanced 1.14 Invenio Motion Application Servers - Microsoft HP DL-180 G6 2 ea Clustered Service 1.15 Invenio Database Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL-580 G7 2 ea Service 1.16 Harris Messaging Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL-180 G6 2 ea Service 1.17 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 2 ea

86 7 APPENDIX B

Harris CWM Proposal For Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

87 Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

PROPOSAL NUMBER 1-97TPG7

Version R1.1

ONE Company. ONE Direction. The Future.

Harris Systems Ltd, 1010 Eskdale Road, IQ Winnersh, Wokingham, Berkshire, RG41 5TS, UK

Tel: +44 118 964 8000 Fax: +44 118 964 8054 Revision History

Version Date Authors Summary of Changes D01 30/05/12 SS/HD/SM InitialResponsetoRFP

The contents of this document are classified as Proprietary Information. This means that access to the information herein is intended for limited commercial release. No information in this document may be obtained or copied or shared in any way without express written permission from Harris Corporation.

All information contained herein is provided “AS IS” without warranty or representation of any kind. This proposal does not create any legally binding obligations between the parties. No obligation will arise unless and until a definitive written legal agreement is negotiated and executed by the parties. No interest in or license to any of the products mentioned herein is created or conveyed by this proposal.

Revision History...... 2

1 Executive Summary...... 5

2 Business and Content Management System Integration.. 8 2.1 Business System Integration Experience ...... 11

3 Compliance Matrix ...... 15 3.1 Content & Workflow Management Function Compliance Matrix ...... 15 3.2 General Function Compliance Matrix ...... 25 3.3 File Based QC Compliance Matrix...... 28

4 Solution Overview Diagrams ...... 31 4.1 Harris Solution Overview...... 31 ...... 32 4.2 Harris Solution Overview – Invenio London...... 32 4.3 Harris Solution Overview – Invenio Singapore...... 34 4.4 Harris Solution Overview – Nexio Servers London...... 36

5 Solution Description...... 38 5.1 SPTN Broadcast Management Systems...... 38 5.2 Content & Workflow Management System ...... 38 5.3 MAM Clients...... 52 5.4 Storage...... 53 5.5 AV Processing ...... 54 5.6 File Ingest ...... 55 5.7 Baseband Services ...... 55 5.8 R&D Platform...... 56 5.9 In-House Post Production ...... 56 5.10 CDN ...... 57 5.11 Regional Languaging & Subtitling ...... 57 5.12 SPTN Regional Offices...... 57 5.13 SPTN Playout Singapore (Main)...... 58 5.14 SPTN Playout London (DR) ...... 58 5.15 Other Platforms ...... 58

6 Vision / Invenio Integration Specification ...... 60

7 Case Studies – Customer Reference Sites...... 65 7.1 Company: Special Broadcasting Services (SBS) ...... 65 7.2 Company: Seven Network Australia (SNA) ...... 67 7.3 Company: Nine Network Australia (NNA)...... 68 7.4 Company: Abu Dhabi Media Company (ADMC) UAE ...... 70

8 Appendix A: Integrated and Shared Storage Transmission Server...... 72 ...... 72

9 Appendix B: QuiC™ Pro / QuiC™ Express / QuiC™ View 78 9.1 Software-Based Quality Control Solutions...... 78

9.2 QuiC Pro and QuiC Express Images & Diagram...... 83

10 Appendix C: Post Warranty Support Agreements...... 87 10.1 Harris Service Level Agreements ...... 87 10.2 Service Level Agreement Features...... 88

11 Appendix D: Specifications for Client Hardware...... 91 11.1 Application Server Specifications ...... 91 11.2 Database Server Specifications ...... 92 11.3 Client Workstation...... 92 11.4 QuiC Pro Server ...... 93 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

1 Executive Summary Harris Corporation is pleased to present Globecomm with our proposal in relation to the Sony Pictures Television Networks (SPTN) MediaCentre project in London. As a global leader in the management and delivery of content, Harris is able to provide both the solutions and services required to help SPTN achieve its strategic goals.

The primary focus of this response is to submit a robust and cost effective proposal for technologies and services for a MediaCentre at the Sony facility in Golden Square central London. Additionally, Harris works with a number of experienced partners who in combination with our overall program management capabilities can provide world class expertise.

The following table summarises the SPTN RFP requirments and the level of Harris compliance:

SPTN Requirement Compliance Enterprise Class Content and Workflow Compliant Management (CWM) system Interfacing the CWM system to SPTN's Compliant existing business systems (Planning and Scheduling; Airtime Sales; e-mail; etc) Interfacing the Content and Workflow Compliant Management (CWM) system to SPTN's IT infrastructure, including general corporate IT network, internal drop-boxes (content storage) and dedicated Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) Connection of SPTN's existing post- Compliant production facilities in London, Budapest and Madrid to the MediaCentre systems Interfacing the CWM system with the TV Compliant channel playout automation system in Singapore for the purposes of content exchange and monitoring Interfacing the CWM system with the TV Compliant channel playout automation system of the DR facility for the purposes of content exchange and monitoring

The Solution Overview outlines a response to the RFP requirements. It also provides a value added approach for consideration by SPTN which identifies the significant benefits to be achieved from a complete end to end Harris file based system incorporating the Harris Invenio system. We believe this solution will improve the operational workflow at Sony and future proof the business through the introduction of a more contemporary and integrated media asset management environment.

5/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

In recent years, Harris has successfully implemented several large scale solutions that are directly comparable to the scope of the SPTN MediaCentre project. The following is a summary of benefits to SPTN and Globecomm from the experience gained from these projects:

 Harris has a demonstrated ability to meet specific requirements of a project of this size and complexity.  The solution offered (plus options for consideration) have been proven to validate the technical merit and future capability of the system.  Harris is a leader in the international broadcast market. Recent projects successfully completed at Nine Network, Seven Network and SBS, and the strength of the Harris team responsible for the implementation and support of these sites are testimony to our experience and qualifications internationally.  The example sites noted above have incorporated a high degree of complexity between business systems and content management systems in a file based environment confirming the market leadership enjoyed by Harris in this area. These sites are geared for multi-platform delivery through an integrated Harris solution.  A clear commitment to the highest level of Project Management disciplines to ensure total transparency to SPTN on the progress of the project and opportunities for cost savings to be generated.  The obligations of any contract executed as part of this RFI will be guaranteed by Harris Corporation if required.

An integrated support offering from Globecomm and Harris would not only provide a cost effective and superior solution for the SPTN project, but could very well develop to be a model for other large International scale projects.

We are committed to delivering excellence to our clients and Harris is fully committed to demonstrating these capabilities to SPTN. Additionally, the financial strength of Harris will ensure we have the capacity to continue to be a long term partner of SPTN and make the necessary investments to service client needs.

At Harris, our commitment and goal is not only to the development of systems that meet market requirements, but also to providing business and industry expertise that help our clients define, develop, implement and manage their environment and operations. We have worked closely with many clients in the design and implementation of new business models, starting from concept through robust development and installation. Our direct, extensive and deep experience in Broadcast and Media set Harris apart from other companies that you may be considering. The breadth of our solutions and the resources of our company will be a major asset to SPTN on this project.

6/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

The SPTN MediaCentre project is an extremely significant project for Harris and will consolidate on our success with other notable regional clients based in the region. As a result, much of our offering will meet and exceed SPTN’s immediate requirements creating an excellent platform for expansion in terms of channels, enhanced functionality or operational efficiency. We thank you for the opportunity to participate in this submission and rest assured we are totally committed to the best outcome possible.

7/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

2 Business and Content Management System Integration

The benefits of empowering upstream operations with accurate metadata and the ability to monitor and control workflows from the business systems layer will drive efficiencies. Integration of the SPTV planning and scheduling system ‘Harris Vision’ with the content and workflow management system ‘Harris Invenio’ will deliver these efficiencies and is proposed for this project. Although this will be new integration, the SPTN workflow requirments fit within the planned product roadmap. We have a great deal of directly applicable experience with business system and media management integration, with examples outlined further in this section.

Although not within scope of this RFP, the reach of integration and data sharing can be expanded to content delivery including linear playout automation, for example:

Live Update – Last minute changes to the programme schedule are inevitable and ‘up to the wire’ commercial spot sales are desired. Both can be achieved by an integrated business system/MAM/playout automation solution. Daily schedule dumps can be replaced by live ‘event by event’ notifications ensuring a constantly up to date schedule and a significantly reduced window between commercial spot sales and playout.

Live Rich As-Runs – Traditionally, as-run data is returned daily in a flat file format to the business systems. Integrating the business systems layer with playout automation can provide a live return of as-run data on an event by event basis. The as-run data can also be enriched to included ancillary data such as programme loudness information, providing a ‘receipt’ of as-originated loudness data.

8/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Business, CWM and Device System Overview

System integration is achieved using the Harris messaging layer which is a standard method for the exchange of metadata and status between Harris and 3rd party software systems. The messaging layer works on a ‘one-to-many’ subscriber basis allowing true collaboration between multiple applications. Communication between Vision and Invenio will be based on this principle allowing for a standard and non proprietary approach, reducing risk and deployment time.

The messaging layer is based on web services, Vision integration layer and BXF. The following diagram illustrates the key areas of data exchange.

9/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Business, CWM and Device System Integration

The exact scope of integration between Vision, Landmark and Invenio has been evaluated against the SPTN workflow requirements and can be summerised as the following:

 Shared asset IDs and associated metadata

 Content location and status information for physical media (high and low resolution)

 Business system driven workflows

The exact functional data exchange requirements have been captured in Section 6.

10/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

2.1 Business System Integration Experience Harris has integrated the Invenio Asset Management system with several Scheduling / Traffic systems including Broadcast Master, and 3rd party / in-house developed systems. Whilst the level of integration varies depending on customer requirements, all are designed to provide seamless exchange of metadata between individual systems in an automated fashion. This integration has assisted customers with reducing the time required to complete operational tasks, as well as reducing double-entry of metadata and risk of operator error. It provides information to end users in less time so that they can plan and complete tasks accordingly.

At each site where Invenio has been integrated with Scheduling / Traffic components, industry standard protocols have been used for the exchange of metadata between systems. This includes the exchange of XML and/or BXF messages following a defined schema. However, the rules regarding metadata mapping and business processes are flexible enough to be customized to each customer’s specific requirements.

Furthermore, Harris has extended the level of integration between Invenio and Broadcast Master by presenting Invenio preview and segmentation functionality directly in the Broadcast Master User Interface. This provides scheduling operators with a single UI where they are able to preview low res proxy copies of content at their desktop and set segmentation timecodes as they are building the schedule.

The following table highlights the various components of integration and how this has been implemented at a range of customer sites:

Integration Description Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Harris Harris Traffic System Pilat In In Broadcast Vision IBMS house house Master Asset Management System Invenio Invenio Invenio Invenio Invenio Traffic automatically creates Content     Vision placeholders in Invenio for expected Content. v4.2 This is flexible, but may include: - Program Content - Commercial Content - Promo Content - Presentation Content Traffic exchanges descriptive metadata with     Vision Invenio. This is mapped specific to the v4.2 content type as well as the business requirements of the customer. (i.e. Content Title, Episode information, EPG, Rights information)

11/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Integration Description Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Harris Harris Invenio’s flexible content model allows     Vision documents to be linked in a hierarchy in order v4.2 to replicate the Traffic model (i.e. Series, Episode, Version) to assist operators with quickly locating related media assets. At the same time, Invenio is also able to handle content that does not fit this model (i.e. commercials). Invenio updates traffic when the asset has     Vision been ingested and exists as a file in the v4.2 system. Invenio provides ‘live’ feedback about where the asset is located. Traffic provides information about workflow    Vision requirements to Invenio: v4.3 Examples include: - Ingest Required - Censorship / Classification Required - Edit Required - Captioning Required. Invenio alerts operators when workflow tasks require completion. Invenio updates Traffic with information about    Vision Content status and workflow tasks. Examples v4.3 include: - Ingest Complete - QC Complete - Edit Complete - Captioning Complete Quality Check information can be managed in     Vision Invenio. Invenio interacts with QC tools and v4.2 updates the Traffic system with QC status. Invenio provides operators tools to browse     Vision low res content at the desktop to preview and v4.2 modify segmentation timecodes. A web client is available for Traffic operators / remote users. Timecodes from Invenio automatically update the Traffic system to assist with building the Playout schedule. Invenio can also be configured to update Automation directly with segmentation timecodes. Future enhancements are being developed to BCM v8.50 Vision support previewing the low res directly within v4.2 the Traffic application using the Invenio API.

12/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Integration Description Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Harris Harris Traffic can send a message to Invenio to     Vision delete or purge an asset as part of the media v4.3 management requirements. After deleting the media, Invenio returns a confirmation message to the Traffic system.

The integration between the Vision user interface and Invenio services are part of the core roadmap and offer significant operational benefits to SPTN business system users. The user interface for Vision will provide low resolution proxy browsing, visual segmenting tools, playlist junction preview and media state editoral and technical status verification. These tools empower the SPTN business users and enable accuracy of timing and schedules to be verified prior to release.

Examples of the powerful toolset available to Vision users within the product roadmap are shown below.

Vision: Embedded viewing and segmenting of a Programme Version

13/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Vision: Schedule junction preview for channel presentation preview

Vision: Material editorial and technical status fed from Invenio

14/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

3 Compliance Matrix

3.1 Content & Workflow Management Function Compliance Matrix Based on the format specified in the RFP (page 26, part B), the following compliance matrix highlights the SPTN CWM requirments (E2) and Harris solution compliance.

CWM Functionality SPTN Workflow Current Current Requires Requires Remarks Product Product Product Product Deployed To Not Yet In Use Development Development Reference Site Foldback Bespoke E.2.1.1 Ingest/Import - Programmes Step 1  Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project Step 2  Missing material lists and workflow triggers inc email Step 3  Tape ingest using Invenio Capture Step 4  Drop box management for content and associated metadata Step 5  Invenio Motion workflow rules will control file name reconciliation Step 6  Relevant asset components will be associated and exported as required.

15/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

E.2.1.1 Ingest/Import - Commercials Step 1 Integration with the Landmark  airtime sales system will be via Vision and is in scope for this project Step 2  Missing commercial material lists and workflow triggers inc email Step 3  Invenio Motion workflow rules will control file name reconciliation Step 4 Invenio motion workflows will  manage any normalising processes via integration with 3rd party transcoders Step 5 Invenio motion workflows will  manage any atomised/referenced conversion processes via integration with 3rd party transcoders Step 6 Invenio Motion will recall the  appropriate QC profile according to the level of verification required E.2.2.1 Compliance – Programme Technical (QC) and Versioning Step 1 Invenio will manage the QC  workflow by ‘operator QC job lists’ and moving the content to shared

16/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

storage for FCP to import into timeline. Invenio will manage content re- versioning by retrieving segment metadata, comments and content from the related parent version placeholder Step 2 Further discussion required Step 3  Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project Step 4 Invenio motion workflows will manage the creation of wrapped low  resolution browse files via integration with 3rd party transcoders. Format TBC. Step 5 Further discussion required. Believed to be background edit process out of CWM control. Step 6 Invenio workflows can feature fixed  or varied duration events, triggering notifications and status updates where required. Step 7  Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project Step 8 Based on an OFCOM relevance flag (Vision? Or defined workflow rules), Invenio is able to trigger the

17/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

required compliance workflow Step 9 Bulk content ingested via 3rd party  organisations can be delivered and entered into a workflow Step 10 File based QC tool reports can be  managed and associated to programme assets using Invenio for tape issue feedback. Step 11  Agreed. E.2.2.2 Compliance – Programme Editorial Step 1 The Invenio Insight client (local or  web) will provide browse viewing and compliance logging tools Step 2 Reports for exporting content for  compliance will be configured according to metadata and content status associated with the asset Step 3 An asset held within Invenio can  feature multiple time-line based metadata tracks Step 4  Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project E.2.3.1 Localisation – Programme Languaging Step 1  Based on language requirement flags (Vision? Or defined workflow

18/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

rules), Invenio is able to trigger the required audio language creation workflow Step 2 Invenio insight UI’s can be made  available to WPF via a local or web based client Step 3 Invenio will support the movement of content and metadata to FCP for  language QC. We would like to further discuss automatic language verification. Step 4  Delivery of a new language track will trigger an auto QC process. Step 5 Editorial metadata would be associated against a certain asset  version, and technical metadata is associated with the related materials. Step6 Agreed Step 7 This feature is available in the  current Version of Vision Sony are using today. E.2.3.2 Localisation – Programme Subtitling Step 1 Based on language requirement  flags (Vision? Or defined workflow rules), Invenio is able to trigger the

19/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

required subtitle language creation workflow Step 2 Invenio insight UI’s can be made  available to WPF via a local or web based client Step 3 Invenio will support the movement of content and metadata for automatic QC. We would like to further discuss automatic language verification possibilities. Step 4  Delivery of a new subtitle will trigger a formal QC process. Step 5 Subtitle editorial metadata would be associated against a certain asset version, and technical metadata is  associated with the related materials. Subtitle files are imported into the Invenio database and displayed on the browse video. Step 6 This feature is available in the current Version of Vision Sony are using today. E.2.4 Promotions -  Production Step 1 Invenio can create promotions  projects/place holders and associate content as and when made available

20/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

to support a promo production process, with of without knowledge of a related programme or series. Step 2 Invenio can manage both programme and non-programme  related content, providing a mechanism for importing, viewing, collecting and annotating. Step 3 The Invenio user can browse and annotate multiple programmes  creating related promo metadata (annotating, shot selection etc) and save against a promo project/object. Step 4 Invenio users can create rough-cut EDLs (using the low resolution browse) and a) export the EDL to a NLE specific format and b) request a partial restore of the specific material (via integration with a partial restore compliant HSM) to shared storage. Step 5 Invenio will register the promo bed  and create a low resolution browse file and deliver to a drop box. Step 6  Not described in workflow document. Further discussion required Step 7  Agreed

21/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Step 8 Invenio Motion will monitor the production storage drop box and  trigger the import and proxy transcode workflow and set a QC Pass status Step 9  Agreed Step 10 Invenio Motion will manage the transfer of promos to both  Singapore and the DR site. Vision / Invenio integration in scope for this project E.2.5.1 Presentation Items Production – Voice Overs / Graphics / Dynamic Graphics Step 1  Invenio will create VO placeholders with associated metadata Step 2  Agreed Step 3  Agreed Step 4 Not described in workflow document. Further discussion required Step 5 Invenio will import VO files from a  watch folder and associate to the related placeholder, and provide VO status. Step 6  Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project

22/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Step 7 Invenio Motion will manage the  transfer of VOs to both Singapore and the DR site. Vision / Invenio integration in scope for this project Step 8  Invenio can work on a project basis Step 9  Agreed Step 10 Invenio will import flat static graphics and manage the transfer to  both Singapore and the DR sites. Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project. E.2.6.2 Assets for non- Harris would be please to linear delivery points demonstrate and discuss Vision’s non-linear scheduling capabilities. Step 1 Vision / Invenio integration is in scope for this project for the linear rd  requirments. Integration with 3 party non-linear scheduling tools is subject to detailed requirments gathering Step 2 VOD metadata platform profiles can be assigned to specific VOD delivery  providers. Invenio can also import still images and relate to the parent asset. Step 3  Invenio workflows can control multiple transcode profiles for an

23/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

asset. An Invenio workflow will manage the transcoding of a specific 30 second section of an asset for preview. Step 4 Invenio will control an external transcoding farm though a management interface and submit  completed conversions to a file based QC tool. As part of the VOD workflow, a predefined storage policy will manage where and for how long content is retained. Step 5  Invenio can generate and analyse MD5 checksums.

24/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

3.2 General Function Compliance Matrix In addition to the requirments outlined in E2 to of the RFP, we have identified the further additional system requirments and utilised a matching SPTN compliance format.

SPTN General Requirments Current Current Requires Requires Remarks Product Product Product Product Deployed To Not Yet In Use Development Development Reference Site Foldback Bespoke D.1.10 Hierarchical Storage Invenio Motion has API management Management (HSM) capabilities for a number of HSM solutions inc Front Porch Digital, SGL  and Masstech. Invenio Motion can also provide direct HSM capabilities without the need for 3rd party systems. D.1.12.3 Subtitles QC tool Although Invenio does not currently feature a text>dictionary>lookup workflow for language type and  profanity checking, we are very interested in working with SPTN to deliver this function. This functionality in not included.

25/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

D.1.12.4 Audio to text Although Invenio does not currently extraction tool feature an audio>text>dictionary>lookup  workflow for language type and profanity checking etc, we are very interested in working with SPTN to deliver this function. This functionality in not included. I.2.9.1 Production Resolution Invenio is file type agnostic and can Content  work with any codec type or wrapper inc Apple Pro Ress 422, DVCPro HD, IMX50, Mpeg-2 LGOP and DV I.2.9.4 Browse proxy Invenio will control a 3rd party resolution content transcoding application to generate an Mpeg-1 low resolution browse  file. The Invenio UI can then display the browse file for low resolution workflows. We would like to discuss other browse formats such as h.264 with SPTN.

Current product (deployed to reference site) The functionality to address the stated requirement is part of the current product and may be seen operating on one (or more) customer reference sites.

Current product (not yet in use)

26/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

The functionality to address the stated requirement is developed, tested and is part of the current product but is not yet in use on any customer reference site.

Requires product development (foldback) The functionality required to address the stated requirement does not currently exist within the product but would be developed to become part of the general product functionality and made available to all customers.

Requires product development (bespoke) The functionality required to address the stated requirement does not currently exist within the product but would be developed to become custom software solely for SPTN.

27/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

3.3 File Based QC Compliance Matrix The following compliance table outlines the required features specified in the RFP and compatibility with the Harris QuiC file QC solution.

SPTN QC Requirments Compliance Remarks It shall make checks on file-based AV content to Comply Deep MXF checking is an option: MAAPROVU-MXF. Should identify and report on compliance with audio and more than RDD9 and AS02 checks, along with basic video encoding and content wrapper standards pattern analysis of MXF be required, please add that option to the quote. One license of MAAPROVU-MXF works for all Verification Units on a physical machine. It shall make checks for impairments to the video Comply and audio essence within the files, including checks for the presence and, as appropriate, severity of (in respect of video): Colour bars; black frames; freeze frames; video levels; compression artefacts; It shall make checks for the presence and, as Partially Comply There are no checks for compression artefacts appropriate, severity of (in respect of audio): Test tones; silence; audio levels and phase; Dolby encoding; loudness compliance; noise; distortion; compression artefacts. Multiple QC profiles must be supported Comply Harris supports a variety of test templates, providing many samples as part of the installation. QuiC Pro has measurement modes where known good files can be measured with that output being put into a new Test

28/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Template for use on testing other files. There is also a 'Smart Template' rules engine that allows rules logic to be built around a suite of templates to further filter content and associate the 'right test plan' with any given file. It shall also perform Harding Flash and Pattern Comply Harris' own, non-certified FPA is standard in the QuiC PRO Analysis (FPA) – please confirm if the supplied product. An option, for each Verification Unit, no matter functionality is specifically Harding FPA or just some what system it runs on, is to buy a license of MAAPROVU- “similar” technique FPA to do Harding Certified FPA with the proper reports out. Note: This can slow the performance of overall analysis, as the integrated HardingFPA QC engine, is software-only, and ideally designed to work on its own. Doing HardingFPA in parallel with the non-HardingFPA testing on the same CPU cores at the same time can create an overall slowdown. Configurations and workflows can be designed that dedicate VUs, enabled with HardingFPA, to just that testing, with all other testing happening in parallel on different VUs. Video and audio QC tool checks will return metadata Comply Harris has an XML report schema, which describes the QC to the CWM system in both time-based (indicating results. These reports can be inspected while the QC job is specific periods within content where issues may in progress or after the QC job is complete. The reports exist) and static forms (e.g. pass / fail status). contain summary and detailed information. The automated QC tools shall support checking of Comply Harris' system scales well, with no extra per-platform costs multiple content files in parallel to the extent to array analysis in various ways. required to ensure throughput required of the MediaCentre. See below re. volumetric information. The file formats to be QC’d are as follows: Comply Both formats supported

• IMX30 in Quicktime Reference mov

29/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

• XDCAM HD 422 50 Mbps in Quicktime Reference mov

30/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

4 Solution Overview Diagrams

4.1 Harris Solution Overview

31/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

4.2 Harris Solution Overview – Invenio London

32/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

33/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

4.3 Harris Solution Overview – Invenio Singapore

34/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

35/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

4.4 Harris Solution Overview – Nexio Servers London

36/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

37/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

5 Solution Description Heading numbers reference ‘Solution Overview Diagram’ numbers

5.1 SPTN Broadcast Management Systems Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 1

A number of software solutions are used by SPTN for managing airtime sales, planning, scheduling and general workflow to enable the successful delivery of content to a number of linear and non-linear platforms. These systems not only manage processes, but it’s where decisions are made which impact all down stream operations. The main goal of this RFP is to integrate SPTN Broadcast Management Systems (BMS) with a new Content Workflow and Management (CWM) system to empower upstream decision making to create workflow efficiency and drive out cost.

SPTN Business Systems:

 Airtime sales - Harris Landmark  Linear scheduling and programme planning - Harris Vision  Non-linear scheduling and planning - TBC  Make lists – Excel

Proposed Media Asset Management System:

 Harris Invenio

5.2 Content & Workflow Management System Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 2

We propose the Harris Invenio Media Asset Management system to provide Content and Workflow Management. Invenio will become the main system for managing content and assets throughout the SPTN MediaCentre facility.

Invenio is a suite of digital asset management products optimised to provide a comprehensive solution for managing digital media files and their underlying metadata.

There are three main Invenio components;

 Invenio Capture - Advanced Digital Ingest  Invenio Insight - Digital Asset Management  Invenio Motion - Intelligent Media Movement

38/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio user and server applications utilise the Service Oriented Architecture principles to provide their rich feature set to SPTN operations. This web service based layer enables for a common toolset to be provided to the various different user experiences based upon the end users key operational requirements.

The common services provide a number of functional modules including ingest, administration, workflow management amongst others. The configurable and scalable design of the various modules allow for easy scaling of both the technical infrastructure and user applications without the need to alter the overall service bus.

Invenio Service Oriented Architecture

Global Architecture

Harris proposes to deploy the Invenio MAM system in a resilient distributed architecture. Although each site will be able to operate independently, database synchronisation will ensure metadata consistency and protection.

The synchronisation services between the two sites are handled on a transactional basis via a messaging based communication layer in conjunction with standard SQL based synchronisation functionality.

39/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

SPTN Proposed Global Architecture

Both the London and Singapore facilities will feature an instance of Invenio Insight and Motion to provide metadata and material workflows for the local operations. This will ensure business continuity in the case of any remote connectivity issues and also provide a resilient architecture which could see expansion in either site to cover additional workflow or media handling changes in the future, this could extended to additional local ingest services within the Singapore facility.

Invenio / Broadcast Management System Integration

The following description (a-j) refers to SPTN Invenio London & Singapore Overview Diagrams ref Section 4 sub section 4.2 & 4.3.

40/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

a. Invenio User Applications (London and Remote)

The full range of Invenio user requirements from Ingest (Invenio Capture), Workflow and Storage administration (Invenio Motion) and MAM (Invenio Insight) is provided and specified according to the end user requirements.

A reference table of user applications according to the initial RFP requirements of SPTN is detailed in “Section 3: MAM Clients” below.

Both Windows and Web Based clients use the same web service connectivity to the core Invenio Application servers. The primary functionality differences between user applications is that the more advanced administration, monitoring tools, thesaurus and display of multiple metadata tracks being unique to the Windows client application.

Permissions for the user applications themselves and the underlying content model are very comprehensive and cover global system level permissions as well as individual feature permissions. SPTN operational staff can be assigned the most appropriate view according to their role in the organization (e.g. ingest operations having simplified ingest view and no visibility of logging functionality). The exact user and group requirements can be tailored through the provided administration tools and also inherited from their LDAP (Active Directory) user account for simplified administration.

41/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio Windows Client – Clip Editor The rich Invenio Web experience allows the same key functionality as the Windows based client application in order to perform the same Search (Simple and Advanced), Project creation, Media preview, metadata view and modification, workflow initiation, marker creation etc as well as Invenio Motion workflows identical to those mapped for the related user within the Windows environment.

The Clip Editor is fully functioned to service segment, marker and project based workflows in order to fulfil indexing and production workflows.

Invenio Web based clients use Microsoft Silverlight as the delivery mechanism for user access. This is compatible with a variety of operating systems and browsers to enable use of the Invenio tools from the various Windows and Mac based operating systems in use within SPTN. The benefits of web based client access include simplified deployment management alongside an increasingly rich tool set for performing the majority of operational requirements. The current operating system and browser compatibility offered with Microsoft Silverlight 5 is shown below:

Invenio Web Browser Compatiblity

42/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio uses Silverlight web streaming technology. Harris would be pleased to work with Sony Pictures to ensure that the chosen low resolution file format for proxy media is the most efficient codec/wrapper combination for wide area streaming and optimised playback decoding. b. Invenio Capture (London)

Invenio Capture provides a powerful toolset for managing real-time baseband ingest and user driven file based upload into the Invenio MAM system. The primary features of Invenio Capture include specific user interfaces that have been tailored towards the slight SPTN operational differences from the various acquisition sources of VTR/Tape, Live Feed and Scheduled Recording. The Invenio Capture toolset is provided along with a common permissions and job management layer that enables devices to be allocated through a central device/resource manager rather than dedicating to a particular ingest function. This resource management principle will enable SPTN to provide the most operationally efficient ingest operation possible on the small quantity of baseband material capture.

43/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio Capture Baseband Ingest

The central metadata management element of Invenio Capture enables rapid metadata entry prior to, during, or after the ingest process to allow for the maximum possible up front operational value from the associated material including the logging and insertion of both editorial and technical metadata without the need for secondary desktop tools.

Invenio Capture Scheduled Record

File Based ingest from a user driven upload (pre screening of material and upload to a shared storage or centrally managed workflow) is also handled by Invenio Capture and can be of particular use for uploading material that requires a certain element of prior verification (e.g. rushes).

In the case of the SPTN implementation, it is intended that Vision remains the master of all transmission/distribution assets and that the ingest process allows Invenio to send any required metadata updates and segment timing alterations as well as media status (QC states, ingest states) in order to empower the users of Vision with accurate and concurrent metadata.

For materials that remain private to the Invenio MAM system (not associated or linked with content for distribution) such as rushes or raw materials for production purposes, Invenio has a unique ID generator which can combine strings, numbers, counters, dates and other user inputs (text or multi selection values) to ensure that ingested IDs are both unique and do not conflict with any transmission/distribution IDs.

44/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

c. Realtime Device Communication (London)

Invenio Capture makes use of the Harris Device Controller as a real-time control layer for ingest management. A wide library of drivers built around the Harris automation platforms are available for both current and legacy devices to be supported. Harris device controllers are available in 2RU (maximum 32 serial port) and 4RU (maximum 64 serial port) variants.

For the required scale of SPTN baseband ingest operations in London, Harris is proposing a 2RU device controller with 16 serial ports and a package of 8 software drivers.

Redundancy on the real time device controller is available through a secondary backup server along with serial transfer changeover switch.

Should the optional device controller redundancy option be of interest, this includes the serial changeover panel required in the case of hardware failure.

Additional drivers for devices can be added as required through further software licensing. Device types and compatibility should be verified by SPTN and Harris to ensure compatibility. d. Invenio Motion (London and Singapore)

The Invenio Motion servers will be used to host the Workflow Engine and Resource Management components and are licensed for the various different device types according to the RFP requirements and those device types documented within the solution overview diagrams.

45/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

The included devices are handled on a workflow basis to cover the various operational workflow requirements of SPTN on a modular basis to allow for future expansion capacity with any required system growth on a plug-in licensing structure.

Invenio Motion Workflow Builder

A major benefit of the Invenio Motion expansion and growth capability is the ability for SPTN to undertake training for workflow administrators to adapt and build on the initial system configured by Harris experts. Harris provides the workflow builder tool in order to allow for configuration and deployment of additional workflows to meet future requirements.

46/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

e. Workflow Devices (London and Singapore)

Invenio Motion connects to the various SPTN storage and workflow devices using a variety of both standard (e.g. CIFS, FTP) and proprietary communications protocols (e.g. DIVA API, Telestream API).

The systems involved within a technical workflow can be categorised into Storage (see section 6) and AV processing (see section 7) device types.

A workflow can importantly involve the interaction and management of multiple device types as well as notification to users through task management and email notification to ensure that any process that can be automated or simplified.

The licensing of the Invenio Motion system is based around the core engines and additional plug-in modules for the various integrations. This allows for a number of key advantages for future scaling and additional integrations by possible extension module deployment for new third party API features or other requirements as and when additional subsystems are deployed.

Reporting data can be retained for a number of workflow analysis metrics including to provide powerful dashboard views of device and workflow utilisation. This data can become a valuable tool in capacity planning and trend analysis of systems and operators as well as providing a useful time based audit trail of any issues.

47/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio Motion Workflow Controller f. Invenio Insight (London and Singapore)

Invenio Insight uses an application server to host web services for the windows and web based clients.

The Invenio Web based client is proposed to be hosted on the same servers as the core Invenio web services. Should the scale of deployment increase – it is possible to move the web based access to dedicated web servers. Future expansion of the application server is licensed on a client by client basis.

To deliver resilience and scalability, we recommend a pair of application server nodes located in the London MediaCentre facility hosting both local and remote connectivity from other SPTN sites.

48/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7 g. Invenio Database (London and Singapore)

Invenio Database Servers (Clustered Pair)

Cluster and Database Storage G *Customer/SI Provided Hardware, OS, SQL The Invenio asset management system uses Microsoft SQL Server 2008 as the database engine. This allows for integrated enterprise level database management for simple administration and management in line with other business systems in the SPTN organisation.

Invenio makes use of the internal full text indexing services offered by MS SQL and the database structure has been optimised for large scale operations.

Additionally to the data scaling considerations, the quantity of database servers can be tailored to match the redundancy model required through either mirroring or clustered deployments. For this project, Harris is recommending a clustered environment to allow for rapid failover mechanisms for seamless transition in the case of a hardware failure.

The architecture of the database servers themselves can be determined by any existing corporate policies should there be any in place. Note that the database licenses for engine and client licences are not provided by Harris.

In the architecture proposed for SPTN, the database replication between London and Singapore sites not only offers local and remote workflow support but also a level of offsite operational resilience given that in the case of any issues, the messaging based replication will re-establish local operation and any operations performed within the downtime at the opposing site will filter through.

49/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

h. Harris Messaging (London)

Harris Invenio has a message bus based architecture for exchanging metadata between the various different software products and also with third party systems. This predominantly uses BXF based messaging over a web service based architecture. The transactional basis of the underlying message bus provides safety in data exchange which is especially critical over a multi site implementation to ensure that data records are managed and handled correctly. i. SPTN IT Services (London)

Harris Invenio can integrate with the existing SPTN network devices for E-Mail and Active Directory/LDAP services.

SPTN IT Services

I SPTN LDAP/DNS *Customer/SI Provided Hardware, Software, Connectivity

50/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Email connectivity and notifications can be sent from the workflow engine based on alerts within a workflow execution. This will be of particular benefit for diagnostic and exception alerting both locally and or central administrators. Invenio can send these notification alerts within a workflow allow for trigger based upon a number of criteria including device connectivity error (e.g. HSM connection error), workflow step error (e.g. Transcode failed) or even for pro-active notification to the various content suppliers (e.g. notification of receipt and import of supplied content or notification of languaging requirement).

User administration of Invenio supports two methods; private and LDAP authentication. Private user administration for non-SPTN staff or external users can be handled as well as integration through LDAP synchronisation to automatically create and assign group status based upon a user existing in a designated LDAP group (e.g. Invenio User). This, when combined with the powerful permissions model within Invenio permits frequent administration tasks of account creation and group assignment to be a hands-off operation for SPTN IT services. j. Scene Change Detection (London)

The Harris Content Change Index (CCI) Shot Change Detection engine is a rapid way to facilitate the entry of metadata markers for video material based upon scanning low resolution proxy files in order to trigger the creation of marker points (shot logs) in the Invenio system. Users can then rapidly enter the associated text or thesaurus based descriptors which enrich the content from a search perspective down to a shot level.

This value can bring to SPTN for both the compliance and logging workflows is a reduction in operational time when logging and entering core metadata. Additionally to the primary delivery workflows, the deep metadata can also service creative production workflows by allowing for selection search through to an individual shot/marker associated video content.

51/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

5.3 MAM Clients Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 3

Within the listed user requirements for the CWM system, Harris has performed a functional analysis of the main client application types and suggests the following user application distribution for licensing purposes. On the basis of concurrent connections being licensed this allows for the maximum flexibility for location and function. Future expansion of both the proposed Windows and Web based applications is a simple procedure to increase the maximum concurrent connection count.

Invenio Web Client Clip Editor

Beyond the basic user application licensing, Harris also proposes the Form Builder application to allow for customised metadata views to be created for specific groups, users or all accounts. This can be used to ensure both relevance and layout control in the metadata views and also security on data fields that certain users/groups should not have access to modify.

52/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Facility / area / Number of User type / rights / notes Invenio Invenio user users Windows Web Client Client CTA 2 Maintenance user / 2 0 dashboard use Traffic area 10 Two administrative users / 2 8 dashboard use. Rest normal users Playout monitoring 3 One administrative user / 3 0 area rest normal users QC / Version edit 6 Normal users 0 6 suites OAP edit suites 16 Normal users 0 16 Graphics 2 Normal users 0 2 Audio post 2 Normal users 0 2 Budapest 2 Normal users (note: More 0 2 users may be required for OAP function) Madrid 2 Normal users (note: More 0 2 users may be required for OAP function) Singapore 2 Normal users 0 2 MediaCentre 2 Maintenance user / 2 0 support dashboard use MediaCentre 2 Administrative users / 2 0 Management dashboard use TOTAL 51 11 40

5.4 Storage Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 4

Invenio will be managing several storage systems across the SPTN MediaCentre. This will include content transfers, purging and reporting.

Invenio ‘managed storage’ is defined by the use of an API for content transfer, these include:

 London MediaCentre Archive (HSM - LTO tape and local cache) 2.1PB+  London Playout DR Archive (HSM – LTO tape and local cache)  Singapore Playout Archive (HSM – LTO tape and local cache)

53/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio will be responsible for interfacing with a 3rd party HSM solution such as Front Porch Digital DIVArchive or Masstech Masstore.

Invenio ‘watched storage’ is defined by a location which is mounted on a CIFS or FTP connection for content transfer, these include:

 London MediaCentre Central Near-Line Storage (180TB)  London MediaCentre Playout Storage  London MediaCentre Post Production Storage (Craft/Audio edit, GFX and VO)  London MediaCentre CDN storage  Regional Office Shared Storage (Madrid, Budapest and London)  Singapore Playout Storage  Other Platform Storage

Licensing for three (3) HSM systems and twelve (12) IT storage locations has been included.

5.5 AV Processing Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 5

Invenio will control several 3rd party media processing systems for the checking and conversion of content. All content processes will be automatically triggered by predefined workflows.

Media Conversion:

 Transcoding – High to low resolution conversion for browse  Transcoding – Normalising of content to the SPTN MediaCentre standard  Transcoding – Non-linear delivery  Re-wrapping – Content wrapper conversion, i.e. QT to MOV

Invenio will control the above applications via API (i.e Telestream, Rhozet and QuiC). Licensing for two (2) transcode managers and one (1) file based QC manager has been included.

Media Checking:

 File based automatic QC – Harris QuiC Pro

Invenio will control the above application via API. Licensing for one (1) file based QC manager has been included.

54/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

QuiC Pro is our most advanced QC solution. Harris is constantly innovating and adding new tests. Whether it is testing to the latest standards or implementing quality tests that no other product offers — such as perceptual video quality, offensive word detection in captions or flash pattern analysis — QuiC Pro is at the forefront of automated QC technology. Even standard tests such as “macroblock detection” have been revised to give the most accurate results possible. Invenio Motion integrates with the QuiC system in order to provide a rich management toolset of both control and status information within a managed workflow. Invenio Motion will manage and prioritise the QC tasks based upon the priority requirements of the SPTN workflow and any other business rules which may determine both the depth and complexity of any particular verification.

Having centralised management of the QC processes for this automated QC combined with the Invenio toolsets for manual QC facilitate a common view and status handling which can then be fed as rich status information to the Vision programme planning system.

Please refer to Appendix A for further product details.

5.6 File Ingest Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 6

SPTN have a number of drop boxes for content delivery from various suppliers. Invenio will monitor these location and action pre-defined workflows when new content arrives.

Licensing for four (4) physically separate locations has been included. One physical location containing many folders is covered by a single location license.

5.7 Baseband Services Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 7

Under the control of Invenio Capture, a Harris NEXIO video server solution will provide SD-SDI and HD-SDI ingest and decode services. This solution will ingest content from tape, live feed and other baseband sources and decode for outgest and QC requirments.

55/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

NEXIO video server system The system will be comprised of two (2) NEXIO NXAMP3801HDI4 servers each with 3.5TB of internal storage and either 4x SD inputs /4x SD outputs or 2x HD inputs / 2x HD outputs – or a combination of SD and HD. The servers will be configured to ingest IMX30 for SD and XDCAMHD50 for HD. Ingest and decode will controlled by the Invenio Capture application and file movements to/from the video servers to near-line storage controlled by Invenio Motion.

5.8 R&D Platform Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 8

As part of the solution, a separate stand alone Invenio R&D platform will be provided for the London MediaCentre. This system will provide SPTN with the following functionality:

 Build and test new workflows  Evaluate new features  Test integration concepts  Test software upgrades

The Invenio R&D system will be provided to SPTN FOC. We would like to discuss this option with SPTN to gain a greater understanding of how this platform can be best utilised.

5.9 In-House Post Production Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 9

Invenio Motion will transfer content to and from the various storage systems located within the SPTN post production environment via FTP of CIFS transfers (FCP, Audio, GFX and Voice Over storage). Although no current metadata transfers (other than EDLs) are specified, Harris would be open to discussing additional integration opportunities between

56/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Invenio and SPTNs creative systems. Invenio Web CWM clients will be provided for post- production operators to search and browse the Invenio database. The Invenio clients can run on dedicated workstation or locally on the edit system (network security depending).

Licensing for four (4) physically separate storage locations has been included. One physical location containing many folders is covered by a single location license.

5.10 CDN Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 10

SPTN will utilise a Content Distribution Network (CDN) to manage file transfers to a number of different locations (Regional Office, Language Houses etc). Invenio Motion will monitor the CDN manager and transfer content between the CDN manager and storage sub systems as and when required.

Licensing for one (1) storage location has been included. One physical location containing many folders is covered by a single location license.

5.11 Regional Languaging & Subtitling Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 11

Invenio will drive audio language and subtitle creation workflows. When an asset is initially ingested a frame accurate low resolution browse file will be created. When a new language or subtitle asset is required, a place holder is created in the Invenio database and the low resolution browse file is transferred to the language house via FTP. The language house will use the browse file as a reference, create the new asset, and push the new asset back to the MediaCentre. Based on the language house following SPTN standard file naming conventions, Invenio will automatically associate and register the new asset with the master video asset. As required, a predefined workflow will then initiate a QC process to check the new asset, with Invenio moving the files to the correct QC device.

An Invenio CVM web client located at the regional subtitling houses will allow interaction, file requests and file submissions directly with the MediaCentre.

The RFP does not state the number of CVM clients required for this task so two (2) licenses have been included.

5.12 SPTN Regional Offices Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 12

57/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

The MediaCentre located Invenio system will manage the transfer of content to regional delivery post boxes for promo production. Once a new promo has been created, Invenio will collect the new asset and based on workflows transfer the new clip to the MediaCentre and associate to a media placeholder. Invenio Web CVM clients will be provided for regional offices to search and browse the Invenio database.

5.13 SPTN Playout Singapore (Main) Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 13

Synchronisation of content and metadata between the London MediaCentre and Singapore will be bidirectional in order to provide accurate local and global status against individual assets. This architecture will allow the operational staff at both locations to be aware of the current physical and editorial statuses of each physical media instance to avoid confusion and to ensure that pro-active action can be taken against any technical or editorial issues (e.g. QC outstanding or technical compliance).

The storage rules behind media movement between the MediaCentre and Singapore will push materials to both the local and remote nearline/HSM storage ready for either storage in the deep archive or in preparation for transmission/distribution based upon linear or non-linear scheduling requirements.

Delivery to transmission or distribution storage includes the movement of both media and potentially metadata based upon the requirements of the playout storage or delivery platform. The method of this metadata exchange will be dependent upon the destination device/platform.

5.14 SPTN Playout London (DR) Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 14

Based on transmission schedules and missing material lists, Invenio Motion will transfer content from the Main MediaCentre HSM to the London playout DR HSM. Invenio CWM clients will enable operators to check media transfer, browse and transfer content.

5.15 Other Platforms Solution Overview Diagram Reference No 15

Based on pre configured workflows, Invenio will control 3rd part transcoders to create the file formats required for a non-linear outputs and transfer them to required location. Invenio will also generate the accompanying XML manifest carrying the clip related metadata. As discussed in the CMW workflow document, a 30 preview second clip of each file type version will also be created.

58/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

59/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

6 Vision / Invenio Integration Specification The following integration specification is based on the SPTN CWM requirments and should be considered as included within the scope of this project.

CWM Functionality SPTN Workflow Source Destination Data Purpose E.2.1.1 Ingest/Import - Programmes Communication Function 1 Operator Vision Distributor ID/Tape ID, House Initial Asset Creation/Update ID, Basic Metadata Vision Invenio Programme Metadata Initial Asset Creation/Update Vision Invenio Program Planning Grid Ingest requirements list (Schedule) Vision Invenio Version creation Versioning requirements list

Communication Function 2 Invenio Motion Missing List per distributor Distributor notification of required materials

Communication Function 3 External Motion File delivery Content delivery Motion Motion Distributor ID, House ID Import/movement workflow

Communication Function 4 Motion Vision Segment timings and storage Update segment timings from file/tape ingest notification

Communication Function 5 Invenio Vision Segment timings and storage Update segment timings from baseband ingest notification or segmentor

60/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

E.2.1.1 Ingest/Import - Commercials Communication Function 1 Operator Landmark Distributor ID/Tape ID, House Initial Asset Creation/Update ID, Basic Metadata Landmark Vision Promo campaign/series Initial Asset Creation/Update Vision Invenio Promo Planning Grid Ingest requirements list (Schedule and Asset Data)

Communication Function 2 Invenio Motion Missing List per distributor Distributor notification of required materials

Communication Function 3 External Motion File delivery Content delivery Motion Motion Distributor ID, House ID Import/movement workflow

Communication Function 4 Motion Vision Segment timings and storage Update segment timings from file ingest notification

Communication Function 5 Invenio Vision Segment timings and storage Update segment timings from baseband ingest notification

Communication Function 6 Vision Landmark Browse link Low Resolution Proxy link

Communication Function 7 Invenio Vision QC Status (QC)

E.2.2.1 Compliance – Programme Technical (QC) and Versioning Communication Function 1 Invenio Vision Version segment timings Update version timings

61/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Communication Function 2 Invenio Vision Editorial status Is this possible? (Programme/Version) Invenio Vision QC Status (QC) Is this possible?

E.2.2.2 Compliance – Programme Editorial Communication Function 1 Invenio Vision Ready for TX Required

E.2.3.1 Localisation – Programme Languaging Communication Function 1 Vision Invenio Languages required for Drive Languaging workflows version

Communication Function 2 Invenio Vision Set Ready for TX Update status in Vision

E.2.3.2 Localisation – Programme Subtitling Communication Function 1 Vision Invenio Subtitles required for version Drive Languaging workflows

Communication Function 2 Invenio Vision Set Ready for TX Update status in Vision E.2.4 Promotions Production Communication Function 1 Operator Vision House ID, Basic Metadata Initial Asset Creation/Update Vision Invenio Promo Metadata Initial Asset Creation/Update

Communication Function 2 External Motion Promo creation and Content delivery/production completed

62/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

publish/digitise Motion Motion Media ID to Promo ID Import/movement workflow

Communication Function 3 Motion Vision Segment timings and storage Update segment timings from file/tape ingest notification

Communication Function 4 Invenio Vision Segment timings and storage Update segment timings from baseband ingest notification or segmentor

Communication Function 5 Invenio Vision Editorial status Is this possible? (Programme/Version) Invenio Vision QC Status (QC) Is this possible?

Communication Function 6 Invenio Vision Set Ready for TX Update status in Vision

E.2.5.1 Presentation Items Production – Voice Overs / Graphics / Dynamic Graphics Communication Function 1 Operator Vision House ID, Basic Metadata for Initial Asset Creation/Update VO/GFX Vision Invenio VO/GFX Metadata Initial Asset Creation/Update

Communication Function 2 External Motion Promo creation and Content delivery/production completed publish/digitise Motion Motion Media ID to Promo ID Import/movement workflow

63/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Communication Function 3 Invenio Vision Segment timings and storage If fully rendered asset otherwise simple notification "completed" flag

Communication Function 4 Invenio Vision Editorial status Is this possible? (Programme/Version) Invenio Vision QC Status (QC) Is this possible?

Communication Function 5 Invenio Vision Set Ready for TX Update status in Vision

E.2.6.2 Assets for non- linear delivery points Communication Function 1 Operator Invenio VOD creation and Initial Asset Creation/Update publish/digitise

Communication Function 2 External Motion VOD Asset creation and Content delivery/production completed publish/digitise Motion Motion VOD Package to Media ID Import/movement workflow

Communication Function 3 Invenio Motion QC Status (QC) Invenio QC of non programme asset

Communication Function 4 Motion External Delivery Push of final asset to distribution

64/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

7 Case Studies – Customer Reference Sites

7.1 Company: Special Broadcasting Services (SBS)

This facility is a major turnkey solution provided by Harris for the re-building of the SBS Playout facility to enable the launch of multichannel SD and HD services in Australia.

This operation incorporated the Harris Asset Management solution (Invenio) as the key workflow component of the operation in the transition from a tape based to file based / automated workflow operation.

This integrated solution also incorporates other key elements of the Harris product family including D-Series Playout automation, NEXIO AMP Servers, Harris /Isilon systems clustered storage, Platinum Routers, Test and Measurement and Glue products. The system went live on 26th March 2009.

As part of this implementation, the Invenio Asset management system has been integrated with the existing Pilat Business system to exchange key metadata between systems. This integration, combined with the file-based workflows, assists operators with preparing content for transmission.

65/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Key Integration and Workflow Points:

 Custom XML interface between Pilat and Invenio for metadata exchange has been implemented.  Follows a “Traffic is King Workflow” where Pilat ‘masters’ Content creation and metadata population in Invenio.  Ingest operators use D-Series to ingest and preview content for Playout and mark Segment timecodes using Invenio. Timecodes are returned to Pilat via XML interface.  Pilat uses timecodes returned by Invenio to finalize playlist and send to D-Series.  Invenio and D-Series trigger Motion workflows to move media between storage devices, as required for preparation and transmission. The majority of workflows are automated.

The following diagram details the integration between Pilat, Invenio, and D-Series as it has been implemented at SBS:

66/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

7.2 Company: Seven Network Australia (SNA)

Seven Network Australia (SNA) engaged Harris to upgrade their Melbourne facility to allow for expansion of their operation to cater for additional channels, operating on a HD file based platform.

The Harris ONE solution has been installed to provide an initial 36 channels from their Playout centre. Harris technologies incorporated in this end to end solution include:

 D-Series automation  Velocity ESX Editors  Nexio video servers  Invenio Asset Management  Platinum routers – Main and Emergency  Invenio Motion workflow management software  IconMaster  HView Integrated Multiviewer

The initial phase of the system covering the installation of 7 channels went live in June 2010. A further 7 channels went live in December 2010 and the remaining 29 channels were launched on air in June 2011.

For Seven, Invenio asset management has been integrated with their in-house developed Scheduling System. This integration utilises XML protocols to exchange metadata through-out the content lifecycle.

67/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

7.3 Company: Nine Network Australia (NNA)

Harris was appointed by NNA to be in an integral partner for their Technology Refresh Program. The scope of this program and the Harris involvement covers the following areas:

Playout

LaunchofaNationalHDPlayoutService2007 CompletedOctober2007 Launch of an SD / HD capable Playout service (GO!Channelacross6markets) CompletedOctober2009 Installation and commissioning of a centralized Playout system for all the NNA Playout markets (18channels) CompletedSeptember2011

The work completed to date on the NNA Playout systems have involved the expansion of the current facility using ADC automation with other key Harris components including NEXIO AMP Servers, Harris /Isilon systems clustered storage, Platinum Routers, Test and Measurement and Glue products.

Invenio has been installed at NNA in Sydney to work with the Harris NewsForce product. The system will transform the newsroom from a tape-based facility into a server-based newsroom using a Nexio storage and server solution. The Invenio and IMM newsroom workflows cover production processes from the time pictures first arrive at the facility through viewing, editing, Playout and finally archiving. Well-defined media management procedures are the key to the success of the server-based newsroom. Invenio has also been installed as an integral component of the Playout Centre, integrating with their in-house developed Scheduling and Traffic Systems as well as D- Series Playout.

Key Components include:  Invenio Asset Management (Capture, Insight, Motion)  Invenio integration with NNA’s In-house developed Business Systems (Phoenix / 9Vision)  Enterprise Management for BXF message exchange  D-Series (Ingest Device Control, Playout Automation)  NEXIO (Video Servers, SAN, MGX, GPRX lowres, Velocity)  Isilon NAS / SGL Archive

68/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Key Integration and Workflow Points:  Descriptive and technical metadata is automatically exchanged between Invenio and the Sales / Traffic systems via BXF messaging. Messages are automatically triggered in a process that is transparent to the end user to provide real-time updates in both systems.  Invenio operators ingest content via baseband and file-based methods and preview content for Playout. Media timings and Segmentation timecodes are defined in Invenio and sent to D-Series to update the playlist and to the Business Systems to build the playlist.  Motion Workflows have been configured to move media between storage devices, send content to QC, update file metadata, insert captions, and delete media.  Invenio Web and Windows client to support users at multiple geographical locations.

The following block-diagram provides an overview of the integration between components for the Nine Playout facility:

69/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

7.4 Company: Abu Dhabi Media Company (ADMC) UAE

In 2008, Abu Dhabi Media Company (ADMC) placed an order for the Broadcast Master™ scheduling and sales system and Invenio® digital asset management system. The sale further extended the range of integrated Harris solutions at ADMC's new master control room and transmission facility in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. The advance Schedule and Program plan are generated in Broadcast Master and then sent to Harris ADC automation. ADMC has a digitised archive of film and continue to ingest its tapes into the system to preserve it for future generations. Broadcast Master Library Master is used to manage the library of physical media (Film reels and various formats of tapes) alongside Harris Invenio Asset Management software. ADMC use ADC automation to playout the various channels it runs.

70/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

ADMC is one of the fastest-growing, multi-platform media organizations in the region, created in 2007 as a public joint stock company from the assets of Emirates Media Incorporated. ADMC owns and operates a range of television channels and a network of radio stations, as well as a number of publications and other media-related businesses, including Imagenation Abu Dhabi, which develops, finances and produces full-length feature films and digital content for Arabic and international markets; LIVE, which owns a fleet of outdoor HD broadcast vans; and United Printing Press, a state-of-the-art printing press. At ADMC, the integration between Invenio and Broadcast Master utiilises automated BXF message exchange to support ingest, archive, and restore workflows. There are four main components to the Harris integrated software solution.  Broadcast Master: Library Master Module to optimise use of the media assets.  Invenio Asset Management  Invenio Motion workflow engine  Enterprise Management for BXF message exchange and operational workflow task management

Key Integration and Workflow Points:  Broadcast Master creates unique IDs and sends to Invenio. Operators ingest material from a variety of sources including Tape, XDCAM, or ingest from the EVS and/or AVID systems.  Workflows can be triggered to move media between storage devices and to NLE stations for editing for craft editing.  An export of Invenio metadata is sent back to Broadcast Master for archive.

71/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

8 Appendix A: Integrated and Shared Storage Transmission Server

NEXIO AMP® is an efficient and integrated server platform that brings a new approach to managing digital content. From ingest to transmission, the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform delivers the exceptional reliability, flexibility and format transparency that broadcast operations demand.

Key Benefits:

 Reduced TCO. Upgrade to new codecs and resolutions without replacement of hardware  Flexible configurations and capacities. Choose the right mix of HD and/or SD channels and software to fit your requirements today, with easy upgrades to meet future requirements  On-air reliability. Protect media assets with redundant and hot-swap components, as well as patented RAID storage protection for uninterrupted video access

Key Features:

 Ingest and playback of SD (525i, 625i) and HD (1080i, 1080p, 720p) content on the same chassis  Software configurable for one to eight channel operation  Direct access to NEXIO true shared storage, which can scale to hundreds of channels  Fault tolerance through dual hot-swappable power supplies, dual mirrored boot drives and RAIDsoft software RAID content protection  Agile, integrated software codecs, supporting a wide range of formats including DV, MPEG-2, IMX, Avid DNxHD® , Sony® XDCAM® HD, H.264, DVCPRO HD, and Panasonic® AVC-Intra™  Software-based up/down/cross conversion  Aspect ratio conversion  AFD support  Discontinuous timecode support  Four AES/EBU audio pairs per video I/O channel  Dolby® Digital and Dolby® E passthrough

72/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

 Content transfer of MXF, QuickTime®, AVI, GXF, Pinnacle, MPEG and native LXF format files  Off-speed play  Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications  Support for NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder low-resolution encoding  Support for NEXIO AMP Track Router used to control audio track tagging, addition, deletion, shuffling, and playback routing. NEXIO AMP Track Router also adds the ability to import, export and manage closed caption files.  Patented Intrinsic Mirroring™ support for complete shared storage redundancy  Redundant Ethernet switch support

Processors

 Two multicore, 64-bit AMD Opteron™ processors provide real-time, high-bit-rate coding and decoding, and enable the NEXIO AMP server to ingest and play out up to eight channels simultaneously.

MediaCore™ Engine

 High-performance, 64-bit software engine that controls all low-level NEXIO AMP functionality.  Multistream module manages real-time transactions and system status updates, as well as RAIDsoft, the NEXIO software RAID and disk storage management system.  Employs task-specific, multicore CPU/GPU/FPGA processing to effortlessly handle all baseband video and file I/O.  Controlled via external or internal interfaces

RAIDsoft Storage Protection

 Runs the Harris-patented and Emmy® Award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID management system, allowing all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction.  Supports RAIDsoft’s RAID-3 scheme for protection against single drive failures in a volume, ECC parity to protect against two drive failures per volume and Intrinsic Mirroring to protect against the failure of an entire storage system.  Supports Harris’ latest storage innovation, RAID-601 for NEXIO Farad storage systems. Intelligent RAIDsoft system keeps a cached copy of the file allocation table (FAT) in RAM and on disk, adding exceptional system resiliency. Translates to fast searching for content and assured access to metadata, whether requested via VDCP serial or Ethernet control.

Channel configurations

73/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

 Supports a variety of channel configurations. The available modes depend on the licensing applied to the server via the NEXIO Software License Key (SLK). The following table lists all the available modes possible.

SD Channels Enabled HD Channels Enabled NXAMP3801HDX1 2 Bidirectional (2B+0P) 1 Bidirectional (1B+0P) NXAMP3801HDI1 NXAMP3801HDX2 4 Bidirectional (4B+0P) 2 Bidirectional (2B+0P) NXAMP3801HDI2 NXAMP3801HDX3 3 Bidirectional (3B+0P) 3 Bidirectional (3B+0P) NXAMP3801HDI3 2 Record + 4 Play (2R+4P) NXAMP3801HDX4 4 Bidirectional (4B+0P) 4 Bidirectional (4B+0P) NXAMP3801HDI4 4 Record + 4 Play (4R+4P) 0 Record + 4 Play (0R+4P)

Note: A bidirectional channel is a single controllable channel that can either be recording or playing at any given time. When in record, the play port linked to the record port provides E to E video of the clip being ingested.

Model Number Description NXAMP3801HDX1 1 HD/SD or 2 SD only channels NXAMP3801HDI1 NXAMP3801HDX2 2 HD/SD or 4 SD only channels NXAMP3801HDI2 NXAMP3801HDX3 3 HD/SD or 6 SD only channels NXAMP3801HDI3 NXAMP3801HDX4 4 HD/SD or 8 SD only channels NXAMP3801HDI4

The following table shows the software upgrade licenses available. The desired licenses can be ordered at any time after deployment. Software only upgrades are available for purchase separately to increase channel count once hardware is deployed in the field.

Model Description Software Number Only NXAUPHD1 Add 1 HD channel to NXAMP3801HDX1, NXAMP3801HDX2 Ö or NXAMP3801HDX3 NXAUPSD2 Add 2 SD channels to NXAMP3801HDX1, NXAMP3801HDX2 Ö or NXAMP3801HDX3

STANDARD APPLICATIONS

74/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

NXOS

 Standard user interface for the NEXIO AMP mainframe.  Intuitive operating system allows users to control ingest and playout on all channels — including off-speed play, trimming and sub-clip creation.  Includes the versatile NEXIO® MediaBase™ content management system, which updates the NEXIO AMP clip list in real time whenever changes are made to the content residing in storage.

NEXIO FTP Server and FTP Client

 Enables the movement of material from server domain to server domain, and import and export of material outside of the NEXIO server environment via Ethernet.  Facilitates MXF file exchange and simplified transfer of Panasonic® P2 (including AVC-Intra™ import) and Sony® XDCAM/XDCAM HD files (including access to multiple XDCAM decks via Ethernet).

PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT

Add any of the following optional media applications to boost the performance of the NEXIO AMP server:

NXA1000DNXHD-SL

 Support for Avid Technologies DNxHD Codec, enabling NEXIO AMP and NEXIO Volt to ingest and play out the Avid DNxHD format.  NEXIO AMP supports both 8bit (145Mbps NTSC / 120Mbps PAL) and 10bit (220Mbps NTSC / 185Mbps PAL) DNxHD.  he DNxHD codec is an option for NEXIO and is enabled by software license key on a per server (chassis) basis.

NXA1000H264-SL

 Codec available for NEXIO AMP and NEXIO Volt servers and is enabled by software license key.  Supported for file ingest and baseband play out.  Licensed on a per server (chassis) basis. Supporting H.264 allows NEXIO to import native format content from file distribution systems such as PathFire and PitchBlue bypassing the need for additional transcoding.

NEXIO AMP Track Router

75/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

 Enabled in the NEXIO NXOS or NEXIO Remote interface to control track manipulation, audio and caption file import and export.  Audio and closed caption files are imported via NEXIO FTP server. NEXIO AMP Track Router is protected by software license key.

NEXIO AMP® PRX Encoder

 Enables the NEXIO AMP server to automatically generate low-resolution H.264 proxy files simultaneously with the baseband ingest of up to two channels of high- resolution video.  Proxy files are saved to the low resolution storage array, where they are available for viewing and editing across the low resolution network.

NEXIO® Playlist™

 Standard on the NEXIO AMP integrated storage server, and optional on the NEXIO AMP shared storage server  Event-sequencing application that can be used for play to air operations such as commercial insertion, time-of-day events, moving backgrounds and more.

NEXIO® ClipSync™

 Application that allows NEXIO AMP to play two clips in sync for key-plus-fill and similar applications when the two elements exist as separate clips.

NEXIO® Delay™

 Application that applies a delay to an air channel for safety in live-to-air transmissions, or for time zone-specific playback delay.

NEXIO® Navigator™

 SNMP-based application that supports remote monitoring and diagnostics of NEXIO servers and network-attached devices, enabling potential problems to be identified before they impact the on-air product.

NEXIO® Remote™

 Application that provides control of up to six NEXIO AMP channels over a standard LAN connection.

76/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

NXAMP3801HDI Front View

NXAMP3801HDI Rear View

77/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

9 Appendix B: QuiC™ Pro / QuiC™ Express / QuiC™ View

9.1 Software-Based Quality Control Solutions

With the increasing emphasis on file-based workflows in today’s demanding, fluid, all- digital domain, there has been a growing demand for file-based quality control (QC) without compromise.

Customers want a “greener” software-based solution able to run on their existing platform with an intuitive web-based user interface that enables cross-platform integration. They want a solution that can be rolled out quickly with ready-to-go templates. And, of course, they want a cost-effective, high-performing QC solution that suits their needs.

Enter QuiC™ Pro , QuiC™ Express and QuiC™ View — a portfolio of innovative software- based quality control solutions that enable customers to leverage the capabilities of their existing platforms while reaping the benefits of top-tier QC.

This new suite of products supports the latest standards and a large, growing list of multimedia formats —not restricted to broadcast. Advanced, leading-edge algorithms deliver superior testing capability and faster, more effective, actionable results — avoiding false positives. A highly flexible design enables scalability to full enterprise-level across multiple facilities. And a professional-grade viewer, QuiC View, allows quick inspection of an asset, either rendered on-screen or with optional SDI output.

Ready to perform “out of the box” and easily integrated into your current workflow, the easy-to-use, scalable QuiC™ software family enables you to maximize the potential of your file-based assets:

 QuiC Pro — Most comprehensive, dependable, software-based testing solution available from Harris   QuiC Express — Reliable, high-quality testing, with easy upgradeability to QuiC Pro; ideal for content creators/modifiers   QuiC View — Flexible, professional viewer for use with QuiC Pro and QuiC Express, or as a standalone tool. Run it on previously analyzed or new assets. When running on files that have been analyzed, the viewer activates from the click of a thumbnail in a QC report

78/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Key Features:

 Software-based product that runs on common, off-the-shelf IT platforms  Most complete set of leading-edge QC algorithms  Compliance checking for a wide range of standards  Support for an extensive range of media formats  Ready “out of the box” with pre-made test templates  Exceptional reports with thumbnails of errors  Highly scalable, parallel testing of files  Ability to speed up analysis of a single file by assigning more “cores” or adding third-party GPU acceleration  Professional software-based viewer linked to reports with an option for HD-SDI output via third-party hardware  Web-based UI that can work cross-platform  Easy integration to DAM and other control systems using watch folders, e-mail, XML reports and a WSDL-based API  Option for MXF checking  Option for Harding-Certified Flash Pattern Analysis (FPA)

QuiC Pro and QuiC Express

Runs on Your Hardware

QuiC Pro and QuiC Express run on the workstation and server platforms you favor in your facility. They can either run in isolated virtual machines or directly on the base operating system of the platform. You can leverage available processing power within systems you already own, or dedicate new machines to the task. QuiC Pro and QuiC Express run on any Windows® 7 or Server 2008 R2 system. The products are optimized for the latest Intel® CPUs, but the software will run on any platform that supports those OS versions.

79/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Most Comprehensive, Reliable Testing Available

QuiCPro is our most advanced QC solution. Harris is contantly innovating and adding new tests. Whether it is testing to the latest standards or implementing quality tests that no other products offers – such as perceptual video quality, offensive word detection in captions or flash pattern analysis – QuiC Pro is at the forefront of the automated QC technology. Even standard test such as “macroblock detection” have been revised to give the most accurate results possible.

Quic Pro and QuiC Express are designed to give you peace of mind – whether you are striving to maximize the potential of your file-based assets or simply trying to reduce operating expenses – and helps ensure your content is ready for use with a minimum of manual intervention.

Support for Any Container, Any Essence

Some products will not support an essence format or will exclude the analysis of that format when it is packaged in a certain container. If QuiC Pro or QuiC Express discretely lists support, individually, for container and essence formats, these can, in combination, be analyzed by QuiC Pro/Express. There is no need for limiting touch points or introducing a transcode or transwrap in order to have analysis performed.

Testing from Day One

Harris expertise in file-based quality control can give you a head start in testing. One of our growing list of canned “test templates” is a great place to begin. Our intuitive, web- based UI template interface enables you to build off of the existing templates or pare down to just what you need. When QuiC Pro or QuiC Express tests for a standard, you don’t have to manipulate every small aspect of the testing. You have one set of tests designed for that standard. The report will have every QC result you need to know to decide whether the content is ready for use. Online help brings new users along quickly, referencing specifics from applicable standards and suggesting potential corrective actions.

Reports You Can Use

All reports are generated in XML and HTML as the content is being analyzed. The reports are easy to read, with QC status, content specifics, error and warning summaries, hyperlinks to each problem area and thumbnails that show visual problems with detailed error information. The “test plan” used for a particular iteration of testing is always just one hyperlink away, as well.

80/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Scalable Testing and Adjustable Throughput

QuiC Pro and QuiC Express are designed to scale. A QuiC Controller manages the analysis enginee(s), called Verification Unit(s) or VUs. Many VUs can be managed by a single QuiC Controller, whether the VUs are hosted on the same server as the QuiC Controller or in a distriuted system, where the VUs are spread across many servers. Or you can simply run one or more VUs on a single server.

A VU, by default, uses the maximum potential of a single core on a CPU, or spreads the analysis among multiple the cores in a physical CPU for more throughput on a single file. For certain processing-intensive video tests, the option exists for GPU-accelerated performance using an off-the-shelf GPU.

In cases where lighter testing at a “touch point”, but with more files processed at once is needed, QuiC Pro and QuiC Express excel in that configuration as well. You can run multicore systems rich with disk and network access resources, and many files will be processed quickly, giving a large total throughput with minimal hardware investment.

QuiC View — A Professional Viewer Linked to the Reports

QuiC View is a highly flexible, professional viewer guaranteed to play any combination of content analyzed, with no limitations of file format. QuiC View enables a “jump” from a specific thumbnail in the HTML report directly to the full view of the content at that frame location. It can be run on the same platform as the analyzers or, more typically, run on a client workstation. QuiC View simply needs network access to the content. For fast seeking frame-to-frame, just give QuiC View network access to indexed information prepared during analysis by the VU.

With QuiC View, you don’t have to hope those free viewers are stable enough to show you the content. QuiC View can decode any content QuiC Pro or QuiC Express can analyze. And you choose the audio tracks you want to hear and the ancillary data you want see.

When viewing content on a PC screen is not sufficient, simply choose the option for HD- SDI viewing by upgrading QuiC View and adding a designated third-party HD-SDI output device.

Web-Based UI that Works Across Platforms

Only the QuiC Controller and the VUs need to run on Windows® 7 or Windows® Server 2008 R2. The web-based UI can be run from any browser and on any platform that can network to the QuiC Controller.

81/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Appropriate For All Touch Points

With QuiC Pro, testing can be as light as desired or as heavy as required. You can test thoroughly at ingest or reception of a distribution. You can target lighter testing after transcoding or workflow movement. Or you can test content coming off archive to be sure the stored assets are still clean and ready for the current use.

With the distributed nature of the product and the range of testing that can be applied, it is easy to grab a little or a lot of processing power on a range of systems to test the content – all with a minimum of file movement.

Integrates into your Workflow

With a Service Oriented Architecture-based API using Web Service Design Language structure, it is easy to integrate QuiC Pro and QuiC Express with common control and asset management systems. XML reports close the loop so that all results and metadata about the QC run can be absorbed and quickly processed.

Set up watch folders, each potentially with their own test plans, to allow for automatic content processing with no programming required. Files can be pulled via Windows® shares, File Transfer Protocol (FTP) or Network File System (NFS) access.

E-mail notifications tied to the analysis results let key people know immediately if there is an issue that needs consideration. All reports are automatically generated in both HTML and PDF formats. An SQL server database maintains a history of all jobs run by a QuiC Controller for fast access — at any time— until the customer chooses to purge the history.

Jobs can be added manually, as well, with easy pairing of test plans with content. Jobs can be paused or cancelled at any time. Jobs can also be re-ordered when pending in the queue.

82/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

9.2 QuiC Pro and QuiC Express Images & Diagram

Home Screen

83/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Test Plans Ready to Go / Easy to Modify

84/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Concise, Organized Reports in HTML and PDF Form

85/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Thumbnails and Summary Details in the Reports

QuiC View Launched From Thumbnail; Choose Audio and Ancillary Data

86/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

10 Appendix C: Post Warranty Support Agreements

10.1 Harris Service Level Agreements

Service Level Agreement PAKs ( 1 )

Service PAKs Service PAKs Basic Gold

Features and Coverage Periods up to 5 years up to 5 years

Technical Phone Support 9 X 5 24 X 7

Software Updates/Bug Fixes - Current • • Version

Software Upgrades - Next Version •

5 Day Next Day Advance Exchange Parts Shipment Shipment ( 2 ) Shipment ( 2 )

Technical Knowledge Bank Access • •

Remote Access Support (eg.. VPN Support) • •

10% Discount off Additional On-Site Services •

Annual Onsite Preventative Maintenance Visit Annual Annual ( 3 ) (USD 50K+) Option

87/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Emergency Field Services Option Option

Please note restrictions below which apply to Table in 5.1

Technical Support

Regional Technical Phone Support (9X5 Coverage). Harris will provide technical phone support nine (9) hours per day, five (5) days per week, Monday through Friday, 8 am to 5 pm in certain Harris specified regional time zones.

1) Does not include Transmission products (Transmission products include TV and Radio transmitters, Intraplex and Studio products).

2) In the event that the Customer allows its warranty and/or ServicePAK coverage to lapse such that there is a period of no warranty or ServicePAK coverage, there will be a ninety (90) day waiting period before Advance Exchange Services begin under a subsequent ServicePAK Agreement.

3) Only available for ServicePAK Agreements with annual prices greater than or equal to U.S. $50,000 per year.

10.2 Service Level Agreement Features Technical Phone Support — 9x5 Coverage Regional technical phone support will be provided nine (9) hours a day, five (5) days a week, Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m in certain Harris specified regional time zones. This 9x5 coverage constitutes a live representative answering the phone for the covered product. It does not imply that a dedicated representative or subject matter expert will be available, but that a customer will receive technical phone support between these set hours.

Technical Phone Support — 24x7 Coverage Regional technical phone support will be provided 24 hours a day, seven (7) days a week This 24x7 coverage constitutes a live representative answering the phone for the covered product. It does not imply that a dedicated representative or subject matter expert will be available, but that customer will receive technical phone support 24x7.

Emergency Field Services At the discretion of Harris, field services may be provided to the customer if a reasonable effort by the customer’s qualified technical personnel has not corrected a problem. In such an event, the customer will be responsible for travel and living expenses associated with the field service of Harris personnel.

88/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Technical Knowledge Bank Access Under our ServicePAK Agreements, Harris provides additional documentation and frequently asked questions through an online knowledge data bank. Customers have access to such Technical Knowledge Bank, and the content thereof that is applicable to their products, and may access the database 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

Software Updates/Bug Fixes - Current Version This feature allows customer to download applicable bug fixes for Harris Equipment from Harris’ software website. This feature entitles Customer to non- chargeable bug fixes for software which pertains to, relates to or resides on Harris Equipment, solely for the purpose of operation of such Equipment; new feature sets or functionality that are considered “upgrades”, or any future features or software applications are not included.

Software Upgrades This feature provides customers software upgrades to the next version at no additional charge to the client. Customers must have a Gold ServicePAK contract to receive software upgrades, and must upgrade to the latest version of Software in order to obtain technical support and Software upgrades. In the event that the Customer’s Support Level Agreement lapses and the Customer later desires to reinstate a Gold PAK Support Level Agreement, the Customer will be subject to new fees at Harris’ then prevailing rate for such Support Agreements, and the Customer must pay all fees and other amounts that would have been due during the lapsed time period. Any Additional costs (for example Hardware or third party costs) incurred as a result of upgrades are the responsibility of the customer.

VPN Access Support (subject to customer providing access) Harris will provide the Customer with VPN technical support, if available, in responding to the Customer’s requests for technical support. VPN service is offered and recommended to help improve the speed in which issues can be diagnosed and resolved.

Advance Exchange Parts — One-Day or Five-Day Shipment One-Day or Five-day advance exchange of parts means part is shipped from Harris within one or five days of request for the covered product, depending on SLA PAK purchased as per above table. IT DOES NOT MEAN DELIVERED in one or five days. Harris will ship the advance exchange part from a service center to replace the customer’s defective part. Parts include discrete, identifiable, serial- numbered parts, modules and products. If a Service Level Agreement was not in place latest at the end of the warranty period, any subsequent SLAs purchased by the customer will require a 90 day waiting period before dispatch of any free hardware replacement.

89/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Annual Onsite Preventative Maintenance Visit (SLAs over USD 50K) This feature offers an annual one-day onsite visit by a Harris field engineer to Customer’s facility on a mutually agreeable date (scheduled at least one (1) month in advance) to perform a routine Equipment inspection and preventative maintenance review of the Equipment. The onsite field engineer will make recommendations to Customer about possible updates and/or upgrades, and/or training recommendation that could improve the system efficiency and/or performance of the Harris products. This service may also be provided to Customer via VPN upon the mutual agreement of the parties. Should any work or training be required, the parties must schedule a time for the work to be performed and additional charges will be incurred. Site Review and Evaluation services exclude actual travel and lodging expenses, which will be billed separately and paid by Customer.

10% Discount off Additional On-Site Services Customers shall receive a ten (10) percent discount off the daily rate card for any on-site services provided outside the agreement such as on-site engineering services, training and commissioning.

90/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

11 Appendix D: Specifications for Client Hardware Location Purpose Type Redundancy Quantity Model London Invenio Insight Application NLB 1 Pair Application Servers Server Invenio Motion Application MSCS 1 Pair Application Servers Server Invenio Database Database Server MSCS 1 Pair Servers Harris Messaging Application MSCS 1 Pair Servers Server Invenio Windows Workstation N/A 11Units Clients InvenioWebClients Workstation N/A 34Units Scene Change Application None 1 Units Detection Server Singapore Invenio Insight Application NLB 1 Pair Application Servers Server Invenio Motion Application MSCS 1 Pair Application Servers Server Invenio Database Database Server MSCS 1 Pair Servers Harris Messaging Application MSCS 1 Pair Servers Server InvenioWebClients Workstation N/A 2Units Budapest InvenioWebClients Workstation N/A 2Units Madrid InvenioWebClients Workstation N/A 2Units

11.1 Application Server Specifications This installation requires 2 servers in Microsoft Clustering Service (MSCS) cluster for redundancy and a 2 servers in MSCS cluster for database server with Hi-IOPS storage for SQL databases

Hardware and software requirement for Application server cluster:

 2 x 2RU Server

 4 x Core 2.5GHz or higher

 24-32 GB RAM

 2 x 146 GB Hard drives in RAID-1

 Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Edition 64 bit OS

91/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

11.2 Database Server Specifications Hardware and software requirement for Database server cluster:

 2 x 2RU Server

 2-4 x CPU 3.0 GHz or higher

 64-96 GB RAM

 2 x 146 GB Hard drives in RAID-1

 Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Edition 64 bit OS

 SQL Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Edition 64 bit

 Large Hi-IOPS Storage (optimized for OLTP) for database.

Note: Database server cluster can be shared with Invenio.

Limitations:

 30 Workflows

 2000 Workflow instances in execution queue

 10 000 Jobs in Resource Manager queue

 50 devices in Resource Repository (physical, virtual or cloud)

11.3 Client Workstation There are two types of Client

 Windows Client  Web Client All have access to the same functionality.

The Windows client is a thick client installed on a machine to access the Invenio server.

The Web client is a thin client which uses a web-browser to access the Invenio server.

Component Requirement Notes

92/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Operating Windows 7 The Windows installation should be System Professional/Enterprise updated via the Microsoft Windows Update /Ultimate Editions, service before any other software is 32/64 bit version installed.

Processor Min. Intel Core 2 Duo 2.66 GHz (or AMD equivalent)

Memory 4GB RAM or better

Hard Drive 250 GB HDD or better

Graphics DirectX 10 capable, (widescreen monitor recommended) min. 256 MB RAM, min 1280 x 1024 (or min. 1680 x 1050 – wide screen)

Network Cards 1 x 1Gb Ethernet

11.4 QuiC Pro Server

Component Requirement Notes

93/94 SPTN – EMEA MediaCentre Quotation Number: 1-97TPG7

Operating Windows 7 The Windows installation should be System updated via the Microsoft Windows or Update service before any other software is installed. Windows Server 2008 R2

Processor Intel Xeon 56xx

Anti-virus Any commercially available Customer is responsible for product keeping virus definitions database up to date

Memory 2GBRAM +1GBperVU

Hard Disk Space 80 GB HDD 15K RPM drive

Additional Disk CD-ROM or CD-RW Drives

Graphics MustsupportPCI-EX16 240W2-slotcardifusingNvidia Tesla (C20 or M20 card series)

Network Card Gigabit Ethernet

94/94 Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 6 Additional Information

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 8, 2012

1 Introduction ...... 1 2 Globecomm Organization and Management ...... 2 3 Company Policies...... 11 3.1 Health and Safety ...... 11 3.2 Quality...... 12 3.3 Equal Opportunity...... 12 3.4 Environment...... 13 4 Financials...... 15 5 Insurance ...... 16 6 References...... 17 6.1 Reference 1: Showtime Networks for Globecomm...... 17 6.2 Reference 2: Bharti Telemedia Limited ...... 20 6.3 Reference 3: Nielsen Company Inc ...... 22 6.4 Reference 4: SES Americom IP Prime Project...... 23 6.5 Reference 5: ZON Multimedia Center ...... 26 7 Compliance Tables ...... 28

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential i 1 Introduction

Globecomm Systems Inc. (Globecomm) is a global communications company delivering complete broadcasting solutions as well as telecommunication infrastructure, IP services with unsurpassed experience in integrating satellite communications and IT Networking infrastructure and provisioning satellite services through its teleports around the world. Customers turn to our company because of our proven ability to reduce their time-to-complete; we can provide a single, reliable source for engineering, systems and services, and take total, end-to-end responsibility for making complex solutions work.

Founded in 1994 and publicly traded on the NASDAQ (GCOM) since 1997, Globecomm specializes in complete turnkey, value-added communications infrastructure and satellite, terrestrial and professional services.

Our 144,000 square foot headquarters facility located on Long Island in Hauppauge, New York is dedicated to the system engineering, integration and test of satellite communications systems and networks as well as housing the central node of our global communications services. We employ over 300 people with nearly 200 engineers, program managers and technicians. Our engineers and technicians are experts in the various fields of digital communication systems as well as broadcast, wireless and IP-based networks.

Globecomm owns/operates/maintains several teleports around the world in New York, Washington D.C. area, United Kingdom, Netherlands, Poland and Hong Kong allowing us to provide connectivity and content distribution globally. Our teleports are unsurpassed in meeting high availability standards given our attention to detail in design, equipment selection, power and back-up power systems and personnel training.

Our facilities, integration and processes have been certified to the ISO-9001 international quality system standard since December 1997. A copy of the GSI Quality Manual is available upon request and provides an overview of the many controlled processes employed in the day-to-day company operations. The manual is supported by a series of standard procedures and work instructions that provide direction on how the activities are to be performed, essential for ensuring consistency and minimizing variability. The Quality Manual and its supporting procedures and instructions from the basic GSI quality plan.

Customer satisfaction is as important to us as our quality products. We provide 24X7X365 Tier 1 through Tier 4 customer support through our Network Operations Center (NOC) with customer care representatives offering teleport and Internet Protocol engineering expertise. All requests for assistance are logged into our Remedy Trouble Ticketing System for action by the appropriate resources. Our Customer Service Department works closely with the NOC to assure customer satisfaction.

Globecomm selects vendors and subcontractors who are commercially sound and technically competent to provide material and services at a level of quality, price, and

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 1 delivery appropriate to the contract. Subcontractors are chosen on the basis of their ability to provide materials and services that conform to the requirements of the purchase order, including quality system and quality assurance requirements in accordance with GSI Standard Procedure 1020, Evaluation of Suppliers/Subcontractors. Subcontractors are qualified in a number of ways, which may include one or more of the following:

. Past relationship history . On-site survey of the quality system . ISO 9001 registration . Product evaluation . Published listings of qualified manufacturers . Previously demonstrated capability

Besides our communications services capability of delivering content anywhere in the world via our globally connected teleports, Globecomm offers Professional Services including staff augmentation, maintenance and life cycle support through our subsidiary, Cachendo. Cachendo combines leading-edge technology with telecom expertise to offer the most comprehensive solutions to complex projects. We provide integrated, end-to- end technology consulting, from strategy through implementation. As trusted advisors to government and commercial clients, we offer expert guidance on complex IT projects requiring keen insight, innovative thinking and commitment to performance to support all Globecomm’s markets. With our experience, relationships, solution set and proven reliability as well as flexibility, we believe that Globecomm is the ideal choice for your needs. We are eager to get started on your project and prepared to support whatever timelines need to be met. Our facility is always open for a visit, whether it is to take a tour or just to sit down and discuss how we can better support you.

2 Globecomm Organization and Management

Globecomm is a corporation with offices located world-wide. Globecomm was incorporated in 1994 in the State of Delaware and has been publicly traded on the NASDAQ since 1997. Globecomm wholly owned teleports are located in New York (Globecomm Corporate Headquarters), Maryland (Globecomm Maryland) and the Netherlands (Carrier to Carrier). Globecomm strategic partnerships teleports are located in Poland, Hong Kong and California.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 2 Globecomm World Wide Locations

Globecomm wholly owned subsidiary companies include the following:  Globecomm Network Services Corporation (GNSC): provides Managed Network Services (Internet and Data, VSAT Multi-Mode Channel, Content Delivery, and Telephony) and Life Cycle Support (24X7 Help Desk, Network Operations Center, Field Service, Spares Storage and Distribution).  Globecomm Services Maryland LLC (GSM): provides complex network solutions including bandwidth for a wide variety of government communication applications  Cachendo LLC: As trusted advisors to government and commercial clients, Cachendo provides integrated, end-to-end technology consulting, from strategy through implementation  Mach6: a service provider and teleport operator, experienced in multiple vertical markets such as the maritime sector, government, and satellite service providers  Evolution Communications (Evocomm): holding company for Carrier to Carrier Telecom and Evosat  Carrier to Carrier Telecom (C2C): provides satellite services across Africa, Middle East, Europe and Asia, and maritime services in the Atlantic, Mediterranean, Gulf of Mexico and the Indian Ocean regions through its robust teleport facility located in the Netherlands.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 3  Evosat: primarily provides Inmarsat land-based BGAN and maritime-based Fleet Broadband services, along along with mobile communications through Carrier to Carrier Telecom  Melat Networks: provides IP based connectivity within Afghanistan through the use of Satellite, Terrestrial Wireless, and wire line technology  ComSource: provides independent test and evaluation of a variety of telecommunications equipment and related recurring long term application support, including new feature sets.

An overview of the Globecomm MediaCentre Account Team members within the Globecomm organization is shown in the figure below followed by resumes.

Gerard Johnston Doug Klein VP Americas Sr. Program Manager Proj. Eng. (1137) (1433)

Tom Parish Neil Karsh Augusto Villasenor Principle Engineer - Sr. System Engineer Project Engineer Broadcast Media and Broadcast (1128)

Art Graniela Ray Wilson Walter Scharpf R. Corrao Dan Waters Ken Wieland Peter Schwartz Supplier Operations VP, Marketing Director (1124) System. Engineer Project Engineer Contract/Legal Management Manager (1172) Quality Assurance (1298) (1162) (1246)

Prototype and Design Verification Partner Suppliers Production Run CAD Manufacturing Team

Tim Berdon C. Carlacci Eugene Condy Pete Schrieber Ed Lapasota Ron Grill Jon Bergin Customer Service Sr. Designer/ Manager Implementation Product VP SW Development Project Buyer AutoCAD Test Engineering Engineering Documentation (1139)

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 4 DOUG KLEIN Sr. Program Manager Douglas Klein has over 20 years of experience in program management in the high tech electronic industry in both defense and commercial fields. Mr. Klein is responsible for managing major engineering projects. This includes program planning, development of detailed project workplans, contract review, system design, major supplier management, procurement, assembly, test/integration and installation.

Prior to Siemens, Mr. Klein worked as a Program Manager at United Technologies where he managed programs with the Navy as well as Los Alamos National Labs.

Mr. Klein has a Master Degree (MBA) and a BA Degree from Long Island University in Business and Finance.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 5 KENNETH WIELAND Sr. Director, Engineering Kenneth Wieland has 25 years of experience in the satellite communications. Mr. Wieland came to Globecomm Systems from Satellite Transmission Systems, Inc., where he was Director of Programs. Mr. Wieland was responsible for the profitability of a business segment valued at $26 million in sales in 1996 Commercial Satellite Systems and Networks.

Before Satellite Transmission Systems, Mr. Wieland was a Project Engineer at Comtech Telecommunications, Inc., and a Engineer at Airborne Instrument Laboratories (AIL). At Comtech, Mr. Wieland was responsible for the design and implementation of many satellite systems in the U.S., including earth terminals for RCA (now GE) Americom and Western Union Telegraph WETCO. While at AIL, Mr. Wieland was a part of the project team responsible for ongoing improvements to airborne electronic countermeasure equipment.

Mr. Wieland holds a BSEE from New Jersey Institute of Technology (Newark College of Engineering).

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 6 GERARD W. JOHNSTON Vice President and Project Engineer, Americas Business Unit Gerard Johnston has over 20 years of experience in the satellite communications and telecommunication network field. Mr. Johnston is responsible for all the business aspects in Americas business region including strategic business planning, marketing and sales, project implementation, and after sales support. Notable programs include the turnkey delivery of the ASkyB Direct-To-Home Satellite Ground Network located in Gilbert, AZ and the CBS Analog-to-Digital Upgrade of all CBS continental US affiliates.

Mr. Johnston holds a BSMA from the University of Fredonia in New York, and a BSEE from the University at Buffalo, New York.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 7 THOMAS G. PARISH Vice President Broadcast Technology Thomas G. Parish has over forty years experience in troposcatter, microwave and satellite communication network engineering. Since early 1997, Mr. Parish has focused on developing the digital video and audio broadcast capabilities at Globecomm. In that time, his Broadcast Technology Team has been responsible for winning large contracts to provide terrestrial repeater transmitter stations, utilizing OFDM modulation techniques, for the Sirius Satellite Radio Network, designing and building a DVB-T terrestrial television station for the Island Kingdom of Tonga, working with Showtime to build their new broadcast center and uplink, as well as, many other broadcast projects. In the Direct-to-Home (DTH) television broadcast center arena, Mr. Parish has leveraged the latest state-of-the-art digital processing technologies to enable Globecomm to provide totally integrated broadcast center solutions to customers around the globe with one of the latest being a Media Processing Center for Bharti Airtel in India, which supports DTH, IPTV and Mobile Television distribution.

Mr. Parish came to Globecomm Systems from California Microwave, Satellite Transmission Systems Division where his position was Vice President of System Engineering and Operations. Prior to that he was Vice President and General Manager of Government Systems at STS. During his tenure at Satellite Transmission Systems from May 1983 to October 1996, Mr. Parish was involved in numerous satellite earth station and network projects. He was responsible for the RF design of one the first Ku- Band networks in the world for Sprint Communications. He designed and built the MCI Pacific Ocean Region Gateway earth stations at Yacolt, WA, which won the “Supplier of the Year” award for STS from MCI. In the Government SATCOM area, Mr. Parish was instrumental in winning the Moscow to Washington “Hotline” Project at Fort Detrick, MD, the NATO Broadband Project, the Air Force Lightweight Multi-Band Satellite Terminal (LMST) Prototype terminals, the Commercial Terminal Family (CTF) contract for C, X, and Ku-Band for the State Department and many other significant Government programs.

Mr. Parish holds Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in Engineering Degrees from the University of South Florida.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 8 TIMOTHY R. BERDON Software Development Manager Timothy R. Berdon has over 13 years experience in software development. His responsibilities include management of In-house software development programs, Internet technologies, monitor and control software, and database applications.

From April 1997 to November 2000, Mr. Berdon was a Senior Software Engineer at Globecomm Systems, Inc. His responsibilities included the development and integration of software related to satellite communication systems, network systems, and Internet based systems.

Mr. Berdon has extensive experience programming in the following computer languages: C/C++, Visual Basic, SQL, Pascal, Assembly, HTML, and ASP

Mr. Berdon holds an MS in Computer Science as well as a BS in Computer Science from The New York Institute of Technology.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 9 DANIEL WATERS SR. System Engineer and Project Engineer Daniel Waters, Globecomm Systems Inc. is responsible for design and development of Earth Stations and Receive Systems with emphasis in Large Scale Broadcast Systems. Mr. Waters is a cornerstone project team member for projects providing turnkey Digital Receive Systems for two major US Television Networks totally over 350 affiliate sites.

Mr. Waters comes to Globecomm Systems Inc. from Satellite Transmission Systems where he was a Systems Engineer responsible for design and integration of satellite earth stations, including link budget analysis. Additional accomplishments include implementation of UNIX-based Computer Aided Engineering for internal process improvement reducing system design time.

Mr. Waters holds a BEEE from SUNY Maritime College at Fort Schuyler.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 10 3 Company Policies

3.1 Health and Safety

Globecomm considers required personnel (staff size and aptitude) when designing systems and associated support services. Our efforts minimize set-up requirements, maintenance activities, failure rates, etc. throughout system implementation. Globecomm provides an intuitive GUI loadable on a standard computer or PC for system operation. Globecomm follows all applicable federal, state and local safety, health and environmental regulations including the following guidelines:  OSHA Standard 1910.268-Telecommunications  OSHA Standard 1926.403-General Requirements, Subpart K, Electrical –Installation Safety Requirements  OSHA Standard 1910.95-Acoustic Noise  NFFA 70B (Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance)  Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, part 1910  National Environmental Policy Act

Our ISO-9001Procedure 4030 Health and Safety Program guides our approach to maintaining a healthy and safe work environment both at Globecomm company facilities and on our global worksites. We progressively implement the Health and Safety (H&S) program within the organization. Mandatory H&S training is required for many of our manufacturing, production, and warehousing personnel. Procedure 4030 covers all Globecomm’s work and ranges in topics from materials handling through keep-out zones adjacent to RF emitters. Globecomm Series-2000 Operations and Series-3000 Engineering ISO Procedures include safety references related to inspection and measurement, and in areas such as in-process and final systems testing and in site management practices. Our emphasis on safety awareness and practices results in Globecomm’s extremely low incident rate and on our job sites. We log incident information per procedures, file incident reports for review (life of contract plus two years), and analyze corrective action outcomes to prevent future occurrences. Since inception, Globecomm has never experienced serious injuries or long-term health implications on any worker.

For equipment deliveries, Globecomm provides the following health and safety precautions:  Safety markings labels are provided where necessary and are readily visible  The O&M Manual maintenance section addresses replacement procedures for damaged or missing label.  Information regarding hazard avoiding procedures and safety warning labels on the terminal are included in the technical manual  Safety hazard such as RF radiation, which is not possible to eliminate through design, is addressed in the technical manual  Safety awareness is included in training courses

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 11 Globecomm provides and implements a Hazardous Material Management Program as required, including hazardous, corrosive materials, and ozone depleting substances. Globecomm provides a Safety Assessment Report (SAR) if required including system safety verification checklist.

3.2 Quality

Globecomm has been certified to the ISO-9001 international quality management system standard since December 1997. The quality policy, quality manual and its supporting procedures form Globecomm’s quality management system (all documentation available on request). Documented procedures assure that processes affecting product and service quality are carried out under controlled conditions, thus ensuring consistency. These processes include, but are not limited to, resource acquisition, training, design, purchasing, document control, manufacturing, testing, inspection and customer support. All company processes are audited by QA according to a pre-planned schedule to verify compliance to internal procedures. Corrective and preventive actions are implemented to address deficiencies.

Executive management has defined a quality policy that includes a commitment to the ISO 9001:2008 requirements, and to continual improvement of the quality management system, with the ultimate focus on customer satisfaction. The Globecomm quality organization reports directly to the Globecomm president and thus is independent of the rest of the Globecomm organization. All employees are expected to support this policy in the performance of their jobs. The importance of meeting and exceeding customer requirements is routinely communicated to all employees through a variety of planned activities, meetings and company newsletters. A management review is conducted semi-annually to assess the effectiveness of the quality management system and to outline a continual improvement plan. Management is committed to ensuring the availability of resources in terms of highly qualified personnel, material, facilities and training, in order to provide the best opportunity for success.

3.3 Equal Opportunity

Globecomm is an “Equal Opportunity Employer” as intended by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all other Federal, State and Local laws. It is the policy of Globecomm Systems Inc. to apply the same ingenuity, dedication, and effort used in solving complex business problems to the task of affirmatively providing equal opportunity of employment, without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, sexual orientation, age, physical or mental disability, marital status, veteran status, or any other basis protected by applicable Federal, State and/or Local laws.

Management is responsible for assuring that this policy is adhered to at all times and that full knowledge and understanding of this policy is communicated to all employees. Consistent with and supportive of this policy, Globecomm Systems Inc. is dedicated to the following:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 12  To recruit, employ, train, compensate, and promote persons for all job classifications solely on the basis of merit without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, sexual orientation, age, physical or mental disability, marital status, veteran status, or any other basis protected by applicable Federal, State and/or Local laws.  To base employment decisions only upon an individual’s qualifications for the position being filled.  To contact sources of employment to provide equal opportunity to qualified female, minority, Vietnam Era and disabled veteran applicants.  To base promotion decisions on individual job performance, experience, abilities, skills and interests in relation to the specific requirements of the position being filled.  To assure that all other personnel actions and programs (such as compensation, benefits, transfers, terminations, layoffs, returns from layoffs, Company- sponsored training, education, tuition assistance, social and recreational programs) are fairly administered in a discrimination-free manner.  To encourage all qualified employees, particularly minorities, women, the physically challenged, Vietnam Era and disabled veterans to participate in education and training courses, both, internally and externally. Also to encourage employees to train for higher skilled positions within Globecomm.  To provide a discrimination-free environment in which all employees can work without fear of intimidation or harassment because of their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, sexual orientation, age, physical or mental disability, marital status, veteran status or any other basis protected by applicable Federal, State and/or Local laws.  To communicate fully and to all managerial and supervisory personnel that equal employment opportunity is an essential part of their responsibility. All employees are required to understand that providing equal opportunity is not only a requirement of the law, but is also a continuous and important objective to which Globecomm committed.

This policy reflects the attitude of the Chief Executive Officer and the President of Globecomm Systems Inc. To further assure the spirit of affirmative action, we pursue result-oriented programs to recruit, train (where necessary) and promote minority group persons and females in all our job classifications.

3.4 Environment

The Globecomm recognizes the importance of preserving the environment and is committed to promoting environmental responsibility among its employees and stakeholders. It is the obligation of all employees to consider the environmental impacts of day-to-day business activities and employ environmentally sustainable practices, to the extent commercially practical. Globecomm supports a precautionary approach to environmental challenges. Risk assessment, risk management and risk communication all play a vital part in this approach.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 13 In support of this policy, the Company pledges to comply with all Federal, State and local environmental laws and regulations. Employees performing duties that could potentially cause harm to the environment, such as the handling and shipping of hazardous materials, are adequately trained and certified. The Company has developed an Emergency Action and Fire Prevention Plan to respond to emergencies such as spills or fires, in order to prevent or mitigate adverse environmental impacts. Documented procedures with respect to this Policy are monitored and audited, and any non-conformities resolved through an internal corrective action process.

Globecomm encourages the development and diffusion of environmentally friendly technologies. Globecomm strives to protect the environment, incur less pollution, and use all resources in a sustainable manner by:  Implementing paperless communications  Recycling office paper, wood materials, and electronic waste  Supplying recycled paper products in the restroom/kitchen facilities  Installing energy-efficient lighting and automated lighting throughout the facility

This Statement of Policy is communicated to all employees, contractors, or other persons who may have occasion to work on our premises.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 14 4 Financials

Selected Financial Data (In thousands) Years Ended June 30, Statements of Operations Data: 2011 2010 2009 Revenues from services ...... $188,700 $135,796 $ 81,344 Revenues from infrastructure solutions...... 85,491 92,021 88,817 Total revenues ...... 274,191 227,817 170,161 Costs and operating expenses: Costs from services...... 131,329 99,424 60,995 Costs from infrastructure solutions ...... 70,423 75,974 73,877 Selling and marketing...... 18,015 14,977 12,985 Research and development...... 4,304 3,342 2,392 General and administrative ...... 30,038 23,957 15,954 Earn-out fair value adjustments...... 4,824 178 — Total costs and operating expenses ...... 258,933 217,852 166,203 Income from operations...... 15,258 9,965 3,958 Other income (expense): Interestincome...... 186 386 534 Interestexpense ...... (410) (106) — Income before income taxes ...... 15,034 10,245 4,492 Provision (benefit) for income taxes ...... 6,046 2,343 1,193 Net income from continuing operations...... $ 8,988 $ 7,902 $ 3,299

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 15 5 Insurance

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 16 6 References

Globecomm has an outstanding reputation for performance and reliability. Globecomm’s customers entrust their businesses to the critical infrastructure provided and operated by Globecomm. These customers demand the highest level of performance, performance that is evidenced by the dependable provision of reliable products and services. Globecomm’s track record includes contracts with both Government and commercial enterprise customers.

6.1 Reference 1: Showtime Networks for Globecomm Customer: Showtime Networks Inc. 1633 Broadway 17th Floor New York, NY 10010 POC: Jim Occhiuto Phone: 212 708-3200 X1260

Globecomm has a long time business relationship with Showtime. Starting in 2003, Globecomm won a competitive contract for satellite distribution of Showtime video-on- demand (VOD) service. Globecomm designed the network from content ingest through distribution to servers located a cable head-ends. Globecomm built and operated the system from the Ken Miller International Teleport located on the Globecomm Headquarters property.

In 2006, Showtime awarded Globecomm another contract for a new broadcast center based on Globecomm technical capability, depth of engineering support, proximity to New York City and competitive pricing.

Globecomm designed a set of pods, each controlling two or four services, instead of cramming everything into one big room. Each pod was equipped to manage all services so that there would never be a need to run to another console.

Globecomm also operates the underlying infrastructure. This includes uninterruptible power, HVAC, and up-linking and distribution to cable head-ends.

The most nerve-wracking part of any broadcast center deployment is putting it on the air. In just a couple of hours - instead of weeks or months -Showtime transitioned 25 standard digital channels, 3 HD channels and 1 analog channel to the new broadcast center. (There were 29 channels because of the need for separate East and West

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 17 Coast feeds.) But like the duck that glides serenely across the still water while its feet paddle furiously underneath, that smooth transition was the product of intense planning as well as on-the-spot improvisation.

As part of the solution, Globecomm commissioned the ingest server early, set up a small ingest operation and put content on the new media servers so as to work out the bugs. That quickly led to issues concerning the content database management. To make sure that each ingested file was accompanied by complete metadata, Showtime and Globecomm engineers decided to integrate the digital asset management system right into the ingest operation. The design made use of the same Harris Automation system already in use at the Viacom broadcast center used at that time, so interoperability was no problem.

But just to make sure there was a flawless start, network connectivity to Manhattan and the existing Viacom NOC was set up using private fiber links. Days before the on-air transition, Globecomm was already transferring digital assets via secure file transfer to the new video servers. Globecomm had the new Invenio digital asset management system running in parallel with Showtime’s, with all assets synchronized, well before going live.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 18 Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 19 6.2 Reference 2: Bharti Telemedia Limited

Customer: Bharti Telemedia Limited Qutab Ambience Mehrauli Road New Delhi 10030 India POC: N. Arjun Phone: +91124 425711 Email: [email protected]

Project Location: India Period of Performance: March 2007 to October 2007

Bharti Airtel is India's leading mobile carrier. To enable Bharti's entry into the television business, Globecomm designed and integrated a ground-breaking IP-based Media Processing Center capable of acquiring programming from multiple sources, processing it and distributing it via DTH, IPTV and mobile systems. The MPC architecture involved a combination of technologies never before brought together on this scale

Globecomm supplied the DTH Uplink System and Program Acquisition System to Bharti as a turnkey project. Bharti’s intention was to implement a “world class” DTH platform to offer quality content and applications to revolutionize the way television is viewed in India.

The uplink System at the main site consisted of a 11.3 Meter Ku-Band Antenna with tracking, 2.45 KW Klystron HPA in 1:6 redundancy, high power filter combiner, 1:6 up converter subsystem, uplink power control, carrier monitoring,, and Globecomm AxxSys monitor and control subsystem. The downlink consisted of a 1:2 LNA and 1:2 block down converter subsystem. The program acquisition consisted of 15 4.5m receive only Ku band antennas, each equipped with 1:1 LNB’s, distribution amplifiers and patch/test facilities.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 20 Bharti Airtel's new DTH service was launched on October 9, 2008 to rave reviews. The company conducted picture quality analyses at locations around the country and found that the quality of their video was superior to competitors from the first day of service. It was a remarkable achievement for a system that broke the mold in so many ways.

VIA EMAIL From: [email protected] [mailto:[email protected]] Sent: Friday, October 10, 2008 3:18 AM To: Hershberg, Dave Subject: Thank You

Dear Dave..., I am delighted to announce that we have launched Airtel DTH in the Indian market.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank all of you for your support in creating a best-in-class broadcasting facility at Manesar, robust IT systems and above all a world class product – the Airtel DTH.

I sincerely believe that none of this would have been achieved without the enthusiasm, commitment and support put by each and every member of your team.

Will you please convey Airtel's and my appreciation to each of the team members who worked on this and thank them for the dedication.

Thank you once again…

Regards, N. Arjun

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 21 About Bharti Airtel Limited:

Bharti Airtel Limited, a group company of Bharti Enterprises, is India’s leading integrated telecom services provider with an aggregate of over 77.24 million customers as of end of August 2008, consisting of 74.77 million mobile customers. Bharti Airtel Limited has been voted as India's most innovative company, in a survey conducted by The Wall Street Journal.

Bharti Airtel is structured into three strategic business units - Mobile services, Telemedia services and Enterprise services. The mobile business provides mobile & fixed wireless services using GSM technology across 23 telecom circles. The Telemedia business provides broadband & telephone services in 94 cities and is foraying into the IPTV and DTH segments. The Enterprise business provides end-to- end telecom solutions to corporate customers and national & international long distance services to carriers. All these services are provided under the Airtel brand. Airtel’s high- speed optic fibre network currently spans over 78,540 kms covering all the major cities in the country. The company has two international landing stations in Chennai that connects two submarine cable systems - i2i to Singapore and SEA-ME-WE-4 to Europe. For more information, visit www.bhartiairtel.in

6.3 Reference 3: Nielsen Company Inc

Customer: Nielsen Company Inc 501 Brooker Creek Blvd Oldsmar, FL 34677 POC: Douglas Turnbow Email: [email protected]

Project Location: Ohio, U.S. Period of Performance: October 2009 to December 2010

The Nielsen Company wanted to expand their Ohio facility with a diversity system so as to improve availability. Globecomm designed and integrated a downlink hub consisting of a 5-meter Simulsat antenna equipped with 15 satellite feeds plus 3 steerable antennas with 2 additional back-ups. The antennas feed over 200 Integrated Receiver- Decoders (IRDs) which can handle the 500+ video channels in MPEG-2 over IP format. Nielsen relied on Globecomm to recommend and test key components, including Cisco digital content managers, for reliability and compatibility with the GigE architecture.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 22 Globecomm also custom-tailored its Axxys Orion network-based monitor & control system to automate redundancy at the unmanned facility. If an IRD loses input signal from an antenna, Axxys Orion automatically steers one of two backup antennas to the appropriate satellite and restores the lost signal.

6.4 Reference 4: SES Americom IP Prime Project Customer: SES Americom Inc Four Research Way Princeton, NJ 08540 POC: Michael J. Noon Phone: 1 16091 987-433 Email: mike.noon@ses-americom Project Location: Vernon Valley New Jersey Period of Performance: Aug 2005 to July 2007

SES Americom is a global network of satellite operators that reaches 99% of the world’s population. SES contracted with Globecomm for design & implementation of the IP Prime Super Head End Earth Station.

The station receives video content from geosynchronous satellites for turnaround retransmission via terrestrial or satellite distribution. Globecomm supplied over 50 racks of broadcast and satellite system equipment. Equipment includes:  Satellite Antennas including the Simulsat antenna (shown below)  Solid State and Klystron High Power Amplifiers  Antenna Motorization and De-ice  Equipment Cabinets & Fiber Optic IFL  Multiple Integrated Receiver Decoder cabinets  Confidence Monitoring Monitor Wall for 488 Set Top Boxes.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 23 Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 24 Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 25 6.5 Reference 5: ZON Multimedia Center Customer: Ericsson Telecomunicacões, Lda Quinta da Fonte P-2770-192 PAÇO DE ARCOS Portugal POC: Nuno Pacheco Phone: +351-21-4466200 Email: [email protected]

Globecomm concluded (December 2009) a $3.7 Million project for ZON Multimedia SGSP, S.A. which allowed ZON - the prime Cable TV company in Portugal - to launch a digital pay TV platform to cover the full territory of the Republic of Angola.

Ericsson of Portugal, as a prime contractor to ZON, came to Globecomm in January of 2009 in search of a turnkey system integrator who could successfully integrate all the technologies required for constructing two Digital Video Head End facilities consisting of a 5.6 m Earth Station facility in Portugal and a corresponding 5.6 m Earth Station Facility in Angola. Both sites were to feature two 5.6 m Antennas and associated Head End equipment for broadcasting TV content in the Portuguese-language to Angola to compete with a South African company providing English-language content, which has been for many years the dominant provider of pay-tv services in Southern Africa. There were also to be three 2.4 m Receive-only Program Acquisition Antennas at both sites.

ZON Facilities in Portugal

The intent of ZON was to manage and operate the paid TV service from an African Base of Operations in Angola, with part of the required bouquet payload to be provided by a European Contribution Operation located in Vendas Novas, Portugal. These facilities were to exclusively use MPEG-4 AVC encoding and DVB-S2 modulation on their digital pay TV platforms for both standard and high-definition channels, and were planned to provide up to 70 channels from the start of operations, of which up to 10 would be in high-definition. ZON had contracted with EUTELSAT to use 4 x 36 MHz transponders on the newly-launched EUTELSAT W7 Satellite from the start of operations, with 3 transponders to be uplinked from the European Contribution

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 26 Operation and 1 transponder to be uplinked from the African Base of Operations. The EUTELSAT W7 Satellite was specifically designed to provide optimum Ku-Band coverage of Southern Africa, while covering the European Continent, to support this kind of Digital Television services.

The project was kicked off in July of 2009 and involved some interfacing of Globecomm- supplied equipment with a few equipment/software suppliers contracted directly by ZON, such as Nagravision for the Conditional Access System and Thomson for the Set Top Boxes.

Globecomm worked closely with Ericsson of Portugal to engineer, furnish, configure and test the two facilities to meet all the requirements from ZON. There were many challenges in addressing logistic problems that come from installing such a facility in Luanda, Angola, but we were able to overcome them with much perseverance and dedication from a capable Globecomm staff. The European and African Base of Operations have been successfully carrying traffic since May of 2010.

Globecomm Installation for ZON in Angola

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 27 7 Compliance Tables

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 28 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS C. INTRODUCTION Title C.1 Purpose, scope and glossary of terms Title This Request for Proposals (RFP) document describes SPTN requirements for its MediaCentre project and invites proposals from the market for supply of goods and services to C design and equip the technical infrastructure for same. The MediaCentre is to be built at SPTN's premises in 25 Golden Square, London and will interoperate with other Sony C facilities in the Far East, Europe and US. The MediaCentre will also interoperate with a diverse base of suppliers, including services providers, and customers, part of C the content value chain. C.1.1 Purpose Title The purpose of this document is to solicit proposals from the market for the supply of goods and services needed to effect the design, build, testing and handover to SPTN of the Audio- Visual (AV) content handling systems of the "MediaCentre", including the necessary touch-points with Sony's wholly- C owned TV channel playout centre in Singapore; its regional production centres in London, Budapest and Madrid; plus a Disaster Recovery (DR) operation at a location yet to be decided. This document is intended for television broadcast Systems Integrators (SIs) and their selected suppliers of software, C hardware and services for the MediaCentre project. C.1.2 Scope Title The scope of supply sought for the project under this RFP is as follows: C Consulting and design services for hardware and software Globecomm bid intensive, Audio-Visual (AV) content handling systems, all of the including technical furniture required audio- visual content handling equipment , PC however did not bid technical furniture because of lack of definition. We can provide if required. Liaison with SPTN staff and other appointed contractors C Procurement of hardware and software and services elements needed to form the technical facilities, systems and sub- C systems of the MediaCentre

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 1 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Pre-fabrication of the MediaCentre infrastructure off-site C Systems testing and commissioning C Shipping to site of MediaCentre infrastructure C Integration of the supplied systems with existing equipments, sub-systems, systems and facilities supplied by SPTN, C including deployment of software to SPTN desktops User specified factory and site acceptance testing of systems C Production and handover of related documentation C The following facilities are required: C Central Technical Area (CTA) C Traffic area C TV channel playout monitoring area (incorporating DR playout control) C QC / Versioning edit suites C Graphics composition suite C The following enterprise-class business system is required: C §§ Content and Workflow Management (CWM) system C Integration elements of the MediaCentre project within scope of this RFP include: C Interfacing the CWM system to SPTN's existing business systems (Planning and C Scheduling; Airtime Sales; e-mail; etc) C Interfacing the Content and Workflow Management (CWM) system to SPTN's IT C infrastructure, including general corporate IT network, internal drop-boxes C (content storage) and dedicated Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) C Connection of SPTN's existing post-production facilities in London, Budapest and C Madrid to the MediaCentre systems C Interfacing the CWM system with the TV channel playout automation system in C Singapore for the purposes of content exchange and C monitoring Interfacing the CWM system with the TV channel playout automation system of the DR facility for the purposes of C content exchange and monitoring C.1.3 Glossary of terms Title Abbreviation Description Notes C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 2 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS 25 GS 25 Golden Square, London, W1F 9LU, UK Address of SPTN London offices (includes 30 Golden C Square) and proposed location for the MediaCentre. Currently also the location of SPTN's office and post- production facilities. Asset C Content + Rights BIVL Bravia Internet Video Link C A means of accessing content delivered over the Internet on Sony Bravia VT Business rule A defined, logical set of conditions that may be applied to C input data to cause some output within a Process and/or Workflow Compliance Also known as editorial compliance. The process of ensuring C that content is editorially fit for purpose for distribution to the required delivery platform(s) Content C Essence and / or Metadata CDN Content Delivery Network One or more networks to be provided by SPTN and made C available to the systems integrator for the exchange of content with remote locations Conforming Specifically the process of marrying together a separately produced language (dub) track with the corresponding video C (which may already have one or more married language tracks) CTA Central Technical Area A specific room containing the core hardware supporting the C operations of the MediaCentre - logically central to the system design CWM Content and Workflow Management C The practice of managing Content and of using that content in connected sequences of Processes CWM Content and Workflow Management system The software product underpinning the operation of the C MediaCentre, including (where the context requires) the integrated other systems, sub-systems, equipments

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 3 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Delivery Point A specified point (typically a file storage location which may be internal or external to SPTN) to which Content is C delivered – such Content being input to, or output from, the SPTN MediaCentre Essence Raw audio, image (including video) and text objects, part of C Content FCP Final Cut Pro C Video and audio editing software application manufactured by Apple. International Master A programme intended to be used across multiple regions C (rather than one acquired for use specifically in only one region) i.e. one to be subject to language localization. KVM Keyboard Video Mouse C A term used to describe a generic PC keyboard, screen and mouse extension device Logging The process of makes notes whilst viewing content related to C editorial and / or technical aspects of that content MAM Media Asset Management The practice of managing media Assets – knowing what C content is held; where that content resides; and what use may be made of the content MediaCentre The content handling facility to be constructed by SPTN at 25 C Golden Square, London Metadata C Data about data, part of Content MXF Media eXchange Format C A family of file wrapper (container) standards for media files OAP On-Air Promotions C Content produced to promote programmes, channel or brand, or department producing same, as the context requires. On-boarding The process of SPTN adding / registering a new supplier or customer relationship, which may involve, among other C aspects, defining new profiles, business logic, processes and workflows in the CWM system Process A logical step within a Workflow producing an output based C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 4 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS on certain input

Profile A description and quantification in structured metadata of the particular attributes of a channel, supplier, customer etc. Such C metadata, in conjunction with defined business rules, to be used in automated decision-making within Processes and Workflows by the CWM. QC Quality Control Also known as technical compliance. The process of ensuring C that content is technically fit for purpose for distribution to the required delivery platform(s) QT QuickTime C An Apple proprietary file wrapper format for media files Rights C Information as to how Content may be used TX Transmission C In this context used to describe the transmission / origination facility Version A particular technical and / or editorial instance of a piece of C content, made to suit some particular use VOD Video On Demand C In this context used to describe media delivered to video on demand platforms Workflow C A collected series of Processes WPF Worldwide Product Fulfilment That part of the Sony organization that supplies Sony content C to other broadcasters. WPF also organises production of language localisation materials for SPTN C.2 Background to the project Title C.2.1 Business aims and objectives Title The overall aim of the MediaCentre project is as follows: C To facilitate rapid and profitable growth in Sony Picture Televisions TV, VOD and non-linear platforms business by means of the putting in place of a cost-effective, efficient and C scalable content trafficking and processing platform - the MediaCentre. Tactically, the MediaCentre: C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 5 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Is to be established in London at 25/30 Golden Square, London, UK C Will support the continuing production operations at SPTN regional offices in C London, Budapest and Madrid and others, as may in future be required C Will support the consolidation of TV channel playout for the Europe, Africa and C Middle-East regions to Sony's wholly-owned facility in C Singapore Will support a Disaster Recovery (DR) TV channel playout operation, at a location yet to be determined C Will be the vehicle that allows SPTN to move to a 99 % tapeless operation C Will deliver the harmonisation of content handling workflows across the business C Will reduce dramatically SPTN's spend with external service providers C Will form a comprehensive, capable and flexible environment that will allow C SPTN to address quickly and economically changes and new opportunities in the TV and TV-related entertainment C marketplace, especially in relation to content for non-linear platforms C.2.2 Description of the operating environment Title Sony Pictures Television Networks (SPTN) has a sophisticated, multi-platform TV operation in Europe, Africa C and Middle-East region. Its portfolio of over 30 TV channels, broadcasting in standard- and high-definition, is currently managed from three regional offices - London, Budapest and Madrid. The TV channels are generally satellite and cable DTH C subscription-based and carry advertising, in the form of commercials. Further details of the SPTN channels relevant to the MediaCentre project may be found in section J.1 of this RFP. Programme content is heavily localised for delivery in the regions served. This is effected by means of the production and transmission of audio tracks and / or subtitles in the relevant local languages(s). Over 12 languages are currently provided for across the total number of TV channels. SPTN C will continue to buy-in the services of specialist companies for production of localised content, in the form of audio tracks and subtitles, with the advent of the MediaCentre.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 6 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS TV channel playout for this portfolio is currently the responsibility of a number of service providers, including Encompass and Arqiva in the UK; Levira in Estonia; and Sogecable in Spain. Co-incident with the commencement of C operations from the MediaCentre (the subject of this RFP) will be the consolidation of TV channel playout to Sony's wholly-owned facility in Singapore.

SPTN has an extensive Video On Demand (VOD) offering which accompanies many of its TV channels. SPTN makes use of a number of content aggregators for VOD in addition to addressing some platforms directly. In addition to VOD, SPTN also provides content to other, non-linear platforms, including web; mobile; tablet; as well as its own Bravia C Internet Link (BIVL) - a feature of some Sony Bravia TV. The MediaCentre is to be equipped with technology that will increase SPTN's ability to provide content directly to VOD and other nonlinear platforms, reducing the need for the services of intermediate aggregators. On the content supply side, programmes comprise mainly acquired material, with over 80% coming from non-Sony- owned sources. Much of the programme content originates from international distributors, however some in-region programming is acquired, such as magazine television shows for the SET Russia channel. The volume of new programme content for TV input annually to the London office is around C 9,000 hours, with circa 2,000 and 3,000 hours being handled by the Budapest and Madrid offices respectively. SPTN's total archive volume of programme and other content types (currently held by the TV channel playout service providers) extends to some 50,000 hour - a total of some 300,000 individual short- and long-form items. Over 2,000 hours of programme content is send to VOD by the London office annually, with Budapest contributing a further 900 hours and Madrid a further 2,000 hours. An C estimated total of 12,000 hours of programme content per annum is made available to other non-linear platforms. Programme content supplied for the channels by distributors currently comprises a mix of videotape and file-delivered materials, to a variety of standard formats, including (but not limited to) Digital Betacam and HDCAM for SD and HD videotape and IMX and XDCAM HD for SD and HD files C respectively. Sony has selected IMX30 (D-10) and XDCAM HD422 as its 'fit for purpose' house encoding formats for production quality SD and HD TV content respectively.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 7 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Much of the responsibility for processing content, in both tape- and file-formats and making it suitable to go to air is currently devolved to service providers. These include the same service providers as are used for TV channel playout, with some additions. A key objective of the MediaCentre will C be to increase SPTN's in-house capability in relation to the routine handling of content of all types, reducing the need for the services of the external market.

SPTN is part-way through transitioning its operation to fully- file based for content delivery, processing and trafficking - a transition required to be fully complete during the early lifetime of the MediaCentre. The MediaCentre will therefore be designed as an essentially 'videotape-free' facility. Some minor, carry-over provision of videotape transports is required however, these are to cater for one-offs and other ad- hoc QC / ingest / outgest needs. Should any sizable volume of C videotape-based content be delivered following commencement of operations from the MediaCentre for any reason, the trafficking, QC and ingest of this content would be bought-in as a service by SPTN, with the provider delivering files back to the MediaCentre for normal handling.

C.2.3 Operating environment synoptic Title The following diagram summarises the operating environment of the MediaCentre. This diagram is also C supplied under separate cover to this RFP. C.2.4 Indicative content flows in and around the MediaCentre Title The following diagram illustrates the principal content (essence + metadata) flows. This diagram is also supplied C under separate cover to this RFP. This is the primary route into the MediaCentre work-in- progress disk-storage for content from the tens of distributors / suppliers that SPTN works with. As may be seen from the analysis in section J.2.3, some 14,500 hours of supplier programme content per annum is required to be input to the MAM-managed disk storage. This equates to 40 hours per A. day and, assuming an overall 30 % / 70% SD / HD content C split, this is 900 GB of data per day. To be added to this figure is that for the circa 100 hours of supplier commercials content per annum, equating to around another 7 GB of data per day. This gives a total input data volume to the store of 907 GB per day.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 8 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Assuming a window for acceptance of distributor programme content of 30 days and that distributor content would not be staged to data tape storage during this period, this implies a C storage volume for incoming content only of circa 30 TB. It is likely that the same disk storage will be used for storage of work in progress content supporting programme QC and versioning operations, as well as source content for C promotions, plus work-in-progress content for non-linear, plus browse proxy content for the whole operation. This is the primary route into the MediaCentre work-in- progress disk-storage for content originating from within the B. Sony organisation, e.g. US studios. Data loaded to the MAM- C managed disk store via this input has been included in the calculations in A., above. This is the primary route into the MediaCentre work-in- progress disk-storage for content ingested from videotape using facilities at the MediaCentre. Volumes entering this C. route are assumed to be negligible as part of this study, C however further work is needed to validate this as an assumption. Data loaded to the MAM-managed disk store via this input has been included in the calculations in A., above.

This represents the movement / presentation of content to the automated QC engines. Content here will arise from several different points in the workflows, first and foremost of which are those around the receipt of new content from distributors. Data volumes input in connection with the initial automated QC pass of received distributor masters will be as per A., D. above (900 GB/day). Assuming the transcoded / C transwrapped distributor masters will also be subject to automated QC, this will require that approximately the same volume of data will need to be input again (900 GB/day), giving a total of 1,800 GB per day. Other content volumes will be negligible in comparison. This represents the movement / presentation of content input to the transcode farm responsible for content normalisation to SPTN house standards and for the production of browse E. proxy content to support MAM desktop viewing and C metadata annotation operations. Input volumes will be as per A., above at 907 GB per day. This represents the movement / presentation of content output F. by the transcode farm undertaking content normalisation and C browse proxy production.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 9 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Output volumes from this transcode farm will be similar to input volumes with the addition of 5 - 10 % to account for the C generated browse content, say 1,000 GB per day. It is assumed that browse proxy content for use within SPTN will be persistent. Use could be made of the data tape storage to stage browse content that was older then, perhaps, 3 years. A browse proxy will exist for each item of TX ready content. A storage volume of 28 TB per annum is calculated for SPTN C in-house browse. This browse storage could be separate to that used for high-resolution content operations, perhaps as part of a corporate-IT data storage provision.

To these figures for SPTN's internal browse proxy volumetrics, should be added figures for the separate browse proxies needed to support production of language localisation content (language tracks and subtitles). Production of these additional proxies could generate a further 25 GB per day (based on 12,000 programmes per annum requiring C localisation). Were these proxies to be persistent, this would require a storage volume of 10 TB per annum for reference browse. It is suggested that browse proxies would be staged to data tape after, say, 60 days, reducing the required disk storage volume to circa 2 TB. This represents the movement / presentation of content into and out of the (manual) QC / Version editing processes. It is proposed that QC / version edit seats be co-located at the G. MediaCentre and that these seats work on an Edit-In-Place C basis with the MAM-managed disk storage. In this way, there will be no transfer of content to edit local storage. The QC / Version edit process will produce an 'A' version master for each item of distributer master content, equating to 14,500 hours as per A., above, or 900 GB per day. In addition, for certain channels, a 'B' version and possibly further versions will also be produced. Pessimistically, we assume every channel also requires a B version, resulting in further 900 GB per day of new programme content being output from QC/Version edit. This gives a total output of C programme content from the QC / Version edit process of 1,800 GB per day. Assuming this content would remain held on the MAM-managed disk storage for 30 days, this implies a storage volume for newly created programme versions only of circa 55 TB. This figure may be added directly to that in A., above.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 10 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS This represents the movement of content between SPTN and legacy service providers who may retain some responsibility for QC and ingest of content on videotape. No specific separate volumes for tape trafficking / numbers of ingests are H. suggested here. The service providers’ role would be to QC C content on videotape and ingest to SPTN house format. The content volumes that relate to the delivered files have effectively been included under A., above.

This represents the movement content between SPTN and those service providers responsible for the production of language tracks as part of language localisation for the I. channels. Browse proxy content will be produced by the C MAM as reference files for use by the language track suppliers. The browse files will exist in addition to those produced for SPTN internal use. Using figures from WPF

Volumes of content are relatively low here in that what is being returned by the suppliers are .WAV language files (with metadata). 1 hour of 2- channel .WAV, encoded to 20- bit resolution with a 48 kHz sampling rate, equates to circa 865 MB of data. Using the WPF figures for the Central Europe channels and multiplying up to get estimated volumes C for a full year gives a data volume of circa 10 GB per day. Multiplying this figure by two to account for the Madrid- channels and assuming that language tracks may reside on disk storage for up to 60 days, gives a total storage volume for language tracks only of circa 1.2 TB. This represents the movement content between SPTN and those service providers responsible for the production of subtitle files as part of language localisation for the channels. Subtitle files are in general compact in file size compared with other content types. Despite their likely numbers J. (perhaps 10,000 per annum, based on the figures from WPF C together with assumed amounts for the Madrid channels), their total volumes may be ignored. An archive of subtitle files is already held by WPF. Persistent storage of subtitle files could make use of the MediaCentre's data tape archive.

This represents the movement of content between the MediaCentre and a London-based, localised production workgroup, such as will be responsible for production of K. promotions and presentation items for certain channels. It is C conceivable that the storage supporting this workgroup could be an integral part of the MAM work-in-progress disk storage, however this has not been assumed.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 11 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS With 9,201 input hours of programme content for the London-channels, and assuming a shot selection ration of 10% using MAM/browse, this equates to a transfer volume of C 64 GB per day from the MediaCentre to the London production workgroup. Volumes of finished promotions being returned equate to 4 GB per day. C This represents the movement of content between the MediaCentre and the Budapest-based production workgroup, L. such as will be responsible for production of promotions and C presentation items for certain channels. This content exchange would essentially involve sending partially-restored clips of programme content from the MediaCentre to Budapest for use in promotions and return of C finished promotions to the MediaCentre for on-pass to Singapore for TX. Some 2,400 hours of new programme content is delivered for the Budapest channels per annum. It is assumed that some 10% of this content would need to be sent to Budapest to facilitate promotions making (assuming producers would C shot-select remotely using browse proxy / MAM system). This equates to a transfer volume of 17 GB per day from the MediaCentre to Budapest.

Volumes of finished promotions being returned equate to 3 GB per day. C This represents the movement of content between the MediaCentre and the Madrid-based production workgroup, M. such as will be responsible for production of promotions and C presentation items for certain channels. In the case of Madrid, some 2,920 hours of new programme content for the Iberia channels will be delivered to the MediaCentre per annum. Again, assuming a shot selection C ration of 10% using MAM/browse, this equates to a transfer volume of 20 GB per day from the MediaCentre to Madrid. Volumes of finished promotions being returned equate to 3 GB per day. C This represents the movement of content between MAM N. work-in-progress, disk-based storage and the MAM- C managed, data tape archive at the MediaCentre. The summary of volumetrics analysis presented in section J.2.2, indicates that approximately 480 TB of new content data will be written to the data tape archive annually. This C equates to some 1,300 GB per day coming from the MAM- managed disk storage.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 12 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS This represents content flows out to the Singapore-based TV O. playout facility. C The summary of volumetrics analysis presented in section J.2.2, indicates that approximately 1.25TB of new content data will be sent to the Singapore TV playout facility per day. This equates to a minimum sustained data transmission C bandwidth through the CDN connecting the MediaCentre to Singapore of some 115 Mbit/s. This represents content flows out to the legacy playout centres, migration away from which will happen over the P. lifetime of the MediaCentre. Content volumes here are C effectively a proportion of the total already accounted for in O., above. This represents the movement / presentation of content input to the transcode farm responsible for the automated Q. production of content versions for use directly by the various C non-linear platforms serviced by the MediaCentre. The volumetrics analysis presented in section J.2.3.2, indicates that 1,057 GB per day of data will be input to the transcode farm responsible for production of content versions C for non-linear platforms. This represents the movement of content output by the non- R. linear platforms transcode farm . C The volumetrics analysis presented in section J.2.3.2, indicates that an aggregate amount of approximately 365 GB of new content data will be sent from the MediaCentre to the non-linear platforms per day. This equates to a minimum C aggregate sustained data transmission bandwidth through the CDN connecting the MediaCentre to the platforms of some 34 Mbit/s. Further details regarding content volumetrics relevant to the MediaCentre project may be found in section J.2 of this RFP. C C.2.5 Inter-dependencies with other systems Title The facilities, systems and sub-systems of the MediaCentre are required to interface to a wide-variety of existing and planned facilities, systems and sub-systems, both internal and C external to SPTN.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 13 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS At a facility-level, it is required that the MediaCentre interoperate with SPTN regional offices (including current and future local production facilities); the wholly-owned Sony playout centre; and other Sony business, such as Sony Worldwide Product Fulfilment (WPF). In view of the support C that the MediaCentre must provide to the regional offices, including their attendant local production facilities, a generic business model is proposed in this area, meaning that the post-production facilities in London need not out of necessity be co-located with the MediaCentre. SPTN's current, London-based, facilities relevant to the MediaCentre project include: C Eight closed-room edit suites, running Final Cut (used by On- Air Promotions) C Eight desktop edit seats, running Final Cut (used by On-Air Promotions) C Two desktop edit seats, running final Cut / After Effects (used for QC / Version C edit for UK and Russia channels) C Two audio post suites running Pro Tools (used by On-Air Promotions) C One voice over recording booth (used by On-Air Promotions) C One machine room containing hardware supporting the above, including fibre- C connected shared disk storage; two times Digital Betacam VTR; One times HDCAM SR VTR C There will also be a relationship between the MediaCentre and the facilities of external service providers, such as the language localisation production studios. The processes for C exchange of content between facilities will be powered by the systems of the MediaCentre. The core business tool supporting the internal operation of the MediaCentre and the content exchanges between facilities above, is the Content and Workflow Management (CWM) system1. This system will be responsible for holding and managing content - metadata plus essence. It will also act as the system for the definition and storage of the SPTN business rules and the definition, storage and execution of C SPTN business process and workflows. These processes and workflows will effect, on a fully- or semi-automatic or manual basis, the acquisition, processing and distribution of AV content between the specified (internal and external) points of the value chain.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 14 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Unlike Media Asset Management (MAM) systems, the CWM is not required to have as a major function, or necessarily rich-capability, the management of rights information for C content. Some simple metadata and functionality, part of a simplified model of rights within the CWM, is however required. The CWM will communicate directly with other SPTN business systems. First and foremost of these is the Harris 'Vision' planning and scheduling system. Vision is, and will continue to act as, the repository of business data relating to what content is required to air, on what channels, and when. Communication of this information to the CWM system is C vital to trigger the preparation of content for air. Also of importance is information to be returned by the CWM system to Vision, which will indicate to programme planners and schedulers the state of readiness of content that they have requested be prepared. 1 The term Content and Workflow Management (CWM) system is used deliberately in this RFP as an alternative to Media Asset Management (MAM), Digital Asset C Management (DAM) etc system to place SPTN is currently reviewing its approach to the planning and scheduling of VOD and nonlinear content. It is possible that Harris Vision will be enhanced to incorporate functionality relating to these platforms, with or without the support of C another system managing editorial / show metadata / rights. The CWM is required to work with the approach selected by SPTN. In a similar manner to the interface between Vision and the CWM for programme content, it is required that there is an interface between SPTN's 'Landmark' airtime sales system (in C practice, multiple systems) for commercials content and the CWM system. Harris Vision currently plays no part in the planning of promotions and presentation content. This method of working is required to continue in the MediaCentre, with promotions makers using Microsoft Excel worksheets as 'Make-lists' to plan campaigns and identify content needs. In order to C improve efficiency of operations over what would otherwise be an entirely manual processes, it is required that the CWM system be able to import selected metadata from these make- lists.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 15 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS SPTN currently uses Apple Mac Pro / Apple Final Cut as the craft editing platform for its UK-managed channels. The Madrid office has also chosen Apple Mac Pro / Apple Final Cut as its craft editing platform, while the Budapest office employs Grass Valley EDIUS for long-form content formatting. It is required that the CWM system (and its sub- systems, e.g. storage) interoperate with these technology choices in as complete a way as possible. Specifically, the C CWM system will be required to gather and present content as projects which may be opened directly on the craft edit timeline, including placement of markers with notes / comments relating to events identified in metadata in the CWM system. Once a project has been finished on the craft edit platform, the CWM is to receive back the resulting content item(s) and make these available for distribution. The CWM system should also interoperate with SPTN's other, current post-production craft tools - Avid Pro Tools and Adobe After Effects. Beyond this, the choice and implementation of the CWM system should not restrict or C preclude SPTN from making other craft technology choices in the future, such as a change of edit platform to Avid or Adobe, or the use of other creative tools for audio and / or graphics. Regarding content distribution and, specifically, the acquisition of content from suppliers / distributors. It is required that the CWM system be able to request, identify and import automatically content required by SPTN. It is further required that the CWM system be able to work equally proficiently with both a 'push' and a 'pull' content supply model. This will necessitate the CWM system becoming aware of content sent specifically to it (push model) and the CWM system having functionality to go find required content not specifically sent to it (pull model). A C 'drop-box' approach is proposed for the MediaCentre, with the location of the drop-boxes (of which there will be many) being both on the SPTN side of the organisational boundary (push model) and on the supplier side (pull model). This way of working is also required in relation to the exchange of 'work in progress / intermediate' content between SPTN and service providers, such as those responsible for the production of language localisation materials.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 16 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Content distribution to the planned TV channel playout centre in Singapore will follow a 'push' model, with the systems and staff at the MediaCentre responsible for getting all required content to the playout centre. An interface will be required between the CWM system and the selected playout C automation system and Singapore Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) system (e.g. Front Porch Digital DIVArchive) to facilitate the passing of essence from London to Singapore (one-way) and the two-way exchange of metadata that relates. For VOD and AV content for non-linear platforms generally, again a 'push' model will in general be followed. C A list of business systems interfaces appears in section E.3.2. C C.2.6 MediaCentre - Physical environment Title Physically, the MediaCentre will comprise an integrated number of technical facilities housed within 25 / 30 Golden Square, London. Some server and storage equipment may be C located off-site (e.g. at current datacentre premises in Docklands, London or other location(s) TBD). New technical facilities for the MediaCentre will occupy an estimated overall total area of 164 square metre, excluding C CTA. Estimated metrics for individual facilities are as follows: Facility Quantity Approximate total Normal C floor area (sq. m.) occupancy (per C facility) C Central Technical Area (CTA) 1 (As required) 0 C Traffic area 1 48 8 C TV channel playout monitoring / Disaster Recovery playout suite2 1 80 0 C QC / Versioning edit suites (‘Super’) 2 12 1 C QC / Versioning edit suites (‘Ordinary’) 4 24 1 C Promotions editing suite 8 (Existing) 1 C Promotions editing (desktop seats) 8 (Existing) 1 C Graphics 1 (Existing) C composition suite C Audio post suite 2 (Existing) 1 C Voice over 1 (Existing) 1 C recording booth C C.3 Procedural and commercial matters Title C.3.1 Responding to this RFP Title This RFP is not a contract or an offer capable of acceptance. C C.3.1.1 Receipt and acknowledgement Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 17 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Respondents shall confirm positively receipt of this RFP by sending an acknowledgement message, by e-mail only, to: C Mark Gleeson, VP, Sony Pictures Television Networks e- mail: [email protected] C 2 This suite will also be used for test and QA of CWM and other software relevant to the MediaCentre. C SPTN MediaCentre Page 24 of 135 C Confidential Sony Pictures Television Networks C C.3.1.2 Responses Title Responses must be received as described by 17:00 hours GMT on 1 June 2012 (the “Deadline for Receipt”) and shall C follow the form of response prescribed in this RFP at section C.3.1.3. SPTN may, at its sole discretion, reject any response received after the Deadline for Receipt. Responses shall be delivered C as: (a) Two signed, fully complete paper copies, addressed to: C Mark Gleeson VP Technology & Operations, Networks Sony Pictures Television Networks 10202 W. Washington Blvd., JC414 C Culver City CA 90232 USA e-mail: [email protected]

Envelopes shall be marked clearly with the legend, ‘SPTN MEDIACENTRE - RFP RESPONSE’. C The paper copies of the response should be accompanied by a single covering letter, signed by a representative of the respondent authorised to commit the respondent to any C resulting contract. (b) A single, electronic response, sent by e-mail, addressed C to: Mark Gleeson, VP, Sony Pictures Television Networks e-mail: [email protected] C Files attached to or otherwise forming part of the electronic response shall preferably be in Adobe Acrobat 7.0, or later format, suitable for direct printing and internal distribution by SPTN. As an alternative, files will be accepted in one or more of Microsoft Word 97-2003 (.doc), Microsoft Excel 97-2003 C (.xls), Visio 2003 (.vsd), Microsoft Project 2003 (.mpp) and Microsoft Power Point 97-2003 (.ppt) formats. 'Zip' compression may be employed where file(s) sizes are considered large.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 18 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Respondents shall note that it is acceptable for a single copy only of any technical sales literature and other such materials, supplied in support of responses and in a format unsuitable C for electronic delivery, to be included solely as part of the paper delivery. SPTN reserves the right to reject any responses received after the Deadline for Receipt. C C.3.1.3 Form of response Title Responses to this RFP shall have the following structure. (This section may be copied and pasted into responses for use C as a template.) SECTION (1) EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Title This section shall be presented as a separate document to the main body response and shall contain a high-level summary C of the response including a pricing summary. Sony Pictures Television Networks C SPTN MediaCentre Page 25 of 135 C SECTION (2) INTRODUCTION Title This section shall form a brief introduction to the response, including navigational links (table of contents) as appropriate. C UNDERSTANDING OF SPTN BUSINESS SECTION (3) REQUIREMENTS Title This section will detail the respondents understanding of SPTN business requirements. C SECTION (4) APPROACH TO DELIVERY C This section will outline the respondent’s intentions regarding delivery of the MediaCentre project, illustrated by relevant examples of other similar projects successfully executed in C dynamic environments with restricted timescales. Project management C Respondents shall detail their proposed project management method, including team roles, and include a project plan with timetable. The timetable will show all project stages; key products (deliverables) produced within each stage; main activities; and internal and external dependencies, such as ‘information required by’; site ’clean access’; and ‘services C present’ dates. The timetable shall include specific reference to business systems integration work plus any software development required in connection with the CWM system and be appropriately detailed in this area.

Initial risk log C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 19 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS An initial risk-log for the project shall also be included. This risk log will indicate areas of potential risk; the impact and adjudged probability of the risk occurring; and countermeasures that would be taken to counter the risk. The C risk log shall integrate any risks identified specifically in relation to design, development and integration of the CWM system (see below). If the respondent is unable to comply with the timetable given in section C.3.2, an alternative timetable shall be offered C indicating the earliest possible completion date for the project. CDM C The successful respondent shall implement the project within scope of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 (CDM). Respondents shall state their C experience of working within CDM regulations and of fulfilling the following roles: · Designer C · Contractor C Sub-contracting C Respondents shall supply details of any sub-contracting and / or use of non-permanent staff proposed for the project. Respondents shall note that SPTN reserves the right to refuse use of sub-contractors and / or non-permanent staff proposed for the project whom, in its sole judgement, are unsuitable for C any reason. In such an event the respondent will be offered an opportunity to re-submit those parts of its proposal (including price) that may be affected.

Test and acceptance C The solution supplied to SPTN will, prior to use, be subjected to a detailed and rigorous series of tests, the successful passing of which (acceptance) will trigger appropriate stage C payments as per section C.3.4.2. Factory acceptance testing in accordance with a test plan to be authored by SPTN, shall be undertaken by the respondent, C witnessed by SPTN. Site acceptance testing in accordance with a test plan to be authored by SPTN will comprise execution of test scripts based on the processes and workflows designed for the MediaCentre and will exercise the solution provided on the C basis of all AV content types and on an ‘end to end’ (workflow) basis. Site acceptance tests will be carried out by SPTN, witnessed by the respondent.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 20 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Respondents shall provide details of any particular methods and standards it works to for factory and system acceptance C testing. SECTION (6) TECHNICAL RESPONSE Title Respondents shall provide at least the following details regarding the proposed technical solution for the C MediaCentre project: PART A Title For the systems selected and proposed generally by the respondent: C Confirmation that the response is in compliance with the requirements contained in this RFP or, where different, the C areas of deviation and the reason(s) for this Description of proposed facilities, system(s), sub-systems and equipments C Facility and enclosure (desk, rack, wallbox etc) visuals / layouts, including suggested sizes C Block-level diagrams for video, audio and network / control signal layers C Detailed equipment list(s), showing manufacturer, model number and (where applicable) software version number(s) C Details of any options or alternatives offered C For the CTA area only, Equipment weight, power and heat load data, sub-totalled by equipment rack and separately for C the datatape storage sub-system of the CWM system Statements of regulatory conformity C PART B Title Specifically, in respect of the CWM system selected and proposed by the respondent: C Provide a system architecture diagram, showing systems, sub- systems and equipment. Describe the architecture, including 1 interfaces between the various components and the C functionality of system software modules / elements. For each of the workflows contained in section E.2, including the processes therein: C Describe how the proposed CWM core software product supports the workflow as defined, including working with 2 other necessary adjacent systems, sub-systems and C equipments as part of the MediaCentre. Indicate whether the functionality to support the workflow is: Current product (deployed to reference site) C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 21 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The functionality to address the stated requirement is part of the current product and may be seen operating on one (or C more) customer reference sites. Current product (not yet in use) C The functionality to address the stated requirement is developed, tested and is part of the current product but is not C yet in use on any customer reference site. Requires product development (foldback) C The functionality required to address the stated requirement does not currently exist within the product but would be developed to become part of the general product functionality C and made available to all customers. Requires product development (bespoke) C The functionality required to address the stated requirement does not currently exist within the product but would be C developed to become custom software solely for SPTN. Screenshots may be used in responses to illustrate available user interfaces. Where product development is required, provide characterise the extent of the development and C provide estimates of the time required and the risks involved. For each of the non-functional requirements contained in section E.3 and elsewhere in this RFP including, in particular, for the interfaces outlined at section E.3.2, describe the 3 capabilities of the solution and the degree of compliance C offered. Examples of same or similar interfaces / integrations operating successfully elsewhere shall be given. Respondents shall highlight any required additional interfaces they believe to be necessary in relation to their scope of C supply for the MediaCentre beyond those identified. SECTION (7) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Title Organisation and management C Respondents shall submit a diagram illustrating the organisation and management of their company, including C parent company (if appropriate). Respondents shall submit a brief biography for key individuals proposed for the MediaCentre project. C Company policies C Respondents shall supply a copy of their current company policies for: C Heath and Safety §§ Quality C Equal opportunities §§ Environmental C Financial C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 22 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Respondents shall provide summary details of their past three years trading accounts, including turnover and profit before C and after tax. Insurance C Respondents shall supply details of insurance policies currently in force (including levels of cover) in respect of Employers liability; Public liability; Professional indemnity; C 'All risks', or such cover as is typically used in respect of customer equipment supplied on an 'embodiment loan' or on a “free issue” basis. Respondents shall attach copies of relevant certificates. C References C Respondents shall supply details of two to five projects of scope and scale similar to that of the MediaCentre that have C been executed successfully in the past five years. Respondents shall provide customer contact details in respect of two of the above projects that they feel best illustrate their ability to deliver complex, high-quality, hardware and C software systems solutions within demanding time and budgetary constraints, whom SPTN can approach without prior agreement. Other C Respondents shall submit details of any other information they consider relevant to illustrate their (and /or their proposed suppliers / sub-contractors) organisational strengths, C capabilities and / or benefits of their proposed solution for the SPTN MediaCentre. SECTION (8) COMMERCIAL Pricing and VAT Title Respondents shall provide at least the following: C In summary: C · Total priceforthe project (excluding options and alternatives) overall and by facility / area (this pricing to be C repeated and supplied as part of the executive summary) In detail: C · Priced equipment lists, identifying all hardware and software components needed to meet the requirements of this C RFP · Priceforinstallationmaterials C · Price for design, installation, integration and other professional services C · Price for recommended normal- and support-user C training

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 23 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS · Priceforanynecessary, or recommended, SI/ manufacturer direct support contracts; specialist maintenance C (including software) tools; spare parts; test fixtures and equipment · Price for anyoptional, alternative or otherwise recommended additional items C All pricing shall be given in UK pounds sterling (GBP) and shown exclusive of VAT (where applicable). VAT payable C shall be shown as a separate item. Contractual requirements C This section shall detail any specific requirements that the respondent wishes be accounted for in any contract resulting from their response and shall include a copy of the C respondent’s standard terms and conditions of business. C.3.2 Outline project timetable Title The following table illustrates key dates for the MediaCentre project relevant to this RFP. C EVENT DATE or PERIOD C Issue of RFP 23-Apr-12 C Deadline for Questions 11-May-12 C Deadline for Receipt 8-Jun-12 As allowed per Mark Gleeson C (Answers) email sent 5/21/12 3:20p ET Presentations (if required) w/c 11 June 2012 C Reference visits w/c 18 June 2012 C Notification of preferred bidder 29-Jun-12 C Contract formulation w/c 2 July 2012 C Award of contract 20-Jul-12 C Clean access to MediaCentre site 1-Sep-12 C User training C Systems handover to SPTN 1-Jan-13 C Singapore parallel running 1-Feb-13 C Singapore on-air 1-Apr-13 C SPTN reserves the right to adjust the above timetable at any C time. C.3.3 RFP response evaluation process Title The evaluation of responses to this RFP will commence following the Deadline for Receipt. In outline, the process C will operate as follows: Initial evaluation of submitted responses against the criteria given in C.3.3.1 C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 24 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Clarifications C Respondent formal presentations (if required) C Reference site and premises visits (if required) C Final evaluation and response ranking C C.3.3.1 Selection criteria Title Responses to this RFP will be evaluated for: C Respondents capability and suitability as a supplier to SPTN C Respondents track record in successful delivery of similar projects to other customers C Respondents understanding of and compliance with SPTN requirements C Optimum balance between quality, price and risk of the respondents solution C C.3.3.2 Clarifications Title As part of its evaluation process, SPTN will seek clarification from respondents on the content of their responses to this C RFP as may be necessary. C.3.3.3 Presentations Title Following the Deadline for Receipt, and as part of its evaluation process, SPTN may invite one or more respondents to present their responses formally to members C of the SPTN MediaCentre evaluation panel and to afterwards participate in a question and answer session. C.3.3.4 Reference site and premises visits Title Respondents shall note that SPTN may wish to make at least one reference site visit and / or visit the respondents’ C principal place of business as part of the evaluation. C.3.3.5 Final evaluation Title Responses to this RFP will be placed in rank order. C C.3.3.6 Notification of preferred bidder status Title Following the final evaluation of responses, SPTN will confer 'preferred bidder' status, notifying the successful and other C respondents accordingly as soon as is reasonably possible. SPTN shall not be obliged to disclose details of its evaluation process including the scoring or ranking of particular responses received in connection with this RFP. SPTN will C offer (limited) de-briefing to unsuccessful respondents. C.3.4 Legal and contractual aspects Title C.3.4.1 Confidentiality and ownership Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 25 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS All information contained in this RFP shall be treated as “Commercial in Confidence” by respondents and shall not be used for any purpose other than preparation of a response to C this RFP. All materials supplied by respondents as part of their responses shall become the property of SPTN. C SPTN shall be free to use any and all information contained in the responses for the purposes of this procurement. C C.3.4.2 Contract Title A bespoke agreement will be negotiated with the preferred bidder respondent emerging from the SPTN evaluation C process. The following stage payment schedule is proposed. This is subject to further clarification / definition during any future C contract negotiations: Milestone / Project stage Stage payment due on completion Notes C Acceptance of order / 5% This sum is to be used to presentation of invoice forward purchase materials and goods. Upon payment, title in such materials and goods, any C drawings and other realisable assets manufactured or prepared in execution of the contract shall pass to SPTN. Project execution 60% (total) For equipment to hand and work done, tied to specific agreed project milestones. C

No single stage payment will exceed 20% of total contract value. Title in all assets to pass to SPTN as above. C Factory acceptance testing 10% For satisfactory passing of user defined, factory acceptance tests C Site acceptance testing 20% For satisfactory passing of user defined, site acceptance tests C As-built documentation 2.50% For delivery of all components of the handover, including manuals, drawings, C schedules, test records and asset inventory. Defects liability retention 2.50% 12 month retention. C Part or all of the successful respondent’s response may be incorporated into the contract at the sole option of SPTN. C In the event of SPTN being unable to agree satisfactory terms with the preferred bidder, SPTN reserves the right to terminate negotiations with that party and commence C negotiations with the bidder having the next highest ranked response to this RFP. C.3.4.3 Response costs Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 26 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS For the avoidance of doubt, SPTN shall not be liable for any costs incurred by respondents in the preparation and/or submission of responses, or for costs arising from any C reference site and premises visits, including those associated with meetings and/or presentations arising as a result of this RFP. C.3.4.4 Response validity period Title Responses submitted to SPTN shall remain as open for acceptance for a minimum of ninety (90) days from the C Deadline for Receipt. C.3.4.5 Amendment(s) to / withdrawal of RFP Title SPTN reserves the right to amend or withdraw this RFP and declare the procurement void at any time following its issue. Any such amendment(s) or withdrawal will be notified electronically to respondents. Where amendment(s) are made, C and in order to allow time for any such amendment(s) to be accounted for by respondents, SPTN may, at its sole discretion, extend the Deadline for Receipt.

C.3.4.6 Modification and Withdrawal Title Respondents may modify their response prior to the Deadline for Receipt by giving notice to SPTN by e-mail or facsimile. C No response may be modified after the Deadline for Receipt. Respondents may withdraw their offer at any time prior to them accepting a notification of award of contract from SPTN by giving notice by e-mail, confirmed in writing to: Mark Gleeson VP Technology & Operations, Networks C Sony Pictures Television Networks 10202 W. Washington Blvd., JC414 Culver City CA 90232 USA e-mail: [email protected] C.3.4.7 SPTN right to accept any or reject any or all responses Title SPTN reserves the right to accept or reject any response, or part(s) thereof, and to annul this procurement process and thereby reject all responses at any time prior to contract C signature without incurring any liability to the affected respondent(s). Incomplete response returns and/or returns which deviate materially from the format specified in section C.3.1.3 may C not be considered by SPTN. C.3.4.8 Notification of award of contract Title Following contract signature, SPTN will notify those organisations that responded to this RFP of the outcome of C the procurement as soon as is reasonably possible.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 27 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS C.3.4.9 Questions Title Any questions regarding this RFP shall be addressed to: C Mark Gleeson VP Technology & Operations, Networks Sony Pictures Television Networks 10202 W. Washington Blvd., C JC414 Culver City CA 90232 USA e-mail: [email protected] Any and all questions must be received by 17:00 hours GMT on 11 May 2012 (the “Deadline for Questions”). SPTN reserves the right to circulate any non-commercially C confidential questions received (on an anonymous basis) and their responses to other respondents. Requests for individual meetings as part of the queries process should be made to the above. In seeking to encourage the best possible responses from respondents, SPTN is keen C to support a high level of dialogue with respondents. D. MEDIACENTRE FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS Title D.1 Central Technical Area (CTA) Title CTA will house the equipment, sub-systems and systems forming the technology core of the MediaCentre. In general terms, it will house the heavy, power-hungry and noisy hardware providing, or supporting, the functionality required C in other operational facilities within the MediaCentre and interfacing to technology internal and external to SPTN located outside the MediaCentre. CTA shall be equipped as follows: C D.1.1 Reference and test signals and distribution Title Two Synchronising Pulse Generators (SPG) of identical manufacture and model (including options), plus auto changeover unit. Both SPG shall be fitted with GPS receiver C option and the respondent shall install a suitable GPS antennas and feeders. The SPG and auto changeover unit shall provide the following reference signals: C Analogue colour black (black and burst) C Tri-Level Sync C SD-SDI black C HD-SDI black C Word clock C AES silence C LTC C VITC C D-VITC C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 28 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The CTA reference system shall provide NTP reference (i.e. shall act as an NTP server) for the CWM system servers and C other equipment that requires it. The SPG and auto changeover unit shall provide at least the following test signals: C SD Test (selectable between PLUGE, colour bars, pathological test) C HD Test (selectable between PLUGE, colour bars, pathological test) C Digital (AES) audio test (selectable signals to include 1 kHz (identified) tone at the designated alignment level for the C MediaCentre) Distribution of reference and test signals shall be to the Audio-Video (AV) router and other equipment, as required. C D.1.2 Audio-Video (AV) signal routing / processing Title A matrix-based routing system for AV signals shall be C provided. The following signals shall appear as sources on the AV C routing: VTR outputs (three installed plus one for future expansion) C Domestic satellite / cable IRD outputs (to be free-issued by SPTN) (two) (including signal conversion equipment as may C be necessary) External lines (two) C CWM outgest ports (three installed plus one for future expansion) C Facility outputs (minimum of one from each, see individual facility descriptions) C Processing equipment outputs (four) C SPG test signals C CTA patch C The following signals shall appear as destinations on the AV routing: C VTR inputs (three installed, plus one for future expansion) C External lines (two) C CWM ingest ports (three installed plus one for future expansion) C Facility inputs (minimum of one to each, see individual facility descriptions) C CTA vision monitoring / signal measurement (two) C Processing equipment inputs (four) C CTA AV signal monitoring / measurement input C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 29 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS CTA patch C Processing equipment shall be supplied and installed around the router, as follows: C SD/HD AFD inserter C AFD-aware Aspect Ratio Converter (ARC) C AFD-aware SD/HD video cross converter C Dolby E / Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder / audio down-mixer / track shuffler C An 'X-Y'-type control panel shall be provided for CTA, allowing selection of any of the router sources to any of the C router destinations. Other control panel requirements are detailed as part of the requirements of the relevant facility elsewhere in this RFP. C D.1.3 AV multi-viewer mainframes Title The mainframes of the multi-viewer displays located in the elsewhere in the MediaCentre shall be installed in CTA, with an appropriate adjacency to the AV routing / processing C system from where some signals will originate. The multi-viewer mainframes will feed displays in the Traffic and TV channel playout facility. Sources appearing on the C multi-viewers will include: · EightSD/HDvideofromtheroutingsystem C · Twovideodata'dashboard'feedsfromtheCWM system C · TwovideodatafeedsfromtheCTAKVMsystem C · Bouquetofcirca40TVchannelmonitorfeeds, back-hauled via IP from the Singapore playout facility multi- C viewer output · Bouquetofcirca20TVchannelmonitorfeeds, back-hauled via IP from the SPTN DR playout facility multi- C viewer output D.1.4 AV signal monitoring Title A ‘grade 2’ picture monitor shall be installed in CTA in close proximity to the router control panel and patch panels. C Input 1 of the picture monitor shall be fed from a loop of the input to the video signal measurement unit (below) or a C dedicated output from same. Input 2 of the picture monitor shall be fed from a jack on the CTA video patch. C Sound monitoring in CTA shall be by means of stereo loudspeakers incorporated into the audio signal measurement C unit, below.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 30 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS D.1.5 AV signal measurement Title A high-quality, rasteriser-style video signal measurement unit shall be installed in CTA, together with companion display. Its capabilities shall include measurement of timing differences between two video signals as well as the same C between either of two video input signals and a supplied video reference signal from the SPG system. Additionally, it shall also be capable of measuring signal eye height and jitter.

Two inputs shall be taken from the CTA routing system, with any spare video inputs to the unit shall be wired back to a C jack on the CTA video patch. An audio signal measurement unit shall be installed in CTA, with integral stereo loudspeakers. Its capabilities shall include Dolby E and Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoding and the simultaneous display of audio level of all 16-channels of C audio taken from a video with embedded audio input, with the ability to select any two to the loudspeakers. Two video inputs to the unit shall be fed from a loop outputs on the picture monitor, or from dedicated outputs on the video signal measurement unit. This intention of so doing is C to ensure that picture and sound monitoring / measurement units are slaved together. Any spare video inputs to the unit shall be wired back to a jack on the CTA video patch. C A single digital audio input and a pair of analogue audio inputs shall be wired to a jackfield within CTA. C D.1.6 Communications / talkback Title The central matrix for the MediaCentre communications / talkback system shall be installed in CTA. C The matrix shall be sized to support one panel per desktop per facility of the MediaCentre, plus remote sources / C destinations. The matrix shall interface to SPTN IT network / Content Delivery Network (CDN) to allow IP connectivity to panels located in the regional offices; the TV channel playout centre C in Singapore; and the DR playout centre. Two ports shall be provisioned for each of these remote locations A ‘full facilities’ communications panel will be installed in CTA, allowing a user to establish communications quickly C and with no or minimal use of menus. Other panel requirements are detailed as part of the requirements of the relevant facility elsewhere in this RFP. C D.1.7 Incoming feeds and feed conditioning Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 31 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Provision shall be made to receive and condition signals from a minimum of two video and audio circuits incoming to the C SPTN MediaCentre. This provision shall be as follows: 16U of (front and corresponding rear) rack-space for fibre termination equipment and signal decoders C AFD-aware, SD/HD frame synchroniser incorporating Aspect Ratio Convertor (ARC) C D.1.8 Outgoing feeds and feed conditioning Title Provision shall be made to send signals to a minimum of two video and audio circuits incoming to the SPTN MediaCentre. C This provision shall be as follows: 16U of (front and corresponding rear) rack-space for fibre termination equipment and signal encoders C Content and Workflow Management (CWM) system D.1.9 content storage Title D.1.9.1 Disk storage sub-system Title The disk-based content storage sub-system for the CWM shall be installed in CTA. C The disk sub-system shall have a minimum net usable capacity of 180 TByte. This figure is equivalent to storage of C 60 days of work in progress content for the MediaCentre. The disk sub-system shall provide the aggregate I/O bandwidth necessary to support all connected clients (local and remote) and multiple simultaneous data transfers to and C from drop-boxes and datatape content storage. Content input to the disk storage sub-system is received from the following sources: C Videotape and line production-quality content from the CWM system ingest ports C Imported production-quality content transfers from SPTN and supplier hosted drop-boxes (including where videotape-based C content is ingested external to SPTN) Normalised production-quality content from the transcoding sub-system C New programme versions from the QC / Versioning edit facilities C Browse proxy quality content from the transcoding sub- system C Returned language localisation materials (audio tracks and subtitle files) from production houses C Returned finished promotions and presentation items from the regional SPTN offices C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 32 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Content restored from archive for re-use C Content output from the disk storage sub-system is sent to the following destinations: C Auto QC sub-system C Transcoding sub-system for normalisation C QC / Versioning edit facilities C Datatape storage for archiving C Transcoding sub-system for browse proxy production C SPTN and supplier-hosted drop-boxes as exported browse proxy-quality content transfers for language localisation C materials production houses Transcoding sub-system for conversion for VOD / non-linear platforms C Singapore TV channel playout centre C SPTN DR playout centre C Videotape and line production-quality content from the CWM system outgest ports C QC / Versioning edit clients working on an 'Edit-in-Place' basis shall be assumed to require a maximum of three C simultaneous streams each. The disk sub-system shall employ RAID and replication of content and other techniques as may be required to deliver the levels of availability, reliability and resilience expected of a C ‘broadcast critical’ sub-system, as specified in section I.4. D.1.9.2 Datatape storage sub-system Title The datatape-based content storage sub-system (archive) for the CWM shall be installed in CTA. C The datatape content storage sub-system shall be supplied and configured for operation with a minimum net usable capacity of 2.1 PByte. This figure is sufficient to hold the C entire inventory of content used by SPTN to date, plus inventory that will be amassed during the first two years of MediaCentre operations. The datatape content storage sub-system shall support the ability for particular SPTN content types to be directed to C particular tapes / groups of tapes to a scheme to be devised. The datatape storage system shall be supplied and configured to replicate all stored content onto backup tapes as part of a C routine, regular externalisation and off-site storage regime. The datatape content storage sub-system shall be supplied and configured with sufficient I/O capacity (including disk C cache storage, as may be required) to allow:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 33 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS An average volume of 1.3 TByte to be written daily, based on a 50 % (12/24 hour) drive utilisation factor, plus C An average volume of 1.8 TByte to be read daily, based on a 50 % (12/24 hour) drive utilisation factor, plus C A minimum of 8 simultaneous data read / write operations, C The datatape content storage sub-system (archive) shall be supplied with an additional minimum net expansion capacity of 1.5 PByte. This figure is sufficient to hold inventory that will be amassed during a further three years of MediaCentre operations. It is required that this additional capacity be C provided for in terms of data robot hardware, including tape slots, but that (where possible) the additional slots are supplied on a ‘licensed on demand’ basis.

The datatape sub-system shall be designed and supplied to deliver the levels of availability, reliability and resilience C expected of a ‘broadcast critical’ sub-system, as specified in section I.4 D.1.10 Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) Title An HSM system (to include disk-based cache storage, as may be required) shall be supplied and installed in CTA to manage the transfer of content between the CWM system disk- and datatape-based content storage sub-systems, and between C these sub-systems and delivery points making up the content value chain, where this is not a direct function of the CWM system. The HSM shall operate under control of the CWM and its operation normally automated. C The HSM shall be designed and supplied to deliver the levels of availability, reliability and resilience expected of a C ‘broadcast critical’ sub-system, as specified in section I.4. D.1.11 IT equipment and networking Title CTA shall contain the server-side IT hardware for the CWM system, together with the servers for other sub-systems such C as those for automated QC and transcoding. A KVM system installed in CTA will allow a user to access and control any of the servers installed in CTA from a single C position.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 34 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS CTA shall contain the network switches for the MediaCentre's non-corporate, IT network i.e. a dedicated 'broadcast' network shall be provided. These switches shall support connection of all equipment supplied by the respondent under this RFP. The respondent shall identify a C clear interface point(s) for interconnection to SPTN's corporate IT networking equipment in respect of content required to flow across the CDNs and also interfaces between systems and regional premises etc,. The respondent-supplied network shall be designed and implemented to deliver the levels of availability, reliability and resilience expected of a ‘broadcast critical’ sub-system, C as specified in section I.4. A structured patching and cabling system shall be specified and installed by the respondent and used to support IT networking within CTA and all other facilities under this RFP. As a part of the site acceptance tests, SPTN requires C that the respondent certify compliance of structured cabling and patching in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. D.1.12 Automated QC tools Title The respondent shall supply and install automated QC tools in the CTA. These tools shall be interfaced to and shall, in C normal operation, be under control of the CWM system. The automated QC tools shall access content held on the CWM system disk storage subsystem and shall produce C results in the form of time-based and static metadata. As required by the workflows of the MediaCentre incorporated in the CWM system, the CWM system shall instruct the automated QC tools as to what checks are to be made on which content and where the content is located. Results of the checks shall be automatically returned as time- C based and static metadata to the CWM system and the CWM system shall instigate further actions under the programmed workflows according to the results.

D.1.12.1 Video and audio QC tool Title A file-based video and audio analysis sub-system, integrated with the CWM system, shall be installed in CTA and shall C form a logical part of the automated QC tools.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 35 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS As part of the configuration of the CWM system, it is required that users are able to define different profiles of QC checking to be undertaken using this tool to suit different suppliers, content types and points in the workflows. For C example, the number and type of tests required are likely to be different between distributor programme masters, commercials, SPTN edited programme versions, VOD content output from transcoding etc. It is further required that, as part of the configuration of the CWM system, a particular QC profile may be attached to a particular supplier, content type, or workflow etc, such that it is used automatically as the default check for that particular C circumstance. For example, commercials masters from supplier A are automatically checked against test profile B at point C in the workflow.

The capability of the video and audio QC tool shall be as C follows: It shall generate MD5 checksums of content files, if this functionality is not an C integral part of the CWM system itself C It shall make checks on file-based AV content to identify and report on compliance with audio and video encoding and C content wrapper standards It shall make checks for impairments to the video and audio essence within the files, including checks for the presence and, as appropriate, severity of (in respect of video): Colour bars; black frames; freeze frames; video levels; compression C artefacts; and for the presence and, as appropriate, severity of (in respect of audio): Test tones; silence; audio levels and phase; Dolby encoding; loudness compliance; noise; distortion; compression artefacts Video and audio QC tool checks will return metadata to the CWM system in both time-based (indicating specific periods within content where issues may exist) and static forms (e.g. C pass / fail status). The automated QC tools shall support checking of multiple content files in parallel to the extent required to ensure C throughput required of the MediaCentre. D.1.12.2 Harding Flash and Pattern Analysis QC tool Title A file-based Harding FPA analysis sub-system, integrated with the CWM system, shall be installed in CTA and shall C form a logical part of the automated QC tools. SPTN requires that a similar user-configurability in respect of Harding FPA QC tool as for the video and audio QC tool, C above.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 36 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The Harding FPA shall perform checks on content identified to it by the CWM system and shall return the results of these C checks in the form of metadata to the CWM system. The Harding FPA sub-system shall support those production- quality SD and HD content formats identified in section I.2.9. C Harding FPA checks will return metadata to the CWM system in both time-based (indicating specific periods within C content where issues may exist) and static forms (e.g. pass / fail status). The Harding FPA sub-system shall support checking of multiple content files in parallel to the extent required to C ensure throughput required of the MediaCentre. D.1.12.3 Subtitles QC tool Title A file-based subtitle QC tools sub-system, integrated with the CWM system, shall be installed in CTA and shall form a C logical part of the automated QC tools. SPTN requires that a similar user-configurability in respect of subtitles QC tool as for the video and audio QC tool, above. C The capability of this tool shall be as follows: C Parsing of subtitle files to EBU '.STL' format and checking for compliance with the standard and for consistency of the subtitle start timecode with that of the corresponding video C content; checking that the language of the subtitles is consistent with the language identifier allocated by SPTN and incorporated in the subtitle filename. Additionally, the subtitle QC tools shall check for sensitive words (e.g. bad language) against a user maintainable, multi- lingual dictionary and identify the existence of same in time- C based and static (e.g. present / not present) metadata passed back to the CWM system. The subtitle QC system shall pass back as metadata to the CWM system the text of the subtitles together with suitable timecode reference(s), allowing the subtitle text to be placed C in time-based metadata with the video asset within the CWM system (thereby allowing CWM system users to make text searches for particular subtitle text). The subtitle QC tools sub-system shall support checking of multiple content files in parallel to the extent required to C ensure throughput required of the MediaCentre. D.1.12.4 Audio to text extraction tool Title A file-based, speech to text extraction tool, integrated with Globecomm and the CWM system, shall be installed in CTA and shall form a Harris were logicalpartoftheautomatedQCtools. NC unable to find a solution for this requirement.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 37 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS However, Harris is willing to work with SPTN in order to provide, but it is a no bid The purpose of this tool shall be to automatically parse audio files held in the CWM system at the required point(s) in the NC workflow and extract any speech detected in the form of text data. Many assets held within the CWM system will have associated script files. It is anticipated that the audio to text NC extraction tool could make use of text from the script files to assist in its task. Similar to the subtitles QC tool, above, and for each audio file where a video asset has more than one associated audio asset, NC the audio to text extraction tool shall: Check that the language being spoken is consistent with the language identifier allocated by SPTN and incorporated in the NC filename. Check for sensitive words (e.g. bad language) against a user maintainable, multi- lingual dictionary and identify the NC existence of same in time-based and static (e.g. present / not present) metadata passed back to the CWM system. Pass back as metadata to the CWM system the text of the spoken word together with suitable timecode reference(s), allowing the text to be placed in time-based metadata with the video asset within the CWM system (thereby allowing CWM NC system users to make text searches for particular spoken words). D.1.13 Transcoding Title The respondent shall install a transcoding system in CTA, consisting of two separate subsystems, all under control of C the CWM system. The first transcoding sub-system shall be responsible for transcoding (inc. transwrapping and QuickTime reference file generation as may be required) of production / broadcast quality AV content entering the MediaCentre from suppliers and distributors into the required SPTN house standard C formats - the process of content normalisation. This system shall also be responsible for the transcoding operations required on any content produced in house.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 38 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Additionally (and if not an integral part of the CWM system), this first transcoding sub-system shall be responsible for the production of browse proxy viewing copies of production / C broadcast quality AV content to format(s) characterised / identified in section I.2.9.4. The second transcoding sub-system shall be exclusively responsible for the production of content for VOD and non- linear platforms served by the MediaCentre. Production of these content types will not only involve straightforward, AV file format conversion, but may also involve automated production of different versions of content, for example C insertion of different commercial break patterns, different commercial spots in the breaks, different graphics overlays, different show bumpers etc. This functionality will require that a highly capable, flexible and controllable transcoding solution be provided Again, as part of the configuration of the CWM system, it is required that users are able to define different profiles of transcoding to be undertaken to suit different suppliers, customers, content types and operations required in the C workflows. For example a particular non-linear platform, such as iTunes, would always be sent a particular type of content file(s). Both of the transcoding systems shall be designed and implemented to process multiple content files in parallel to the extent required to ensure throughput required of the C MediaCentre. The transcoding sub-systems shall be designed and supplied to deliver the levels of availability, reliability and resilience expected of a ‘broadcast critical’ sub-system, as specified in section I.4. Both sub-systems are on the critical path for getting content to 'TX', either the channel playout facility in C Singapore, plus the SPTN DR playout facility, in the case of linear TV, or to the many platform operators in the case of content for VOD / non-linear use.

The transcoding system shall operate on content resident on the CWM disk-storage subsystem. The normalisation and browse transcoding sub-system is required to return normalised production / broadcast quality content to this same storage. Browse proxy format content may be returned to the CWM disk-storage sub-system, or to separately C managed browse storage, according to the specifics of the CWM system. The transcoding system for non-linear platforms will output content direct to the drop-boxes for these platforms, i.e. the transcoded content will not be stored / archived at the MediaCentre. Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 39 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Some 14,500 hours of production / broadcast quality content is required to undergo normalisation in the MediaCentre per annum. Versions of content produced by SPTN from this input volume amounts to some 21,500 hours - a mix of over 35,000 long-form (programme) and 25,000 short-form C (interstitials) items. Each of these items is required to have a corresponding browse proxy to the SPTN house standard and an estimated 80% of the total is required to have a browse to facilitate language localisation. D.1.14 Status and alarm monitoring Title Where available, status and alarm monitoring information from equipment installed in the MediaCentre shall be collated and made available to users in as compact, consistently C presented and easily transportable form as possible. Precise support arrangements for the MediaCentre and systems to be installed under this RFP are yet to be determined. It is envisaged that first line support may be C provided in-house, possibly, in view of the IT-heavy nature of the CWM system (and its critical subsystems), by SPTN enterprise IT group. Proposals are therefore invited from respondents as to how the above status and alarm monitoring information may best be made compatible, and ideally integrated, with technologies C typically employed by IT support operations and in a way that best supports the critical operations of the MediaCentre. D.2 Traffic area Title The traffic and playout monitoring area is the main operational area housing non-craft tools based users of the CWM system. It is expected that the traffic area will be C constructed on the third floor of 25 Golden Square. The area will: C Manage receipt of an average of 40 hours per day of incoming programme content from suppliers / distributors, C plus Manage receipt of an average 35 commercials per day C Manage receipt of an average 35 finished promotions per day C Manage receipt of finished presentation items (VO, graphics) C Oversee the exchange of 4 hours of programme content with the regional office for promotions C Receive 15 subtitle files and 9 hours of language dubs per day C Oversee the dispatch of 58 hours per day of content to Singapore TV channels playout centre C Oversee the dispatch of 58 hours per day of content to the Disaster Recovery (DR) TV channels playout centre C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 40 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Oversee the dispatch of 50 hours per day of content to VOD and non-linear platforms C The respondent shall provide the following for this facility: C Two supervisor technical desks C Six traffic operator desks C D.2.1 Traffic supervisor desks Title The requirements for each of the supervisors desks are as follows: C CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) PC workstation connected to the CTA KVM system C XY-style control panel connected to the CTA AV signal routing system C Grade 2 LCD picture monitor mounted on the desk, coupled to a rasteriser-type video signal measurement tool C 5.1 capable loudspeaker monitoring system, with CUT / DIM / Level panel, coupled to an audio signal measurement tool capable of simultaneous display of 16 tracks of audio and having integral Dolby E decoder and loudness monitoring to C ITU BS1770. Inputs from the CTA routing system (1) and the CWM system client workstation. Control panels to allow remote adjustment of the signal processing equipment, part of the AV routing system in CTA C Stereo headphones C Communications panel connected to the CTA communications / intercom system C Telephone (to be provided and installed by SPTN) C Printer (to be supplied and installed by SPTN) C D.2.1.1 Live feed provision Title A user at a traffic supervisor desk shall have the capability to ingest AV content from line and submit it to the CWM- system. Such operations will normally be carried out in conjunction with (or fully devolved to) a user in the 'Super' QC / Version edit suites, to ensure that the recording is of C known good quality at the point that it is made. Within the CWM system, it shall be possible to make such ingests on both a scheduled (including unattended) and ad-hoc basis.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 41 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Additionally, a user at a traffic supervisor desk shall have the capability to outgest AV content held within the CWM- system to line. Within the CWM system, it shall be possible C to make such outgests on both a scheduled (including unattended) and ad-hoc basis. D.2.2 Traffic operator desks Title The requirements for each of the operators desks are as C follows: CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) Grade 2 LCD picture monitor mounted on the desk C Desk-mounted, stereo loudspeaker monitoring system, with CUT / DIM / Level panel, with inputs from the CTA routing C system (1) and the CWM system client workstation (1) Stereo headphones C Communications panel connected to the CTA communications / intercom system C Telephone (to be provided and installed by SPTN) C D.3 TV channel playout monitoring / DR playout control suite Title This facility will likely be an enclosed or isolated space, to be located on the third floor of 25 Golden Square. The purpose C of the area will be two-fold: Firstly, as a viewing area where the entire bouquet of channels emanating from the Singapore TV channel playout facility may be observed simultaneously. Secondly, and in the event of one or more events that render the Singapore facility C unable to operate in part or in full, the area will serve as the control suite for SPTN's Disaster Recovery (DR) playout facility, the signal processing hardware for which will be based at a location yet to be decided. The respondent shall provide the following for this facility: C One playout supervisor technical desk C Two playout operator desks C Four monitor stacks C D.3.1 Playout supervisor desk Title The requirements for the supervisor desk are as follows: C CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) PC workstation connected to the CTA KVM system C Four times PC workstation connected to the DR playout automation system (two playlist, plus two other) C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 42 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS XY-style control panel connected to the CTA AV signal routing system C Grade 2 LCD picture monitor mounted on the desk, coupled to a rasteriser-type video signal measurement tool C 5.1 capable loudspeaker monitoring system, with CUT / DIM / Level panel, coupled to an audio signal measurement tool capable of simultaneous display of 16 tracks of audio and having integral Dolby E decoder and loudness monitoring to C ITU BS1770. Inputs from the CTA routing system (1) and the CWM system client workstation. Control panels to allow remote adjustment of the signal processing equipment, part of the AV routing system in CTA C Stereo headphones C Communications panel connected to the CTA communications / intercom system C Telephone (to be provided and installed by SPTN) C Printer (to be supplied and installed by SPTN) C D.3.2 Playout operator desks Title The requirements for each of the operators desks are as C follows: CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) Two times PC workstation connected to the DR playout automation system (one playlist, plus one other) C Grade 2 LCD picture monitor mounted on the desk C Stereo loudspeaker monitoring system, with CUT / DIM / Level panel C Stereo headphones C Communications panel connected to the CTA communications / intercom system C Telephone (to be provided and installed by SPTN) C D.3.3 Monitor stack Title The playout operators desks, above, will have line of sight access to their pair of respective monitor stacks. C Each monitor stack shall be supplied by the respondent and shall consist of: C Two, circa 50-inch full HD LCD display C The displays shall be fed from one or more multi-viewers installed in CTA. It shall be possible to allocate picture sources to any of the displays in any of the monitor stacks on C a fully flexible basis from those available sources available, namely:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 43 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Return monitor feeds (approx 40) from the Singapore TV channel playout centre C Return monitor feeds (approx 20) from the SPTN DR TV channel playout centre C Satellite decoder outputs (two) C Incoming line (two) C Outgoing line (two) C Singapore TV channel playout automation system playlists C SPTN DR TV channel playout automation system playlists C D.3.4 Software test and QA function Title A secondary function of the playout supervisor desk above, will be to act as a facility for receiving and testing new releases of software for the CWM and TV channel playout C automation systems. Respondents shall provide details in their response of any additional hardware / software they believe to be necessary C for SPTN to undertake this function in the location stated. D.4 QC / Version edit suites Title The QC / Version edit suites will be fully-enclosed or environmentally isolated, purpose-built workstations within C 25 or 30 Golden Square. These facilities will be responsible for the manual checking of technical compliance (QC) of imported and ingested programme content, plus any repair edits needed to secure technical compliance (QC pass status). Users in these C facilities may also be called upon to assist with / pronounce on QC issues to do with commercials, promotions and other content types. They will be supported in their QC checking role by the operation of the automated QC tools, part of the CWM- system. Metadata produced by the automated QC tools, and held within the CWM system, shall obviate the need for SPTN to process all content on a '100% watched' QC basis. C Instead, it is required that the CWM system will guide QC users to specific points within content where a QC issue might exist and require attention, greatly improving overall process efficiency. The 'Super' suites shall have additional facilities to handle more demanding QC / edit work, including ingests from VTR C and line.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 44 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The other main purpose of the suites shall also be to produce version of programme content from supplied (distributor) masters. An 'A' version master is produced to SPTN house standard format for all programme content. Subsequent 'B', C 'C', etc versions are produces in the facilities on instruction from the compliance viewer users - these instructions contain in the CWM system. The edit platform selected by SPTN for use within the QC / version edit suites is Apple Mac Pro / Final Cut. This hardware shall work on an 'Edit In Place' (EIP) basis with the C disk-based storage sub system of the CWM system. The respondent shall provide the following: C Two 'super' QC / Version edit suites C Four 'ordinary' QC / Version edit suites C D.4.1 'Super' QC / Version edit suites Title CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) Apple Mac Pro w/ Final Cut fitted with video and audio I/O (breakout) card interfacing to router in CTA C Two LCD display for Apple Mac Data C Hardware audio fader control surface for Apple Mac C Control panel connected to the CTA AV signal routing C system Grade 1 LCD picture monitor mounted on the desk, coupled to a rasteriser-type video signal measurement tool C Grade 2 LCD picture monitor for monitoring ingest from VT / line (fed from router in CTA) C 5.1 capable loudspeaker monitoring system, with DIM/CUT/Level panel, coupled to an audio signal measurement tool capable of simultaneous display of 16 C tracks of audio and having integral Dolby E decoder and loudness monitoring to ITU BS1770. Control panels to allow remote adjustment of the signal processing equipment, part of the AV routing system in CTA C Stereo headphones C Communications panel connected to the CTA communications / intercom system C Telephone (to be provided and installed by SPTN) C D.4.1.1 VTR ingest / outgest provision Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 45 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The respondent shall make provision in the CTA and install a total of three videotape transports (VTR) - 2 x Digital Betacam + 1 x HDCAM SR - to be free-issued by SPTNB. The respondent shall make provision in the CTA for a fourth C videotape transport (would be hired in if / when needed by SPTN). Control of the above VTR shall be from the CWM system. A user in the 'super' QC / Version edit suite shall be able ingest content from any or all of these VTR (including simultaneously) into the CWM system. Within the CWM C system, it shall be possible to make such ingests on both a scheduled (including unattended) and ad-hoc basis. Additionally, a user in the 'super' QC / Version edit suite shall be able outgest content to any of these VTR (including simultaneously) from the CWM system. Within the CWM C system, it shall be possible to make such outgests on both a scheduled (including unattended) and ad-hoc basis. D.4.2 'Ordinary' QC / Version edit suites Title CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) Apple Mac Pro w/ Final Cut fitted with video and audio I/O (breakout) card interfacing to router in CTA C Two LCD display for Apple Mac Data C Hardware audio fader control surface for Apple Mac C Control panel connected to the CTA AV signal routing system C Grade 1 LCD picture monitor mounted on the desk, coupled to a rasteriser-type video signal measurement tool C Stereo loudspeaker monitoring system, with DIM/CUT/Level panel, coupled to an audio signal measurement tool capable C of simultaneous display of 16 tracks of audio and having loudness monitoring to ITU BS1770. Stereo headphones C Communications panel connected to the CTA communications / intercom system C Telephone (to be provided and installed by SPTN) C D.4.3 Off-seat edit rendering C Making edit repairs and versions of long-form (programme) content sometimes involves use of particular edit effects, such as broadcast filter, audio levels adjustment, that require C substantial render times.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 46 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Custom and practice at SPTN is to batch together such content at the end of an operator shift and leave to render on C an unattended basis overnight. SPTN wishes to continue this practice, but invites proposals from respondents as to how (if possible) such render jobs might be controlled, scheduled and generally managed by the C CWM system. D.5 On-Air Promotions (OAP) edit suites / seats Title There are presently a total of 16 edit seats at 25 Golden Square - eight of these are in fully-enclosed, purpose-built suites, adjacent to one another, while the remaining eight are C in open-plan office accommodation. Approximately 50 % of promotions are currently made using Adobe After Effects software, rather than video editing C software. The 16 edit seats are currently fibre-connected to a small number of shared, local storage pools. All working (including viewing, logging, rough-cutting) is presently carried out using C production quality content. SPTN proposes to retain the suites largely as-is, however their pattern of usage and use in conjunction with the CWM C system will change under the MediaCentre. Under the MediaCentre architecture, it is required that these edit clients remain connected to their own, dedicated shared storage. Viewing, logging and content collection for edit projects shall move to become a function carried out by users working with the CWM system. Once a project is ready, the C CWM system shall be responsible for transferring selected, production quality content from its disk-based storage sub- system to the local storage pools, supporting the edit seats, together with any edit project metadata / Edit Decision List (EDL). The respondent shall be responsible for integrating the CWM system with the current shared, local storage pools and C generally in respect of the CWM system. It is important that content output from the OAP edit suites is of 'QC pass' status upon submission back to the CWM system (thus avoiding the need for a separate QC process(es)). In order for this to be the case, and to allow interworking with C the CWM system, the respondent shall supply and install some upgrades to the eight edit suites, namely: · CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package C on a PC to be provided by SPTN)

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 47 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS · Video signal legaliser C · Audio loudness monitoring and control equipment C · CommunicationspanelconnectedtotheCTA communications / intercom system C D.6 Graphics composition suite Title SPTN currently employs software by Miranda for the composition and packaging of graphics assets used for TV channel playout. The assets include the elements required to C make up 'dynamic junctions' interstitials events at the point and time of playout. The choice of graphics composition tool(s), processes and workflows required for the MediaCentre will depend heavily on the choice of TV channel playout software and playout C server hardware to be employed in the Singapore (and SPTN DR) playout centres. No final decisions have as yet been made in this area, so respondents should assume that Miranda Vertigo Suite will remain as SPTN's composition toolset and shall indicate in their responses to this RFP any opportunities they can C identified for effective and efficient integration / interworking with the CWM system.

D.7 Audio post-production suites Title There are presently two audio post-production suites at 25 Golden Square. The suites utilise Avid Pro Tools software. C The suites are responsible for recording (in conjunction with the associated Voice Over recording booth) VO for use as standalone presentation items; VO for incorporation into on- C air promotions; and for production of the final audio mix for on-air promotions. SPTN proposes to retain these suites largely as-is. They will continue to work in stereo, as now. C It is important that content output from the audio post suites is of 'QC pass' status upon submission back to the CWM system (thus avoiding the need for a separate QC process(es)). In order for this to be the case and to permit C interworking with the CWM system, the respondent shall supply and install some upgrades to the two suites, namely: CWM client workstation (in practice this will comprise an installation of the CWN client software package on a PC to C be provided by SPTN) Audio loudness monitoring equipment C D.8 Voice-over recording booths Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 48 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS There is presently a single VO recording booth at 25 Golden Square. This operates in conjunction with the audio post- C production suites. The booth produces content for use as standalone presentation items and for incorporation into on-air C promotions. SPTN proposes to retain this facility as-is. C CONTENT AND WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT E. (CWM) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Title E.1 Introduction and over-arching principles Title The Content and Workflow Management (CWM) system will be the key engine within the MediaCentre powering development of SPTN’s business. Its existence and operation C will provide the fundamental means of achieving cost- effective, efficient and scalable operations. The CWM system will be used extensively within the MediaCentre; by Sony regional offices (London, Budapest, Madrid etc); by the Singapore TV channels playout centre; C and (selectively) by other SPTN internal and external suppliers and customers. The ten principles for the CWM system, part of the MediaCentre project, may be summarised as follows. C The CWM system shall provide SPTN with a single logical 1 view of, and repository for, Audio-Video (AV) content held C for linear TV- and related non-linear use The CWM system shall be SPTN’s principal workflow 2 management system in relation to AV content held for linear C TV- and related non-linear use The CWM system shall facilitate the effective and efficient 3 flow of content between SPTN and its internal and external C suppliers and customers The CWM system shall be designed, implemented and used 4 to minimise unnecessary operator involvement in the routine, C repetitive content handling (including trafficking) tasks The CWM system shall be executive in the automatic trafficking, processing and managing of content between 5 delivery points using a combination of user input, stored C metadata and defined business rules, processes and workflows The CWM system shall be the day to day operational reporting tool regarding the status of content in the value 6 chain and a source of management information regarding C performance of the content-handling operations of the MediaCentre

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 49 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The CWM system shall present users with a branded, tailored 7 and familiar graphical client interface, suitable for wide C deployment as part of the SPTN standard IT desktop The CWM system shall be a standard, vendor supported 8 software product, configured to the needs of SPTN and not a C highly bespoke, one-off development The CWM system shall have an open, extensible and standards-based technical architecture and shall support 9 system configuration devolved to SPTN users and not the C preserve of the vendor The CWM system shall have levels of availability, reliability and resilience compatible with a multi-channel, TV channel 10 broadcasting business and the needs and expectations of C industry knowledgeable, skilled and experienced users. E.2 CWM functional requirements Ð required workflows Title SPTN requires that the CWM system shall support the Globecomm/Har following core content handling workflows. ris provided a complete C response to E.2 in Section 5 of our proposal. Respondents shall note that SPTN reserves the right to make modifications, including additions and deletions, to the workflows presented here in light of decisions yet to me C made in relation to the MediaCentre and / or other parts of SPTN’s related operations. SPTN recognises that it is unlikely that any core CWM software product selected and proposed by respondents to power the CWM system will support all of its proposed workflows in the particular way required here on a truly ‘off the shelf’ and ‘out of the box’ basis. SPTN is, however, C seeking a core CWM software product that is as ‘standard- build’ as possible, with tailoring to meet the specific needs of the MediaCentre project being by means of, in the main, true configuration and with few, if any, bespoke to SPTN custom software developments. SPTN will, as part of its evaluation of responses and, specifically, through examination of information returned by respondents at section C.3.1.3, be looking for demonstrable C evidence of ‘best fit’ of the proposed CWM software product to its business need.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 50 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS In addition to their primary response to the requirements of the workflows specified here, respondents are free to offer, as options, alternative means of achieving the same end. Where this is done, respondents shall provide an indication as to the C project benefits, for example reducing the need for configuration and customisation of the CWM software product, decreasing solution cost, etc.

E.2.1 Ingest / Import (Content acquisition) Title E.2.1.1 Programmes Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C The CWM system shall interface to Harris Vision planning and scheduling system in order for it to know what content is required for delivery (playout) and by when. This interface C should ideally be real-time and not batch-based to avoid notification delays. In order to automate later parts of the programmes acquisition process (under 5.), the CWM system should be aware of the sources of supply of content and of the relevant supplier references (filenames) for the supplied masters. This information currently exists outside of the planning and C scheduling system, however were this information to be entered into Vision, it could be communicated to the CWM system through a single interface. Failing this an operator could enter the required supplier information directly into the CWM system. Within the CWM system, the facility to establish a profile for each supplier of content (as part of an 'on-boarding' process, where delivery points and content formats are agreed between SPTN and suppliers) is required. Information from these C profiles would allow the CWM system to make decisions on content routing / processing / distribution automatically. The process of ordering content from distributors may be able to be automated given capabilities of 1., above. The CWM 2 system shall prepare reports of content required and C potentially e-mail these internally and/or externally. It is envisaged that only a very low volumes of videotape will be handled directly within the MediaCentre and that, if this is inconsistent with the volumes still in existence when the 3 C MediaCentre goes live, external suppliers will be used to transform content on videotape into a file-based form for import.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 51 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS A number of supplier-drop boxes are envisioned for use for delivery of programme content. These will be external and internal to SPTN, depending on whether the supply model for 4 a particular distributor is SPTN pulls or the distributor C pushes. Both models will need to be supported, with this being part of a suppliers profile (see 1., above). Acquired programme content from distributors will typically not be identified by a SPTN house ID (as a rule, all commissioned content should be). For this reason, a process of matching received files with their asset placeholders will 5 C be required. Were Vision to contain the distributor ID as well as the Sony house ID, the task becomes automatable and trivial. The back-stop position is that a CWM system user matches content manually. All programme content received from distributors shall be subject to an automated (technical) QC check. Where the programme is to form an international master, the original 6 C version script, other language audio and other language subtitle files should be retrieved and associated at the earliest possible point. An automated QC check shall be carried out following normalisation (to SPTN house format) of incoming programme content. MD5 checksums should be made for all received files in order that (should they fail QC) it will be C easily possible to determine whether replacement content supplied is actually different.

E.2.1.2 Commercials Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C SPTV Commercials / Cross-promo Acquisition C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: This process is also followed for short-form, cross- promotional content supplied to SPTN by other broadcasters C for certain channels. It is assumed that SPTN MediaCentre will handle trafficking and preparation of ALL commercials for SPTN TV Europe 1 channels and that this function will not be split / devolved / C shared with the Singapore playout centre. This assumption is subject to confirmation. To maximise operating efficiency, the CWM system shall interface to the (multiple) Landmark ad sales systems used by SPTN's commercials sales houses in order for it to be made C aware of what commercials are required.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 52 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The ordering / delivery of commercials content should be 2 handled within the CWM system if possible. C Filenames for content delivery will need to be matched 3 against SPTN house IDs. In most cases, these should be the C same and so matching will be an automatic process. Commercials will have to undergo a process of normalisation 4 to SPTN house standards unless the formats negotiated to be C supplied are natively suitable for playout. Further discussion is needed allied to the design of the playout centre in Singapore as to whether commercials need 5 to be held in an atomised form, or whether they should be C held wrapped. This decision would have a minor impact on the transcoding needs. (Technical) QC process for commercials shall be a 'lite' 6 process as, in most cases, they will be delivered as QC C checked by the supplier. E.2.1.3 Promotions Title Part of Promotions production (see section E.2.4). C E.2.1.4 Graphics / VO (Presentation items) Title Part of Presentation items production (see section E.2.5). C E.2.2 Compliance Title E.2.2.1 Programme Technical (QC) and Versioning Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C Planning / scheduling C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C The required programme (technical) compliance (QC) 1 process and version editing processes are integrated, similar C to current SPTN practice. Programmes needing to be QC'd and / or versioned will be prepared into edit projects automatically by the CWM system C as part of the import / editorial compliance processes. QC / Version edit projects will be opened by an operator in Final Cut. The process of QC will be speeded by virtue of the prior automated QC process having populated the contents 2 timeline with markers highlighting any specific QC issue. C Hence the operator will not be required to 100% watch a programme, just move between marked points and taking action as appropriate.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 53 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS As now, the objective of manual QC process is to produce a 'A' version master capable of being used directly on many of the SPTN TV channels. It is required that versions in Harris Vision are created by data passed from the CWM system. 3 C This will provide for there to be no repeated manual entry / re-keying of data between the two systems. Development to Harris Vision and its interface with CWM system will be required to support this. The CWM system shall create a wrapped browse proxy format (to a SPTN house standard to be determined) for each programme version. These proxies will be used widely throughout SPTN for 'off-line' operations such as viewing and 4 C logging. The CWM system shall communicate the location of these browse proxies back to Harris Vision to facilitate the click-through by Vision users’ to a viewable copy of the assets. Some QC operations, such as the application of filters to long sections of video and audio within a programme may require 5 long render times in Final Cut. It may be possible for the C CWM system to manage these operations off the QC edit seats themselves in some way (possibly overnight). Production of the 'A' version programme master and declaring this as 'QC PASS' should stop the acceptance window timer for distributor content. Technically the timer 6 should be stopped at the point that the distributor master itself C is accepted, however stopping it at this later point guarantees that SPTN has a 'fit for purpose' copy of the programme content. The CWM system shall automatically back-populate Harris Vision with content related metadata. This requires suitable 7 C functionality within the Vision-CWM system metadata interface. Formal editorial compliance (e.g. OFCOM) is not required for certain of the SPTN channels. It shall be possible to take 8 account of the need for editorial compliance automatically C based on business rules operating on the channels profile which should be described in the CWM system. The QC environment would be ideal for use as the point to 9 ingest low-volumes of content from videotape. High volumes C should be dealt with by external service providers. It may be possible to obtain support from the auto QC tools 10 for tape-based content also and for this to be used when C discussing tape-quality issues with suppliers.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 54 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Minor technical QC errors are tolerated on the basis that they can be repaired and that this often involves less organisational 11 effort than it takes to arrange re-supply of content, C particularly if deadlines are tight and the supply chain long.

E.2.2.2 Programme Editorial Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C Compliance viewers will make use of the browse proxy of the programme content created as part of the ingest / import process. In this way the necessary viewing and logging of 1 C content may be undertaken at a generic office (not craft) workstation anywhere within the organisation (including the offices in-region). The CWM system shall be capable of generating a report of 2 content which requires to be viewed / complied based on the C application of business rules to the metadata it holds. Edit instructions will be held as time-based metadata against the A version of the programme (a different metadata ‘track’ 3 C is required to record instructions for each subsequent version). The compliance viewer will update the CWM system to record 'EDITORIAL PASS'. Note that Harris Vision has only 4 one 'READY FOR TX' flag against each asset and some C thought needs to be given as to how status changes to this flag will be made. Once a programme has been marked as 'EDITORIAL PASS' in the CWM system ('QC PASS' status having already been set), the CWM system should place the programme content in C a queue for transfer to the Singapore and DR playout centres. E.2.2.3 Commercials Title Part of content acquisition (see section E.2.1.2). C E .2.2.4 Promotions Title Part of Promotions production (see section E.2.4). C E.2.2.5 Graphics / VO (Presentation items) C Part of Presentation items production (see section E.2.5). C E.2.3 Localisation Title E.2.3.1 Programme Languaging Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this report. C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 55 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS TV channel profile stored in the CWM system shall 1 determine whether language localisation is by means of audio C dubbing, subtitling or both. WPF is currently an important player in arranging supply of 2 language tracks. WPF shall be given access to the CWM C system. Supplied language tracks should be subject to an automated QC check. Further work is required to devise the best way of checking tracks for correct language and conform them (if 3 required) against the video. Doing this in FCP is C straightforward. It is hard to conceive of a means by which this process could be fully automated under CWM system control at this time. Language tracks should be subject to a formal QC process as 4 they are relied upon by viewers for many channels. C The CWM system shall maintain separate flags for technical 5 and editorial compliance of language tracks. C QuickTime is used as an essential part of the SPTN house format, rather than a nonproprietary industry standard 6 wrapper, such as MXF. This gives excellent compatibility C with current desktop edit tools (Apple Mac / Final Cut). There is currently an issue with how the 'READY FOR TX' 7 flag held in Harris Vision relates to assets with multiple audio C tracks which needs to be considered further by SPTN. E.2.3.2 Programme Subtitling Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C TV channel profile stored in the CWM system should 1 determine whether language localisation is by means of audio C dubbing, subtitling or both. WPF is currently an important player in arranging supply of 2 language tracks. WPF shall be given access to the CWM C system. Supplied subtitle files should be subject to an automated QC check. It should be possible to procure automated tools that 3 check for correct language with respect to the language C reference contained in the filename. Subtitle files should be subject to a formal QC process as they 4 are relied upon by viewers for many channels. C The CWM system shall maintain separate flags for technical and editorial compliance of subtitle files. Editorial 5 compliance review would involve replay of subtitles overlaid C on top of the browse proxy programme video.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 56 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS It is believed that subtitles are scheduled as secondary events 6 within Harris Vision and so may have the ability to support a C 'READY FOR TX' flag. E.2.4 Promotions production Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C It is assumed that make-lists will continue to be prepared and maintained (using Microsoft Excel) outside of Harris Vision. As such, notification of what specific promos are required need not be known in advance. It is therefore proposed that 1 C the CWM system works with promotions initially on a 'project' basis, acquiring knowledge as to the existence of specific promo assets within a project only after they have been produced. Promotions projects (which could relate to individual items or complete campaigns, or something in between) would be C manually created in the CWM system with basic metadata. The purpose of these projects is to act as a vehicle for viewing, collecting and annotating content under consideration for inclusion in promos to be made under the 2 C project. Original content shot for promotions would be imported to the CWM system separately under a 'lite' import process. Operations in 2., above, would be carried out using the 3 browse proxies of programme content stored in the CWM C system . Collections of content arranged in a rough-cut EDL shall be maintained by the CWM system, together with links to the high-resolution content that relates. On committing the promo project, the CWM system shall format the EDL suitable for 4 use in a craft edit seat and arrange for (partial) restores of the C high-resolution content from the disk- and/or data tape archive sources to the required production storage (this production storage could be in Budapest or Madrid etc).

Promo vision beds would be made using the appropriate creative tools. If these were subject to language localisation, the beds would be registered in the CWM system and the CWM system should upload a browse proxy of the bed, plus 5 script document to the drop box of the language supplier. If C the promotion was 'domestic', Voice-overs would be produced locally. The domestic or language localised VO would be mixed and graphics added using the appropriate creative tools.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 57 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Promotions content would be QC self-certified in the creative 7 environment to avoid need for a separate, subsequent to C production, manual QC process. Once to promo had been produced, its existence shall be registered in the CWM system and the CWM system should 8 acquire by import from the production storage drop-box, the C finished content. This would automatically be marked as 'QC PASS' on import and a browse proxy produced. A separate editorial approvals process could run using the 9 browse proxy. C The CWM system shall reverse-populate a new record in Harris Vision for the promotion and transfer appropriate 10 metadata. The CWM system shall add the promo content to C the queue for transfer to Singapore and the DR sites for TV channel playout. E.2.5 Presentation items production Title E.2.5.1 Voice-overs (VO) / Graphics / Dynamic graphics Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C The workflows for presentation items for TX will depend on the specific capabilities of the VO and graphics production C tools and replay tools at the Singapore playout centre There should be no need to produce separate video clips for use in dynamic junctions if a separate branding engine is not used, providing that Harris Vision can fully specify the juction using secondary events. Much will depend on the C capabilities of the TV channel playout product (automation content replay engine) selected for Singapore

With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C The general approach to handling of presentation voice-over and graphics content with respect to the CWM system is similar to that proposed in relation to promotions i.e. the C CWM system works initially with 'projects', only acquiring knowledge of the specific assets after they have been produced. The specific processes and workflows, particularly in respect to graphics including dynamic junction events, and the CWM system's role in these will be informed by the specific choices C of software and software made for the Singapore playout centre. Voice-overs C Create project placeholder in the CWM system, with basic 1 metadata. C 2 Produce VO in chosen tools (currently Pro Tools). C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 58 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS 3 Self-certify VO QC. C Import VO cuts into the CWM system with QC status = 5 PASS. Scheduler (or producer?) marks as 'EDITORIAL C PASS' in the CWM system. The CWM system shall sends link to VO to Harris Vision, 6 allowing Vision users’ to click-through in Vision and C preview. The CWM system updates Harris Vision 'READY FOR TX' 7 flag and adds to queue for sending to Singapore and DR C playout centres. Graphics C 8 The CWM system works on a project basis. C Graphics are produced and QC checked external to the CWM 9 system. C Finished graphics are imported to the CWM system with QC status = PASS. Scheduler (or producer) marks as 'EDITORIAL PASS' in the CWM system. The CWM system 10 sends a link to graphics to Harris Vision, allowing schedulers C to click-through in Vision and preview. MAM updates Harris Vision 'READY FOR TX' flag and adds to queue for sending to Singapore and DR playout centres.

E.2.6 Outgest / Export (Distribution) Title E.2.6.1 Assets for TV channel playout Title With the exception of schedule-related metadata, the CWM system will form a 'one stop shop' for all content needing to be sent from the MediaCentre to the new TV channels C playout centre in Singapore. A 'push' model is required, where responsibility for getting content delivered for playout will rest with the SPTN Traffic Team and the CWM system. This model is preferred in view C of the Singapore-facility being wholly owned, but far distant in time zone and space. A key requirement for the CWM system will be that it provides an interface to the selected playout automation system for Singapore and DR playout centres, as well as to C their respective content delivery networks. No specific workflow is proposed for outgest of content held within the CWM system onto videotape. The same VTR C decks as are available for ingest shall be used. E.2.6.2 Assets for non-linear delivery points Title A copy of the diagram that follows is included under separate cover to this RFP. C With reference to the above diagram and numbered boxes: C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 59 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS a. - d. The extent of improvement that the CWM system can offer in this area is conditioned by what changes may be made in the planning / scheduling / rights / metadata C management for VOD and non-linear content generally. Potentially, SPTN could take advantage of available extensions to Harris Vision to achieve this. SPTN is currently considering implementation of a new business system specifically aimed at improving the efficiency of its non-linear operation. A key requirement for C this system will be that is will support a 'gateway' of some sort for automatic exchange of content with the CWM system used in the MediaCentre. The CWM system should be a flexible repository for technical metadata related to video and audio assets. Editorial metadata already resides elsewhere and will probably continue to do so. In the absence of a dedicated CMS to C aggregate all metadata and package content for non-linear, the CWM system shall receive the necessary editorial metadata and join this with the technical metadata to service the non-linear platforms. Non-linear content requirements need to be known to the CWM system. These should be notified from a suitable 1 external planning / scheduling system comprising Harris C Vision and/or a VOD / non-linear CMS. The CWM system shall marshal metadata into packages for delivery to the many and various non-linear platforms. Each platform / delivery point should have a defined profile / characteristics in MAM, such that formatting of metadata (and other components, such as stills, video (e.g. pre- 2 roll/post-roll, etc), graphics/logo insertion, audio etc.) may be C automated. Note, this is a high-volume activity when all content across all platforms is considered. The CWM system shall imports still images required as supporting collateral to the video/audio from their source(s) – this is likely to be a user-aided process. The CWM system builds a list of transcodes required to support the required content on the required platforms. Preview clips are also included in the lists being built at this 3 point. By default, these preview clips shall comprise the first C 30 seconds of the main AV asset, however the precise 30 seconds (or other duration required) could be specified in the platform profile and/or the import from the planning system.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 60 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The CWM system shall execute the AV transcodes. A dedicated transcode farm is proposed for this to make scale- up easier alongside continued operation of the main CWM system. A 'lite' QC process would run automatically on all 4 transcoded content, checking for gross errors in the output C files only. These output files would not be stored long-term. Sufficient storage will be required for them until transmittal to / acceptance by the platforms (part of the transcode farm storage). The CWM system will calculate MD5 checksums for the 5 content packages as may be required to verify their successful C receipt. The CWM system shall add the packages to a queue for sending to the platforms and shall automatically assemble a manifest report for each of the packages / platforms for C printing, exporting and / or sending automatically by e-mail. E.3 CWM specific non-functional requirements Title E.3.1 User numbers and user types Title The table below gives information on the number of anticipated (concurrent) users of the CWM system. The C information below is subject to change and future confirmation. Facility / area / user Number of users User type / rights / C notes CTA 2 Maintenance user / dashboard use C Traffic area 10 Two administrative users / dashboard use. Rest normal users C Playout monitoring area 3 One administrative user / rest normal users C QC / Version edit suites 6 Normal users C OAP edit suites 16 Normal users C Graphics 2 Normal users C Audio post 2 Normal users C Budapest 2 Normal users (note: More users may be required for OAP function) C Madrid 2 Normal users (note: More users may be required for OAP function) C Singapore 2 Normal users C MediaCentre support 2 Maintenance user / dashboard use C MediaCentre management 2 Administrative users / dashboard use C E.3.2 Interfaces Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 61 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The table below gives outline information on required interfaces between the CWM and current or planned SPTN business and other systems and examples of data required to C pass between them. In general, it is expected and required that the interfaces between CWM and SPTN business systems will be ‘real- time’ in nature - that is, data will be exchanged between systems at the time it is ready. ‘Batch’-based data transfer C between systems may be acceptable in some circumstances. The information below is subject to change and future confirmation. Function / purpose Data from Data to Example data C exchanged Planning and scheduling data for TV channels (programme content required) Ð create, update and delete (purge) actions Harris Vision CWM system Channel ID; Content source (distributor); Content source (distributor) ID; SPTN house C ID; Version; Title 1; Title 2; Series; Episode and other descriptive and editorial metadata; Duration; First TX date and time; Next TX data and time

Content status (programmes) CWM system Harris Vision Content preparation status; Version creation data Ð SPTN house ID / Version ID / QC status / Editorial status / SOM / C EOM; Link to browse proxy; Link(s) to QC reports Planning and scheduling data for VOD / non-linear platforms (content required) Ð create, update and delete (purge) actions Harris Vision and / or another system CWM system Platform ID; Content source (distributor); Content source (distributor) C ID; SPTN house ID; Version; Title 1; Title 2; Series; Episode and other descriptive and editorial metadata; Duration; First TX date and time; Next TX data and time

Content status (programmes Ð non- linear) CWM system Harris Vision and / or another system Content preparation status; version creation data Ð SPTN house ID / Version ID / C QC status / Editorial status / SOM / EOM; Link to browse proxy; Link(s) to QC reports Planning and scheduling data for TV channels (commercials content required) Ð create, update and delete (purge) actions Harris Landmark (multiple systems) CWM system Channel ID; Content source (distributor); Content source (distributor) C ID; SPTN house ID; Version; Title; Duration; First TX date and time; Next TX data and time

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 62 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Content status (commercials) CWM system Harris Landmark (multiple systems) Content preparation status; Item creation data Ð SPTN house ID / QC status / Editorial status / SOM / C EOM; Link to browse and / or Harris Vision proxy; Link(s) to QC reports Programme QC and Version editing CWM system QC / Version edit craft tool (Apple Mac / Final Cut) Formatted edit projects (EDL with markers and notes taken from auto QC C process and (in the case of versioning) from notes made by compliance viewers against the browse proxy in the CWM system) Make-list information for promotions and presentation items content for TV channels (content required) – create, update and delete (purge) Microsoft Excel worksheet(s) CWM C system Channel ID; Producer; SPTN house ID; Title; Duration; First TX date and time; Next TX data and time Content status (promotions and presentation items) CWM system Harris Vision Content preparation status; Item creation data – SPTN house ID / QC status / Editorial status / C SOM / EOM; Link to browse proxy; Link to QC reports Content import (programmes, commercials, language localisation materials) Drop-boxes CWM system Content, including metadata wrapped with essence and / or supplied C separately as Microsoft Excel worksheet, XML sidecar etc Content export (reference files for language localisation production process) CWM system Drop-boxes Content, including metadata wrapped with essence and / or supplied C separately as XML sidecar etc CWM system OAP craft tool (Apple Mac / Final Cut) [London and Madrid] Formatted edit projects (partially restored content transferred to local and remote drop-boxes C and EDL with markers and notes taken from metadata in the CWM system) CWM system OAP craft tool (Grass Valley EDIUS) [London and Madrid] Formatted edit projects (partially restored content transferred to remote drop-box and EDL with C markers and notes taken from metadata in the CWM system) Content for (linear) TX CWM system Singapore TV channel playout drop-box / automation system Content, including C supporting descriptive metadata Content for (linear) TX – Disaster Recovery CWM system SPTN DR TV channel playout drop-box / automation system C Content, including supporting descriptive metadata

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 63 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Content for (non-linear) TX (multiple platforms) CWM system Customer drop- boxes Content packages (programmes; commercials; promotions and presentation C items; branding) including supporting descriptive metadata – metadata aggregated from planning / scheduling / CWM system sources System management CEM system IT support systems Monitoring and alarm information (e.g. SNMP traffic). C Requires further definition. e-mail CWM system SPTN e-mail server(s) In order for CWM system to be able to e-mail users C User management CWM system SPTN Active Directory / LDAP (tbc) Validation of users logging into CWM system / Harmonisation of log-ins between CWM and SPTN business C systems E.3.2.1 Interface implementation Title Respondents (and in particular the manufacturer of the Globecomm/Har proposed CWM software product) shall state their experience ris believes that of interfacing with the above systems. Additionally they shall we are fully state their general approach to systems interfacing, including compliant with any experience with middleware products, SOA, Web this section, Services etc. PC however due to time constaints we were unable to relate experience to customers E.3.3 Hardware & Software Design Constraints Title SPTN client workstations currently comprise a mix of PC / Windows and Apple Mac / OS X hardware and operating system software. This will continue with the advent of the MediaCentre. SPTN preference is for the CWM system client-side software to be fully web-browser based, C compatible with standard web-browsers for Windows and OS X, and therefore suitable for deployment with no installation (of CWM client software / dependent other software / plug- ins / extensions etc) being necessary on client workstations.

SPTN recognises, however, that the above may not be possible in all cases, given the need for particular functionality and or ways of working of the CWM client C software. Respondents shall state clearly the capabilities and limitations in respect of client software types / install packages. E.3.4 Security Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 64 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The CWM system shall be implemented in compliance with SPTN security policy. C E.3.5 Human Factors Title E.3.5.1 User interfaces Title CWM client software shall have a standard look-and-feel (including paradigms such as shortcut keys) familiar to users C of other software on the same platforms. E.3.5.2 Reporting and printing Title The CWM system shall allow administrative users to define and output their own reports. Defined reports shall be C available to all systems users for use and modification / re- definition. It shall be possible to output reports to printer and in the form of delimited data files for subsequent incorporation into C spreadsheets and / or databases. E.3.5.3 User training Title The respondent shall propose a programme of training for normal, administrative and maintenance users of the CWM C system. E.3.5.4 Documentation Title The CWM system shall be supplied with full documentation, including normal, administrative and maintenance user manuals; system hardware and software inventories; database C schema; configuration guides. E.3.6 Qualities Title E.3.6.1 Scalability Title The respondent shall quantify any limits to the scalability of the CWM system, which could include numbers of users, C asset records, browse proxy video clips etc. E.3.6.2 Configurability (user) Title Configuration of the CWM system (including its related systems and sub-systems) shall be generally possible while it is in operational use, accepting that some specific areas of C user activity may be constrained or not possible when configuration is being carried out. It shall be possible for administrative users of the CWM system to configure: C Changes (including extensions) to the base metadata schema of the CWM database C New business rules, processes and workflows C New supplier and delivery point profiles for content C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 65 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Users and user permissions and the permissions model in respect of channels, suppliers, delivery points C

Create, modify and delete system reports C Create, modify and delete system 'dashboard' view C E.3.6.3 Maintainability Title Maintenance of the CWM system shall be generally possible while it is in operational use, accepting that some specific areas of user activity may be constrained or not possible C when maintenance is being carried out. The CWM system shall provide the ability to be managed, controlled and maintained remotely. The CWM system shall C support industry standards (e.g. SNMP). The CWM system shall provide the facility for real-time reporting of performance, available capacities and state of health, including system errors. Such reporting shall be available on one or more system dashboard displays and as C discrete reports. It shall be possible to monitor all component parts of the CWM system – hardware and software - and including related and dependent system and sub-system activity. It shall be possible to configure reporting data such that different data may be presented to different users C The CWM system shall include appropriate provision for backup and restore of key data. C E.3.6.4 Resilience Title The CWM system shall be designed and implemented as suitable for 24/7 operation. C The CWM system shall be based on a fault tolerant design approach i.e. it shall contain mechanisms such as auto load- balancing and fail-over, to ensure all system and system C component failures are handled gracefully, with minimum impact on the users. E.3.6.5 Performance Title CWM client user interface transactions shall have an average response time of not greater than 2 seconds under maximum C system load. For a simple search, metadata-only search results shall be presented back to the user within 2 seconds from the time of C request. For a complex search, metadata plus browse-proxy video search results shall be presented back to the user within 5 C seconds from the time of request.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 66 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS There shall be no noticeable lag when viewing and navigating browse proxy video. C E.3.6.6 Supportability Title SPTN requires that the manufacturer of the CWM system software is able to offer 24x7x365 telephone support and next C day site attendance. E.3.6.7 Self-Diagnosability Title The CWM system shall have the ability to recover automatically (self-heal) from transitory errors, wherever possible, including those in its connected systems and sub- systems. It shall be possible for an administrative or C maintenance user to configure system behaviour in response to such errors, including such actions as retry operation, skip operation, alert operator etc. All errors shall be logged at the appropriate level and E.3.6.8 recorded into the corresponding system / application logs Title Upgradability C Upgrades to the CWM system (including its related systems and sub-systems) shall be generally possible while it is in operational use, accepting that some specific areas of user C activity may be constrained or not possible when upgrades are being carried out. Once deployed, SPTN shall be able to increase the 'size' and capability of the CWM system in at least the following areas: C Number of users C Metadata structure in database (additional fields) C Supplier and customer profiles C Number of content drop-boxes and delivery points C Number of business rules / processes (including system processes) / workflows C Quantities of attached storage C Quantity of automated and manual QC C Volumes and types of transcoding C Number of reports C Via respondents, the manufacturer of the CWM product shall, in respect of the above areas, indicate any inherent limits system boundaries where a marginal increase in one or more C of the above has consequences, especially on pricing, that are beyond marginal. F. REGIONAL OFFICES FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 67 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS At this time, SPTN does not expect the respondent to provide installation services in its regional offices, however some supply of goods and services (design, integration, testing) is C in scope of this RFP, as follows.

F.1 Budapest Title Content exchange with the Budapest office will be by means of an (SPTN internal) drop-box. C Sony Pictures Television Networks C Content send from the MediaCentre to Budapest will include programme segments for inclusion in promotions. Content sent from Budapest to the MediaCentre will include some C local programming and commercials and finished promotions. In relation to On-Air Promotions, it is anticipated that staff in the Budapest office will use the CWM system in the same way as staff in London, i.e. they will use a CWM client to search for, view, log and mark for export programme content. C This content and EDL metadata will be formatted into a project compatible with their craft edit tools by the CWM system and the project packages despatched automatically.

The respondent shall supply two CWM system client licences and (if required) a corresponding software distribution for C SPTN to itself install in Budapest. Additionally the respondent shall supply two communications (talkback) panels for SPTN to self-install in Budapest. This panel shall be of a type that will connect via SPTN’s IP C network to the MediaCentre communications matrix, installed in CTA. F.2 Madrid Title Content exchange with the Madrid office will be by means of an (SPTN internal) drop-box. C Content send from the MediaCentre to Madrid will include programme segments for inclusion in promotions. Content sent from Madrid to the MediaCentre will include some local C programming and commercials and finished promotions. In relation to On-Air Promotions, it is anticipated that staff in the Madrid office will use the CWM system in the same way as staff in London, i.e. they will use a CWM client to search for, view, log and mark for export programme content. This C content and EDL metadata will be formatted into a project compatible with their craft edit tools by the CWM system and the project packages despatched automatically.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 68 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The respondent shall supply two CWM system client licences and (if required) a corresponding software distribution for C SPTN to itself install in Madrid. Additionally the respondent shall supply two communications (talkback) panels for SPTN to self-install in Madrid. This panel shall be of a type that will connect via SPTN’s IP C network to the MediaCentre communications matrix, installed in CTA. SINGAPORE TV PLAYOUT FACILITY G. Title REQUIREMENTS At this time, SPTN does not expect the respondent to provide installation services in its Singapore TV channels playout centre, however some supply of goods and services (design, C integration, testing) is in scope of this RFP, as follows. Content exchange with the Singapore TV channels playout centre will be by means of an (SPTN internal) drop-box. C Content send from the MediaCentre to Singapore will include the full range of finished materials for playout. The precise treatment of graphics presentation items for playout is currently under review by SPTN and the CWM system’s role C in handling these items subject to further and future definition beyond the scope of this RFP. The respondent shall supply two CWM system client licences and (if required) a corresponding software distribution for C SPTN to itself install in Singapore. Additionally the respondent shall supply two communications (talkback) panels for SPTN to self-install in Singapore. This panel shall be of a type that will connect via SPTN’s IP C network to the MediaCentre communications matrix, installed in CTA. H. DR TV PLAYOUT FACILITY REQUIREMENTS Title Specific requirements for the Disaster Recovery (DR) TV channels playout centre are subject to further and future C definition beyond the scope of this RFP.

I. PROJECT NON-FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS Title I .1 Programme and management requirements Title I.1.1 Respondent's nominated representative Title The respondent shall appoint a project manager who will act as the single point of contact between SPTN and the C respondent, his sub-contractor(s) and agents, throughout the life of the project.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 69 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The respondent’s project manager shall be available at a maximum 24-hour notice, by telephone or e-mail, to answer queries regarding the wider issues affecting the project or its C interface to other elements of the MediaCentre. I.1.2 Project plan Title The respondent will author and maintain a plan which will be used to identify and manage resources committed and C identify required decision points and dependencies for the project. I.1.3 Risk and issues log Title The respondent will author and maintain risk and issue logs which will be used to identify and manage risks and issues that could or do affect planned progress and/or achievable C outcomes on the project. I.1.4 On-site presence Title The respondent's nominated site supervisor shall be available on-site at all times when one or more of the respondents staff, sub-contractors and agents are working on site, in order to answer questions and receive instructions from SPTN. The C respondent's project manager shall be available at all reasonable times, by telephone and e-mail, to answer queries regarding the wider issues affecting the project or its interface to activity on-site. I.1.5 Interface to other contractors Title The respondent's project manager shall attend meetings and discussions with SPTN staff and also with other contractor's and agents of SPTN where input is required from the C respondent regarding matters of common interest affecting the MediaCentre project. I.1.6 Progress monitoring against plan Title The respondent's project manager shall be responsible for the day-to-day progress of the project against plan and for C reporting of same to SPTN. I.1.7 Project progress meetings Title The respondent's project manager (plus site supervisor, staff, sub-contractors and agents as may be appropriate) shall attend meetings called by SPTN with a view to assessing progress of the project and to review milestones and resolve C issues. These meetings will be arranged by SPTN and are to be held in London, or other appropriate location at intervals not less than weekly. I.1.8 Change notification and control Title The respondent shall operate a system for managing changes to the specification for their part of the MediaCentre project. C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 70 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS I.2 Consulting / design requirements Title I.2.1 Provision of professional advice to SPTN Title The respondent shall act as a professional advisor to SPTN in respect of the design, installation and operational aspects of C the systems called for under this RFP until project handover. I.2.2 Best practice Title The respondent shall ensure that equipment (including cabling and mechanical containment), sub-systems, systems and facilities comprising the MediaCentre is specified and C designed in accordance with broadcast industry best practice. Title Project document standards and formats Title The appointed systems integrator for the MediaCentre shall be responsible for the design and implementation of 'fit for purpose' technical document standards for the project and for supply of materials to these standards as part of the handover C of the completed installation to SPTN. The following standards are required:

· Technical drawing numbering system C · Equipment, sub-system, system and facility identification and labelling system C · Cable numbering system C · Asset and PAT records database C Documentation shall be supplied in the formats specified in section C.3.1.3. C I.2.4 Project design documentation Title A register of drawings and documents shall be maintained by the respondent recording details (including versions) for all SI manufactured hardware; the system installation itself; and C documents produced by third parties relevant to the solution (e.g. manufacturer handbooks). The respondent shall maintain separate drawings and cable schedules for video, audio, control and power and networking layers of the infrastructure. Copies of these drawings and schedules, and the register containing their details, shall be made available to SPTN on an ongoing basis as the project C proceeds. A composite set of drawings and schedules (to the latest revision), handbooks and manuals etc shall be made available specifically to support factory and site acceptance testing. I.2.5 Contractor liaison Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 71 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The appointed systems integrator for the MediaCentre shall liaise with other contractors, as may be requested by SPTN, and shall provide advice to SPTN on matters arising from the C design and installation work of others, specifically building mechanical and electrical services and SPTN IT services as they might affect the design and / or installation aspects of the MediaCentre under this RFP. C I.2.6 Video standards and formats Title Equipment comprising the video infrastructure of the MediaCentre project (an in particular connectors; cabling; patching; switching; processing; distribution; and test C equipment) shall be qualified and implemented as '3G' (SMPTE 424M standard, 2.97 Gbit/s) compliant. Notwithstanding the above, the video infrastructure of the MediaCentre shall be capable of passing signals (video and including audio and signalling data, where a part of the C standards) to the following standards: High Definition (HD) video standards: C SMPTE 424M – 2.97 Gbit/s, with source image formats to SMPTE 425M. C SMPTE 292M – 1.485 Gbit/s, with source image formats to SMPTE 274M (1080-line) and SPMTE 274M (720-line). C Standard Definition (SD) video standards: C SMPTE 259M – C 270 Mbit/s, 625-line, interlaced, 25 frames per second. SMPTE 259M – C 270 Mbit/s, 525-line, C interlaced, 29.97 frames per second. The video infrastructure and attached systems of the MediaCentre shall support target display aspect ratios of 4:3 C and 16:9 in both HD and SD video standards. The video infrastructure and attached systems of the MediaCentre shall support Active Format Description (AFD) C metadata, including data carriage within HD and SD video signals. I.2.7 Audio standards and formats Title Audio signals shall in general be specified and implemented as embedded within an accompanying video signal, to the relevant SMPTE standards. SPTN requires that groups 1 – 4 C (supporting 16 individual channels of audio) are supported in the infrastructure and on all relevant connected systems. Peak Programme Meter (PPM) audio level meters shall be to the IEC 60268-10 Type IIa (“British”) standard. C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 72 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The audio alignment level for the MediaCentre shall be 0 dBu = PPM ‘4’ = -18 dBFS, with peak level at +8 dBu. Systems for the MediaCentre shall be capable of adjustment to work C with different audio alignment levels, including 0 dBu = PPM ‘4’ = -20 dBFS and also peak levels of +9 and +11 dB with respect to alignment level. Mono (‘M’) and Stereo (‘S’) indications on audio level meters shall be aligned to the ‘M6’ standard, i.e. M = L + R − C 6 dB and S = L − R − 6 dB. Digital audio, where carried separate to video, shall be designed and implemented as compliant with the IEC 60958 C Type I standard (balanced – 110 Ohm, presentation). Analogue audio interfaces and signal carriage shall be designed and implemented as balanced wherever possible. C Cables carrying line level analogue audio signals shall be screened. It shall be permissible for multi-core cables C carrying line-level audio to be overall screened. Cables carrying microphone-level analogue audio signals shall be of ‘star-quad’ construction. C Cables carrying audio signals shall not also be used to carry non-audio signals, excepting for ‘phantom-power’ C applications. I.2.8 IT standards and formats Title Respondents shall note that current SPTN office desktop client PCs share a single 100 Mbit/s Ethernet connection with C a companion desktop IP telephone instrument. Respondents shall note that the current SPTN craft edit workstations at 25 Golden Square (including those used for QC / Version editing operations) are provided with dedicated C 1 Gbit/s connection to local switches on a broadcast network, plus dedicated fibre connection to the shared edit storage. SPTN IT published network and desktop standards can be provided. C I.2.9 File-based content standards and formats Title I.2.9.1 Production-resolution content Title SPTN’s Delivery Specification for file-based content may be found in section J.2.1. Respondents shall note, however, that it is common for SPTN to receive content from suppliers / distributors to a number of different specifications. For this C reason, the infrastructure and systems shall support a wide range of standards and formats for content input to the MediaCentre in addition to those specified in the above specification, including:

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 73 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS · For HD content): Apple ProRes 422/ DVCPRO HD (DVCPRO100) C · For SD content): IMX50 / MPEG-2 LGOP / DVCAM / DVCPRO / DVCPRO50 C Systems shall support content input to the MediaCentre in QuickTime and MXF wrapper formats, as appropriate. C I.2.9.2 High Definition video (including audio) C The MediaCentre systems shall support Sony XDCAM HD422 as the ‘house’ HD, production-quality video encoding C standard. Audio content shall be encoded as dual-mono, or stereo PCM, to a minimum of 16-bit resolution, 48 kHz sampling rate, and C packaged as ‘WAV’ or Broadcast WAV (EBU – TECH 3285). The MediaCentre shall use QuickTime reference files as the ‘house’ wrapper format. In general however, AV files within the MediaCentre and to SPTN’s house standard shall not be C stored as wrapped but merely referenced within a QuickTime file accompanying the base video file. I.2.9.3 Standard Definition (SD) video (including audio) Title Coding and wrappers C The MediaCentre systems shall support Sony IMX30 ‘D10’ as the ‘house’ SD, production-quality video encoding C standard. Audio content shall be encoded as dual-mono, or stereo PCM, to a minimum of 16-bit resolution, 48 kHz sampling rate, and C packaged as ‘WAV’ or Broadcast WAV (EBU – TECH 3285). The MediaCentre shall use QuickTime reference files as the ‘house’ wrapper format. In general however, AV files within the MediaCentre and to SPTN’s house standard shall be store C not be stored as wrapped but merely referenced within a QuickTime file accompanying the base video file. I.2.9.4 Browse proxy resolution content C Two types of browse proxy content shall be provided: C A SPTN house standard type suitable for desktop use in conjunction with the CWM for viewing; logging; rough-cut 1 editing etc operations within the MediaCentre and in other C SPTN premises, including the regional offices and the Singapore TV channel playout facility, and; A standardised MPEG-1 type for supply as a reference files to external suppliers responsible for the production of 2 C language localisation materials (audio dub tracks and subtitles).

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 74 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS No particular format(s) are prescribed here for SPTN’s in- house browse proxy video (including audio). Respondents C shall however note the following related requirements: · Theproposedhousebrowseproxyformat(s)shall be based on non-proprietary industry standards, where C possible · Theproposedformat(s)shouldbeusableonPC/ Windows and Mac / OS X client platforms with equal C functionality · Theproposedformat(s)shallbeframeaccurate and fully synchronised in time to the video of which it is a C proxy · Theproposedformat(s)shallsupporttimecodeas per the video of which it is a proxy C · Proxiesproducedshallhavethesameaspectratio as the content from which they are derived C · Theproposedformat(s)shallsupportaminimum of eight audio tracks, derived according to business rules / system configuration from audio tracks of the content of C which it is a proxy and allow the user to select which two tracks are replayed · Theproposedformat(s)selectedshallsupportthe overlay within the replay client application of streamed C subtitles held in .STL format · Theproposedformat(s)shallbesuchastogivea satisfactory level of subjective quality (somewhere between that obtainable from VHS and DVD systems) when used ‘full-screen’ on a client desktop. The replay video window of C the browse proxy playback client shall be able to be sized and moved to suit the needs of the user · Theproposedformat(s)shallhaveanoperating bandwidth / storage requirement of no more than 10% of the C content of which it is a proxy The proposed format(s) shall offer a user the ability to control replay by means of standard DVD system transport controls, including ‘search’, ‘jog’, ‘play forwards (speed)’, ‘play backwards (speed)’. Additionally, the format proposed shall C support single keystroke timecode capture (‘mark-in’ and ‘mark-out) operations such as found on NLE software and as required by the CWM system

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 75 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The standardised MPEG-1 browse proxy shall comprise vision and two channel only audio; shall be frame accurate and fully synchronised in time to the video of which it is a C proxy; and shall be encoded with a timecode display in vision (BITC) at the top of the video frame. I.2.10 Hardware Title I.2.10.1 Design life Title Hardware shall be designed for a minimum design life of five (5) years, meaning that it shall not require replacement by C virtue of it becoming uneconomical to repair at any point during this term. I.2.11 Software Title I.2.11.1 Design life Title Software shall be designed for a minimum design life of three (3) years, meaning that, given no change in functional or other requirements for the MediaCentre, it shall not require C upgrade or replacement at any point during this term. .3 IInstallation requirements Title I.3.1 Best practice Title The respondent shall ensure that equipment (including cabling and mechanical containment), sub-systems, systems and facilities comprising the MediaCentre is installed in C accordance with broadcast industry best practice.

I.3.2 Access routes – equipment Title The respondent shall verify for himself conditions on the MediaCentre site in so far as they are material to his success in fulfilling any contract that may result from this RFP. In particular the respondent shall be solely responsible for the C movement of equipment and/or construction of sub-systems and shall pay due regard to dimensions of lifts; corridors; doors; areas; rooms etc. I.3.3 Access routes – cabling Title The respondent shall comply fully with any specific provisions made be SPTN in respect of access routes for cabling for the MediaCentre. Examples of these may include use of designated (and possibly shared) under-floor and C vertical riser cable management and compliance with restricted access into acoustically sensitive or ‘fireproof’ technical areas. I.3.4 Power systems Title I.3.4.1 Standards Title The whole of the electrical installation shall comply fully with the provisions of BS7671: "Requirements for electrical C installations", latest issue.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 76 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The respondent shall be responsible for the onward distribution of electrical power from the applicable interface C point(s) within an area. At least one Mains Distribution Unit (MDU) shall be provided in each control desk, monitor stack and equipment rack. There are to be enough outlets to supply all equipment installed, leaving at least two spare outlets for future C expansion. Space is to be left within all enclosures for future installation of at least one additional mains distribution unit adjacent to that initially provisioned.

MDU mounted in equipment racks shall be positioned at the uppermost position(s) in the rack. C I.3.4.2 Utility technical power outlets Title Utility technical power outlets comprising a minimum of two 13A sockets (connected to technical earth) shall be provided C by the respondent. Utility power outlets shall be positioned such as to ensure that there is at least one outlet within 2.0 metres of the front and rear of every equipment rack to ensure that it will not be C necessary to run test equipment mains leads across floors where such a lead could constitute a trip hazard. Utility power outlets will not to be powered from the equipment rack MDU. Instead, they will be hard-wired, on C one or more ring circuits, back to the applicable interface point(s) within an area. Utility technical power outlets will be clearly labeled with the fact that they use technical earth. C I.3.4.3 UPS power Title Any locally installed Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS) shall be powered from either the MDU of the enclosure in which they are located, or from their own, dedicated power C feed taken back to the applicable interface point(s) within an area. UPS in one enclosure shall not generally supply power to equipment in a different enclosure, however exceptions may be granted to this general requirement providing that C appropriate labelling is used and that any alternative proposed is demonstrably safe. If the output of the UPS is to feed onlyone item of equipment, it is permissible for the UPS to be connected directly to the equipment in question. If, however, the output C of the UPS is to feed more than one item of equipment, one or more mains distribution units are to be used.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 77 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Provision is to be made for powering equipment normally supplied from a UPS in the event of the UPS being bypassed / C removed for maintenance. All items of equipment, connections and MDU are to be labeled prominently with the fact that they are part of a UPS C system. I.3.5 Earthing systems Title The principal regulations governing design and installation of earthing systems for the purpose of maintaining electrical safety are part of BS7671: "Requirements for electrical installations", latest issue. These regulations shall be adhered C to in all aspects of the installation. Where there is conflict between any of the requirements below and the provisions of BS7671, the latter document shall have precedence.

Additional requirements required to maintain a clean, noise- free technical earth are described in the following sections. C I.3.5.1 Definitions Title The General Service (‘GS’, ‘dirty’, ‘house’ etc) earth is distributed to general purpose mains power supply outlets, mains trunking; cable trunking, ductwork etc., and is in general contact with the building fabric at multiple points and C in a generally undefined manner. No technical equipment (with the exception of equipment not located within technical areas) is to be earthed to this GS earth, or directly to the building fabric. The technical (‘clean’, ‘noise free’, etc) earth is distributed to all technical areas, and is provided specifically and solely for the connection of items of technical equipment located within C these areas. The following sections apply only to technical equipment located within technical areas where technical earth is used. C I.3.5.2 Technical earth infrastructure Title The 'star' point for technical earth for the MediaCentre will be a copper bus-bar installed by SPTN's appointed electrical C contractor in the Central Technical Area (CTA). SPTN's appointed electrical contractor shall be responsible for onward distribution of technical earth from this 'star' point out to other areas of the MediaCentre, where technical earth C will be landed on an isolated copper bus-bar, or block, adjacent to the mains power supply interface point..

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 78 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The respondent shall be responsible for the onward distribution of technical earth (including supply of any required additional bus-bars and / or blocks within areas and C enclosures) to the equipment, sub-systems and systems supplied in response to this RFP within an area. I.3.5.3 Earthing of enclosures Title Within each equipment rack, front and rear doors and side panels (where used) shall have earth continuity to the rack of which they form part. The framework of each rack shall be C electrically connected singly and separately back to the area technical earth bus-bar or block. Within each control desk and monitor stack, all metalwork shall be electrically connected to the enclosure technical earth C bus-bar or block. Within each wall-box, all metalwork shall be electrically connected to the enclosure technical earth bus-bar or block. C I.3.5.4 Earthing of MDU within enclosures Title Request for Proposals SPTN MediaCentre Page 88 of 135 C The chassis of all MDU shall be electrically connected to the technical earth bus-bar or block of the enclosure in which C they are installed I.3.5.5 Earthing of passive equipment Title Passive equipment cannot be connected to technical earth via a mains cable. Hence for passive equipment, where an earth is required, an earth connection shall be made between the C relevant point(s) on such equipment and the appropriate enclosure technical earth bus-bar or block. I.3.5.6 Metallic plug and socket shells Title All metallic plug and socket shells containing contacts carrying voltages in excess of 30 Volt RMS AC or 50 V DC C shall have a satisfactory connection to earth whether fully mated or not. I.3.5.7 Audio jackfields Title For each row, jack screens are to be bussed together and connected to the enclosure technical earth bus-bar or block. C I.3.5.8 Krone frames Title Krone frame earth modules are to be connected to the appropriate enclosure technical earth bus-bar or block. C I.3.5.9 Other considerations Title Technical earth shall not be used to provide earth returns which may be required for DC signalling and other control C earths.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 79 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The shells of video connectors on jackfields, wall-boxes, termination panels etc. shall be electrically isolated from their C supporting metalwork. The screens of all audio and control cables must contact technical earth at one end only. C During the course of the installation, the respondent shall exercise due skill and care to ensure that technical earth does not inadvertently become cross-connected with general service earth. In particular the respondent shall guard against C cable sheaths becoming damaged as a result contact with rough edges during cable installation.

I.3.6 EMC Title The installation (including its equipment, sub-systems, systems and facilities) shall comply fully with the provisions of the applicable European Electromagnetic (EMC) C directives, incorporated into UK law. I.3.7 Environmental / physical considerations Title I.3.7.1 Colour schemes Title The respondent shall liaise with SPTN (including as may be necessary its appointed architect for the MediaCentre project) regarding colour schemes for technical furniture and C equipment enclosures (including equipment racks) for the MediaCentre in order that a scheme, or schemes, may be chosen that is sympathetic to the surroundings. I.3.7.2 Equipment compatibility Title The respondent shall highlight to SPTN any particular and / or unusual requirements in respect of facility / area temperature, humidity and air quality etc arising out of its C choice of equipment proposed in response to this RFP. I.3.7.3 Airborne noise Title The respondent shall ensure as far as possible that the sound environment of edit suites, sound dubbing and voice over facilities in particular does not become compromised through C the installation of airborne noise-producing equipment. Equipment containing cooling fans (such as PC) shall, wherever possible, be installed outside of the above type of facilities, with control surfaces and user interfaces extended C back into the facility in a ‘noise free manner’. Clocks deployed in Voice Over (VO) facilities shall be of the ‘silent’ design. C I.3.7.4 Ergonomics and user comfort Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 80 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The respondent shall give due and proper regard to the design of equipment, technical furniture, enclosures and facilities to ensure that the expectations, capabilities and limitation of C users are taken into account and such as to ensure compliance with applicable prevailing Health and Safety legislation. In particular: · Usercontrolsshalloperateinalogicalmanner and be grouped and positioned sensibly in relation to other C controls for similar functions and having regard to the reach of the user · Frequentlyusedcontrolsandequipmentshallbe positioned ‘to hand’ in relation to the normal working C position of the user and are to be situated generally in, or on control desks · Technicalfurnitureshallbedesignedand implemented for maximum operator comfort during C prolonged periods of operation · Picturemonitors,computerworkstationmonitors, keyboards and mice are to be positioned consistent with their intended function and so as to minimise eye and muscle C strain. Those installed in equipment racks shall be mounted at a height consistent with their use by an operator in a standing position. · Any task lighting supplied shall be designed and installed so as not to cause reflections from control surfaces, picture monitors and computer displays, clock display faces, C acoustic windows etc. I.4 Qualities Title I.4.1 Availability and reliability Title The solution proposed in response to this RFP shall be designed to provide a minimum weekly availability of C functionality within the facilities (including the CWM) to users of 99.95%. Respondents shall identify and price separately as part of their response to this RFP a schedule of spare parts, equipment and support contracts recommended to minimise C Mean Time to Repair (MTTR) of the MediaCentre infrastructure. I.4.2 Resilience Title The solution proposed for the MediaCentre shall be designed with inherent resilience such that failure of a single piece of equipment, sub-system, system or facility (where there is more than one of the same type) does not unduly impact C normal operation of neighbouring equipment, subsystems, systems or facilities.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 81 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Where available, equipment shall be supplied with dual power supplies fed from separate mains power inputs and C suitable for feeding from an ‘A/B’-type enclosure power distribution system. Where available, equipment (particularly IT servers) shall be supplied with resilient fan cooling. C Where available, non-client PC IT equipment (and particularly IT servers) shall be supplied with dual independent network cards and appropriate dual-path C independent connectivity to the IT fabric / infrastructure. Wherever possible, equipment shall support ‘hot-swapping’ of failed power supply, fan cooling and other components or C sub-assemblies. Equipment for use in video and audio signal paths judged by the respondent to be critical in nature shall be supplied with C suitable ‘relay-bypass’ arrangements. Equipment, sub-systems and systems supplied shall, where possible, be configured with automatic fail-over to operate in the event of a fault condition being detected within them. An C alarm shall be raised to indicate that a fault has occurred and that the changeover has taken place in response. I.4.3 Maintainability Title The solution shall be designed and installed consistent with SPTN and others being able to easily maintain it. This requirement shall be addressed by appropriate attention to the C design, installation, configuration and documentation aspects of the MediaCentre. Means of access to equipment, especially equipment mounted in enclosures such as control desks, monitor stacks and equipment racks, shall be designed and implemented such that the process of equipment removal does not endanger the C health and safety of those operators working or wanting to work on it, nor of operators using neighbouring equipment. Notwithstanding specific features designed to require use of specialist tools as a means of inhibiting casual access, equipment shall be designed and installed in such a way as to C obviate the need for complex and/or bespoke tools to access and remove it. IT-based equipment, sub-systems and systems shall be supplied with appropriate facilities for local and remote administration, monitoring, logging, diagnostic and C maintenance functions for use by suitably trained users. I.4.4 Scalability Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 82 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The solution designed and installed is required to be scalable through the purchase and installation of additional software C licences and plug-in hardware only, as follows: · Importedcontentvolumes:to60,000hourin5 C years · SparerackcapacityinCTA:40% C · Sparecapacityonroutersandcommunications matrices and multi-viewers 20% C I.4.5 Deployability Title The respondent shall arrange for SPTN, and/or SPTN contracted IT staff to receive appropriate documentation, training and support at the respondents sole expense in relation to any software they are required to deploy to C existing (or newly procured for the project) SPTN-owned hardware. This includes, for example, desktop PC browsing and logging software; system monitoring and diagnostic tools. The respondent shall ensure that any software to be deployed to SPTN-owned hardware has passed appropriate certification testing (e.g. Microsoft Windows) and compatibility testing with other, pre-existing applications (e.g. SPTN standard C desktop) on the hardware concerned or else has been give given written exemption form certification and/or compatibility compliance by SPTN IT.

All software to be deployed to the MediaCentre project shall follow the outline procedural requirements below, plus any other procedures that SPTN considers to be necessary (to be C notified in advance to the respondent) to protect its corporate interests at the time of deployment: · Thesoftwareshallbeclearlyanduniquely identifiable by means of a version and build numbering C scheme · Thesoftwarewillhavepassedcertificationand compatibility testing, as described above C · Thesoftwareshallhavebeencheckedtoensure that it and its distribution media are free from viruses and C other ‘malware’ · Thesoftwareshallbesuppliedwithreleasenotes detailing changes from previous versions C · The software shall be supplied with both install and uninstall and roll-back notes C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 83 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS · Thesoftwareshallhavebeenpreviouslytestedfor correct operation by the manufacturer working in conjunction with the respondent including on a representative C environment to the one being deployed to · Dataonthetargetequipmentshallbebacked-up prior to any deployment in such a way as roll-back can take C place easily and quickly I.4.6 Supportability Title The technical solution supplied for the MediaCentre shall be supportable in all respects through the spares and support arrangements proposed in the response to this RFP for the C minimum design life of the MediaCentre (five years). I.4.7 Disposability Title The respondent shall ensure that product supplied as part of the solution shall not contain substances or be constructed from materials that would cause SPTN to be in breach of C environmental regulations prevailing at the time of taking over (satisfactory passing of site acceptance). I.4.8 Commonality Title The respondent shall ensure that, as far as possible, commonality of equipment (hardware and software), sub- systems, systems and facilities is maintained throughout the MediaCentre solution. Unless otherwise specified in this C RFP, inventories, enclosure and room layouts shall be harmonised between facilities of the same type. Video monitors (excluding those supplied for PC workstations) shall be of Sony brand, unless there are specific C requirements which make this not possible. The Hierarchical Storage Management system part of the CWM system shall be DIVArchive by Front Porch Digital. C I.5 Systems Integrator responsibilities Title I.5.1 Consulting and design Title The systems integrator appointed under contract arising from this RFP shall be responsible for providing SPTN with consulting and design services relating to those goods and C services included in its response, including the sub-systems, systems and facilities of the MediaCentre to be constructed using same. I.5.2 Supply and installation Title The systems integrator appointed under contract arising from this RFP shall be responsible for the supply of all technical furniture - equipment racks; technical desks; technical C enclosures (e.g. wall- and floor-boxes).

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 84 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS I.5.3 Logistics Title The systems integrator appointed under contract arising from this RFP shall be responsible for the logistics resulting from all orders placed by them for the MediaCentre Project, C together with those associated with the shipment of equipment, sub-systems and systems from their premises to the site of the MediaCentre. I.6 SPTN responsibilities Title I.6.1 SPTN nominated representative Title SPTN will appoint an overall project manager to oversee all stages and facets of the MediaCentre project, particularly the co-ordination between property, technical (including internal C IT) and user elements. The respondent shall interface with the appointed project manager through its project management structure. I.6.2 Building and mechanical services Title All building work; mechanical services; acoustic treatment and general decorations will be provisioned by SPTN through other contracts to be let against the MediaCentre project. C General furnishings; fixtures and fittings; carpets; curtains; chairs etc. will also be provisioned in this way. The systems integrator appointed under contract arising from this RFP shall be responsible for liaison with SPTN's building and mechanical services contractors as will be required to C ensure an effective overall installation. I.6.3 Electrical power supply Title General and operational lighting; general and technical electrical power (to the agreed interface point) and technical C earth distribution to all areas will be provisioned by SPTN. Note that the agreed electrical interface point is the input side of Mains Distribution Units (MDUs) located in equipment C racks; desks; monitor racks; wall boxes etc. Mains power supply sockets supplied by SPTN for use by the appointed systems integrator will be single phase, 230 Volt, 50 Hz, with a rating of 16 Amp, or 32 Amp, according to the needs of the equipment to be connected, to IEC 60309-2. C Sockets will be installed in positions adjacent to the physical technical equipment to be powered.

I.6.3.1 UPS and generator power Title SPTN will provision UPS and generator power for the MediaCentre in a form and manner yet to be decided. C I.6.4 Goods and services supply C SPTN will be responsible for supplying: C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 85 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS · Desktop client workstations, printers, cabling and connectivity for existing office facilities C · Telephonesandconnectivityfornewlyconstructed facilities C · ITinfrastructuretowhichtheCWMincludingits sub-systems will connect C · AccesstogenericIT-storagevolumesrequiredby the CWM C · AccesstoSPTNsystemsinterfacedtotheCWM C · Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) which will allow the MediaCentre to communicate with other, SPTN- C owned facilities and external suppliers / customers · Consultinganddesignservicesrelatedtothose parts of the MediaCentre infrastructure that SPTN is to C supply I.7 Co-ordination of joint activities Title The respondent's project manager shall attend planned and ad-hoc meetings and discussions with SPTN which may include with SPTN’s other contractors and agents, especially C building and services related, working on the MediaCentre project. The respondents project manager shall contribute pro-actively to meetings and discussions aimed at securing the best overall outcome for SPTN for the MediaCentre project and shall C arrange the attendance by others from within the respondents organisation and project team (including sub-contractors), where necessary. Co-ordination of joint activities shall be arranged between the SPTN and respondent project managers. C

I.8 Quality assurance requirements Title SPTN will, during the course of the MediaCentre project, author factory and site acceptance test plans for the solution C provided under this RFP. I.8.1 Factory acceptance testing Title These tests shall be run on the pre-built systems at the respondent’s premises and shall exercise the equipment, sub- systems and systems to the maximum extent possible without them being installed in the final environment. The tests will be scripted jointly by the respondent and SPTN; executed by C the respondent; and witnessed by SPTN. The tests will comprise a mix of engineering, signals and systems level testing and testing against the functional and nonfunctional requirements of the MediaCentre project.

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 86 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS I.8.2 Site acceptance testing Title These tests will be run on site at the MediaCentre and will exercise the entire supplied solution on an ’end to end’ basis for each of the different content types, processes and C workflows. The tests will be scripted by SPTN; executed by SPTN; and witnessed by the respondent. I.8.3 Success criteria and consequences Title Results of factory and site acceptance tests shall be collated by the respondent, with any test ‘fails’ or ‘refers’ being noted separately. Recorded test results shall be subject to C verification and approval by SPTN. Tests executed shall be recorded with ‘pass’, ‘fail’ or ‘refer’ status. The respondent shall be responsible for arranging any re-testing required and for any corresponding impact on the C project brought about by a need to take reference or re-test any items. ‘Fail’ and ‘refer’ results will be categorised by SPTN into three levels of severity. SPTN will consider a test stage as passed overall when there are no test items having category 1 (major) ‘fail’ or ‘refer’ status AND less than 5% of the total C number of test items having category 2 ‘fail’ or ‘refer’ status AND less than 10% of the total number of test items having category 3 (cosmetic) ‘fail’ or ‘refer’ status.

The successful passing of an acceptance test stage will make the respondent eligible to invoice for any corresponding stage C payment. I.9 User training requirements Title SPTN users will require training in the operation, configuration and support of the systems to be supplied and installed in response to this RFP. The respondent shall C propose an appropriate roster of training courses and related materials. I.10 Handover requirements Title I.10.1 Software distributions Title A minimum of one full set of each and every installed software distribution deployed to the MediaCentre shall be C handed over on completion of the project. I.10.2 Manufacturer and system handbooks Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 87 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS All user (operator and service) handbooks and manuals for hardware and software supplied by the respondent shall be passed to SPTN on completion of the project. In addition, a minimum of two full technical handbooks for any bespoke equipment designed or commissioned by the respondent for C the MediaCentre, containing circuit diagrams and spare parts lists, shall also be handed over. Copies of such documentation shall be supplied on paper and in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3., as appropriate.

I.10.3 Drawings and drawings / document register Title Two full ‘as-built’ sets of systems drawings shall be supplied on paper and in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3., as appropriate. Two copies of the register of C drawings and documents shall be supplied on paper and in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3. I.10.4 Cable run schedules and connector details Title Two copies of cable run schedules and connector detail information shall be supplied on paper in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3., as appropriate, for all C cables installed by the respondent for the MediaCentre project. I.10.5 Asset information Title Two copies of asset information shall be supplied on paper in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3., as appropriate. The information shall include unified asset tag number; manufacturer; model number; serial number; C location (facility); location (enclosure). This asset information will include details of any spares inventory provided, suitably identified as to its location.

I.10.6 Portable Appliance Test (PAT) records Title Two copies of electrical safety test records for each item of equipment shall be supplied in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3., as appropriate. Identification of C equipment shall be by means of the unified asset tag number. I.10.7 Configuration and version information Title Two copies of hardware and software configuration and version information shall be provided in the electronic formats referenced in section C.3.1.3., as appropriate. Details C of any software licences deployed shall be included. Identification of equipment shall be by means of the unified asset tag number. I.10.8 Support contract details Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 88 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Two copies of all support contracts shall be provided, detailing manufacturer; scope; effective dates; periods of C cover; hours of support; response times and contact names and numbers. I.10.9 Outstanding issues register Title A register of any outstanding minor defects arising from acceptance testing, ‘bugs’ or issues otherwise awaiting resolution shall be supplied. Each item on the list shall be C supplied with an agreed timetable for resolution. I.11 Maintenance and support requirements Title I.11.1 Warranty provision Title SPTN requires that the respondent warrant all goods and services supplied by them for the MediaCentre project for a period of 12 months from the date of handover. For the avoidance of doubt, this warranty shall include eligibility for C free-of-charge software upgrades (especially in respect of the CWM system) during this 12 month period, where these are made available by vendors during this time.

I.11.2 Support contract Title The respondent shall provide, as a separately priced option as part of their response, details of a comprehensive contract, to be managed by them as single point of contact for SPTN, which they believe to be appropriate to support of the ongoing successful operation of the MediaCentre. Details C provided shall include support operating hours, contact mechanisms, response times, spare parts to be held by SPTN, terms of supporting manufacturer sub-contracts etc.

J. SUPPORTING INFORMATION Title J.1 TV channels Title The following table shows the portfolio of current SPTN channels, including planned expansion (where known): C Brand Channel HD / SD? +1? Languages C London Operations C J.2 Volumetrics Title J.2.1 Archive / Library content Title The following table shows the estimated size of the MediaCentre archive required at commencement of C operations: Assumptions: C Split of SD/HD programmes in archive is probably pessimistic, but sensitivity is less due to similarity of codec C bitrates

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 89 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Data volumes for programmes in Encompass archive are inflated slightly over actual as a significant proportion of the C (SD) library is MPEG- 2 LGOP at 8/10 Mbit/s Volumes of programmes in Arqiva archive for SET have ‐ been doubled from actual 1006 items/ 852 hours as Arqiva C generally has only 'B' versions ex- Dolphin channels figure from Adam Moore (and includes short form) C Madrid‐ programme archive includes items out of licence but frequently re- licensed C Levira programme volumes included in overall Encompass C figure ‐ Non- linear (VOD etc) programme versions not counted separately C Promotions‐ assumed to be all HD - pessimistic, but sensitivity low Madrid promo archive assumed to be 20% of Encompass totals Madrid promo archive‐ assumed to be only C for the 3 past years. Levira promotions volumes included in overall Encompass figure Commercials assumed to be all HD - pessimistic, but sensitivity low C Assume 100% overlap between commercials‐ at Arqiva and Encompass, so do not count twice C Assume 100% overlap between commercials for ex- Dolphin channels and Encompass, so do not count twice C Madrid commercials assumed to be 6500 total (250 unique‐ TX per week) C Levira commercials volumes included in overall Encompass C figure Sony Pictures Television Networks C SPTN MediaCentre Page 104 of 135 C Codecs used C SD: IMX30 CODEC 36 Mbit/s 16.2 GB/hr C HD: XDCAM HD422 COIDEC 56 Mbit/s 25.2 GB/hr C Browse: H.264? 3 Mbit/s 1.35 GB/hr C Updated to include figures from Budapest and Madrid operations - 14/3/2012 C The above archive volumes are substantial and point to a major project‐ as part of establishing the MediaCentre in taking in- house this content. Based on the above figures, a C storage volume of circa 1.1 PetaByte will be required for the archive. This‐ equates to circa 800 LTO- 5 data cartridges.

‐ Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 90 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The greater challenge for the MediaCentre project is however the content trafficking and validation required to consolidate SPTN archives currently located at the premises of the C playout service providers and the implications for human resources if this process cannot be largely automated. The above figures exclude an allowance for a browse proxy of each asset to be stored. The addition of browse will add an additional 5 - 10% to the total archive volume. In relation to content versions produced for delivery to non- linear C platforms, it has‐ been assumed that these would not be held as part of the MediaCentre archive. ‐

J.2.2 New (first-run) content for TV - Overview Title The following table gives an overview of volumetrics for new (first-run) content for delivery to linear TV: C Summary C Total data volume added to archive (TB) per annum 482 C Total data volume sent to Singapore TV playout (GB) per day 1,243 C Sustained minimum bandwidth to Singapore TV playout (Mbit/s) 115 C SPTN MediaCentre Page 106 of 135 C Note: Data volumes of presentation kit items assumed insignificant at this time, but will need accounting for in C design New (first-run) content - Detail J.2.3 Title J.2.3.1 Programme content (for TV) Title The following table shows volumetrics for the growth of programme content for delivery to linear TV: C J.2.3.2 Programme content (for non-linear) C The following table shows volumetrics for the growth of programme content for delivery to non-linear (including C VOD) platforms: J.2.3.3 Programme language localisation (CE channels) Title The following table shows volumetrics for language localisation for the Central Europe (CE) channels, firstly for production of language tracks (dubs). Note that the figures C are for the first nine months only of the quoted financial year. Figures for the Madrid channels (language localisation in Castilian) were not available. C J.2.3.4 Programme subtitle localisation (CE channels) Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 91 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS The following table shows volumetrics for language localisation for the Central Europe (CE) channels, this time for production of subtitle files. Note that the figures are for C the first nine months only of the quoted financial year: Figures for the Madrid channels (subtitle localisation in Castilian and Portuguese) were not available. C J.2.3.5 Commercials content Title The following table shows volumetrics for growth of commercials content for delivery to linear TV: C Commercials figures are assumed for UK and Budapest channels (actuals for Madrid) C Assume all commercials working in HD C J.2.3.6 Promotions content Title The following table shows volumetrics for growth of promotions content for delivery to linear TV: C Promo figures for London channels are approximations from March UK make- lists and exclude ongoing showings C Promo figures for Budapest and Madrid are assumptions, based on UK volumes,‐ and are for all channels C Assume all promotions working in HD C J.3 SPTN delivery requirements standards Title J.3.1 Content Delivery Formats Title Content may be delivered in any one of the following formats, additional delivery specifications are provided C within the following sections of this document. Content Delivery Formats Title MPEG2 HD MXF Wrapped Files C MPEG2 SD MXF Wrapped Files C J.3.2 HD File Delivery Specification Title “Wrapper” MXF OP1A C Video CODEC XDCAMHD 422 C Frame Rate 25 frames per second C Video Format 1080i50, interlaced, top field first C MPEG Profile MPEG-2 422P@HL C Resolution 1920 x 1080 C GOP· 12frameGOP C Timecode· ClosedGOP,everyGOP C Intra_DC_precision · GOP header on every sequence C BitRate· SequenceheaderoneveryGOP C Audio Format · 24 bit depth C AudioRange· 48kHzsamplingrate C Audiotracks1&2· PCM C

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 92 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS Audiotracks3&4 · AverageMusic-12dBFs C · Lowlevel-24dBS C HD Material must be natively 1.85:1, 2.35:1 or 2.39:1. Pillarboxing (Side Matted, 1.33:1 Side Matted) is not C acceptable. File based assets should contain no bars, clock or run-up. The file should begin at the start of programme video. C Metadata should be provided in additional sidecar files. A template is provided in addition to this document. C J.3.3 SD File Delivery Specification Title All SD file based assets should be delivered in 16x9 Full Height Anamorphic (FHA). If the title was originally shot in C 4x3 (1.33:1), a 4:3 Full Frame version will be acceptable. SD File Specification C Wrapper Format MXF OP1A C Video Type IMX30 C MPEG Profile MPEG2 4:2:2 @ Main Level C Resolution 720 x 608 C GOP I frame only C Video Bit Rate 30 Mb/s C Timecode· TCineveryGOPheader C Intra DC Precision (Video Quantisation) · Timecode to start from 00:00:00:00 C Scanning Zigzag scanning C Field Dominance Top field first, no repeat of first field C Frame Rate 25 frames per second C Audio Specification C Wrapper Format MXF OP1A C Digital Audio Encoding PCM C Audio Bit Depth 16 Bit C Binary Representation Two’s complement C Audio Sample Rate 48KHz C AudioRange· Peaks-9/10dBfs(6ppm) C Audiotracks 1&2 · AverageDialogue-16dBfs C Audiotracks3&4 · AverageMusic-12dBFs C · Lowlevel-24dBS C File based assets should contain no bars, clock or run-up. The file should begin at the start of programme video. C Metadata should be provided in additional sidecar files (xls or XML format). A template is provided in addition to this C document. J.3.4 Asset Delivery Overview Title

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 93 COMPLIANCE TABLE Tender Ref: C= Compliant Globecomm Proposal: PC= Partial Compliant NC= Non Compliant SECTION DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS J.3.4.1 File Delivery SD and HD Title Assets should be uploaded by distributors to Sony Pictures Entertainment ‘Cineshare’ asset storage and delivery system. C Cineshare is a secure, web based application accessible through all modern internet browsers C https://cineshareplus.spe.sony.com . It supports the batch upload of multiple assets and utilizes ASPERA file acceleration for this. C A suitable ASPERA client can be downloaded from within the Cineshare system. C Upon contract signature each distributor will be provided with user specific login credentials for the Cineshare system. This will allow access to materials into predetermined C folders. At this time a users guide to the Cineshare system will also be provided for reference. If other delivery methods are required please contact us to discuss this. C If you encounter any issues with deliveries or materials please contact Mark McInnes (Traffic Co-Ordinator) on mark C [email protected] or +4420 7533 1572

Globecomm Proprietary and Confidential 94 Sony Pictures Television Networks EMEA MediaCentre

Section 7 Commercial

Prepared For: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Prepared By: Globecomm Systems Inc. Hauppauge, New York

Globecomm P#12-10407

June 8, 2012

1 Introduction ...... 1 2 Pricing and VAT...... 1 3 Contractual Requirements...... 1 1 Introduction

2 Pricing and VAT

3 Contractual Requirements

1 Quotation

Item Qty Description Sell Price USD Extended Sell Price USD

1 1 EMEA MediaCentre $7,496,166 $7,496,166

Total USD $7,496,166 $7,496,166

Total GBP 4,836,236 4,836,236

VAT GBP at 20% 967,247 967,247

Grand Total with VAT GBP 5,803,483 5,803,483

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

P-631-231-9800 Fax: 631 231 1557 Attention: Mark Gleeson Submitted by: Walter W Scharpf Reference: P12-10407 Phone: 631-457-1172 Description: EMEA MediaCentre [email protected] Date: June 8, 2012 www.globecommsystems.com Bid Valid to: September 7, 2012

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 $7,496,166

MEDIACENTRE FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS

1 Central Technical Area (CTA)

1.1 Synchronizing Pulse Generators (SPG), auto 1 lot $36,627 changeover unit, GPS receiver option, (2) GPS antennas and feeders. 1.1.1 Sync Generator, Master Pulse/Clock Evertz 5601MSC 2 ea $5,945 $11,890 1.1.2 Redundant Power Supply Evertz +2PS 2 ea $361 $722 1.1.3 SD/HD/3G-SDI Test/Black Generator, 2 NTSC/PAL Evertz +3GTG 2 ea $5,305 $10,610 Test Signal Generator Outputs 1.1.4 GPS Receiver with 50FT water-proof cable Evertz +GP 2 ea $1,280 $2,560 1.1.5 NTP support option Evertz +T 2 ea $915 $1,830 1.1.6 Automatic Changeover unit Evertz 5600ACO2 1 ea $5,762 $5,762 1.1.7 Analog Video Equalizing Distribution Amplifier with Harris VEA6800+D-3 3 ea $184 $552 Belden 1694 EQ Module, double back module

1.1.8 Single 1x8 Distribution Amplifier with Looping Harris DA- 1 ea $988 $988 Inputs, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Reclocking, 2 Slots HR6802+DL 1.1.9 Frame, 2 RU, Ethernet Resource Card including Harris FR6822+QXF 1 ea $1,284 $1,284 HTTP/SNMP Protocols with Fan and one PS E+3 1.1.10 Power Supply, Redundant AC Harris 6800+AC 1 ea $429 $429

1.2 Audio-Video Matrix-Based Routing System $72,025 1.2.1 64x64 Router SD/HD/ASI. Includes Redundant 1 lot crosspoint, Redundant Power Supply, and Basic ServicePak warranty 1.2.2 Frame Chassis, 5RU Router Matrix with controller Harris PM-FR-5 1 ea $5,092 $5,092 module and Power Supply included 1.2.3 Crosspoint Module, 3Gbps Card Harris PM-64x64- 2 ea $5,820 $11,640 3G5 1.2.4 Controller Module, Redundant Resource Harris PT-RES 1 ea $2,275 $2,275 1.2.5 AC Power Supply, Redundant Harris PT-PS 1 ea $1,287 $1,287 1.2.6 Input Module, HD/SD/3G/ASI Coaxial Harris PM-HS-IB+ 8 ea $2,472 $19,776 1.2.7 Output Module, HD/SD/3G/ASI Coaxial Harris PM-HS-OB+ 8 ea $2,472 $19,776 1.2.8 HD Cross Converter with AFD Inserter, Aspect Harris X85HD-AV- 1 ea $9,315 $9,315 Ratio Converter, SSD/HD Converter 2PS 1.1.5 Dolby E/Dolby AC-3 Decoder/Audio Down Harris X75OPT- 1 ea $2,864 $2,864 Mixer/Track Shuffler Dolby-1

1.3 Audio-Video Multi-viewer Mainframe 1 lot $241,021 1.3.1 Kaleido-X Multi-Image Processor 7 RU Frame Miranda KXA-FR7-B 1 ea $10,188 $10,188 1.3.2 16 HD/SD-SDI and 3Gbps Input Module (3Gbps Miranda KXI-16HS3 1 ea $13,829 $13,829 license required) 1.3.3 HD/SD-SDI Embedded Audio License (1 per input Miranda KXS-HD-EMB 1 ea $1,525 $1,525 card) 1.3.4 CC/Subtitling and XDS Data License (1 per Input Miranda KXS-CSX 1 ea $379 $379 card) 1.3.5 Dual Head Output Module with RGBHV/DVI (3Gbps Miranda KXO-DUAL3 4 ea $7,277 $29,108 ready) 1.3.6 Dual Channel HD-SDI Monitoring Output Mezzanine Miranda KXO-HDM 4 ea $1,053 $4,212

1.3.7 Dual Channel DVI to HD SDI Bridge Miranda KXI-DVI- 6 ea $2,365 $14,190 BRIDGE 1.3.8 Kaleido-IP X300 multi-image IP processor Miranda KIP-X300 4 ea $19,653 $78,612 1.3.9 Decode License for Single HD MPEG-2 or H264 Miranda KIP-OPT- 64 ea $1,234 $78,976 Professional (4:2:2) Video Program DEC-HDPRO 1.3.10 Decode License for a Single Advanced Audio Miranda KIP-OPT- 64 ea $142 $9,088 Codec (AAC) 5.1 Program DEC-AAC-5.1

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 2 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.3.8 Ethernet Remote Control Panel and KM Gateway Miranda KALEIDO- 1 ea $914 $914 RCP3

1.4 Audio-Video Signal Monitoring 1 lot $7,560 1.4.1 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 2 ea $3,780 $7,560

1.5 Audio-Video Signal Measurement 1 lot $32,406 1.5.1 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140- 1 ea $9,444 $9,444 PKG-3GB 1.5.2 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT- 1 ea $4,656 $4,656 5TL 1.5.3 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 1 ea $3,780 $3,780 1.5.4 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5. 1 ea $5,665 $5,665 1 1.5.5 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 1 ea $5,014 $5,014 1.5.6 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 1 ea $1,143 $1,143 AES 1.5.7 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 1 ea $2,362 $2,362 DLB 1.5.8 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 1 ea $283 $283 1.5.9 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 1 ea $59 $59

1.6 Central Matrix 1 lot $115,918 Communications/TalkbackSystem 1.6.1 Eclipse 36-port 1RU Digital Matrix: ClearCom ECLIPSE- 1 ea $9,613 $9,613 PICO 1.6.2 Eclipse Configuration System Programming ClearCom ECS 5.2 1 ea $1,157 $1,157 Software DVD v5.2 with Manuals 1.6.3 IP Enabled V-Series 1RU 12 Rotary and Push ClearCom V12RDX4 36 ea $2,265 $81,540 Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 1.6.4 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 36 ea $234 $8,424 34cm/12" 1.6.5 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, 1RU ClearCom VOICE2 4 ea $3,796 $15,184

1.7 Incoming Feeds and Feed Conditioning $198,051 1.7.1 Fibre Termination Equipment and Signal Decoders 1 lot 1.7.2 SD/HD Frame Synchronizer incorporating Aspect Harris X85HD-AV- 1 lot $9,315 $9,315 Ratio Convertor (ARC) 2PS 1.7.3 CDM (Content Delivery Manager) Server, 2RU HP DL-180 G6 4 lot $8,628 $34,512 Enterprise Grade (for Aspera) 1.7.4 Software License, CDM (Content Delivery Aspera CS45 4 ea $18,293 $73,172 Ingest Servers 1.7.5 NEXIO AMP 4 SD/HD OR 6 SD Only Standalone Harris NXAMP3601HDI4H2 ea $40,105 $80,210 Server, NEXIO AMP 3RU integrated storage video server. 4 channel SD/HD or 6 SD-only channels, SDI/HD-SDI interface card, 4 channel Play List application, 10 TB storage, redundant Ethernet, redundant power supplies and redundant boot drives. Upgradeable via SLK 1.7.6 Box Time Code Module USB Harris NXUSBTC 1 ea $842 $842

1.8 Outgoing Feeds and Feed Conditioning $51,768 1.7.3 Dropbox Servers (FTP), 2RU Enterprise Grade HP DL-180 G6 6 lot $8,628 $51,768

1.9 Content and Workflow Management (CWM) System Content Storage 1.9.1 Disk Storage Subsystem (180 TB) 1 lot $509,114 1.9.1.1 Mellanox 36 port QDR Switch Mellanox 851-0169 2 ea $14,137 $28,274 1.9.1.2 10GbE, Dual-port, SFP+, without Optics Isilon 613-0002 12 Incl'd Included Included

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 3 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.9.1.3 X200 Platform Isilon 600-0001 12 ea $30,220 $362,640 1.9.1.4 X200, BASE Isilon 610-0001 12 Incl'd Included Included 1.9.1.5 24TB HDD, 3.5" Isilon 611-0007 12 Incl'd Included Included 1.9.1.6 24GB RAM, 6x4G Isilon 612-0003 12 Incl'd Included Included 1.9.1.7 KIT - 2 SFP+ OPTIC - 10Gb Isilon 851-0099 12 ea $2,666 $31,992 1.9.1.8 COUNTRY KIT,STANDARD,208V,1U/2U,NORTH Isilon 800-0012 14 Incl'd Included Included AMERICA 1.9.1.9 Enterprise App Bundle 1 - SnapshotIQ & Isilon 201-0244 12 ea $6,804 $81,648 SmartConnect Advanced (High Density) 1.9.1.10 3 Meter Cx4 to QSFP Hybrid Cable Isilon 851-0154 24 ea $190 $4,560

1.9.2 Data Tape Storage Subsystem 1 lot $431,914 1.9.2.1 T950 Multiframe - Max Capacity - 3DBA, 3TBA - 1 SpectraLogic T950 3D 3T 1 ea $62,717 $62,717 Camera, Dual AXC - Input, RLC Software, BlueScale 12 Software with MLM, DIV, and DLM, Gen 3 Library Server, Std Encryption, 5 Access Chambers (50) Slots, 1 RIM, Barcode Scanner, 1ea Pwr Packs (5/12V & 24V) 1.9.2.2 LTO-5 Fibre Channel, Full-Height, Drive/Sled, T950 SpectraLogic 90949194 8 ea $13,072 $104,576

1.9.2.3 Access Chamber TeraPack, LTO, no media (10 SpectraLogic 90949024-A 5 Incl'd Included Included slot). 1.9.2.4 T950: 1 Storage Chamber License (10 slots) SpectraLogic 90949030 144 ea $728 $104,832 1.9.2.5 N+1 Failover Power Pack Kit, Rhs, (base frame) SpectraLogic 90949132 1 ea $4,805 $4,805 1.9.2.6 Spectra T950, Rhs, 5/12V, 8A, Power Pack SpectraLogic 90949166 1 ea $2,038 $2,038 1.9.2.7 Media Expansion Frame, T950 SpectraLogic T950 Media 2 ea $14,487 $28,974 EXP 1.9.2.8 Spectra T950 Multiple Frame Assembly Kit (3 SpectraLogic T950 3 FRM 1 Incl'd Included Included Frames) EXP

1.9.2.6 Power Cord, European Data Center, IEC-C19 to SpectraLogic 8665 2 incl'd Included Included EIC60309, 220-240V, 12AWG, 4.6M 1.9.2.7 BlueScale Vision Camera (Media Expn Frame), SpectraLogic 90949173 2 ea $2,184 $4,368 T950 1.9.2.8 SpectraLogic 6348 10 ea $124 $1,240 Optical Cable, LC-LC Duplex Multi-Mode, 20 meter 1.9.2.9 Shipping crate ramp, no packaging, T950 / TFIN SpectraLogic 90940450 1 incl'd Included Included 1.9.2.10 Spectra Certified Media - Spectra T950 1.9.2.11 LTO-5 MLM Media Pack Includes: 10 LTO-5 media SpectraLogic 90949221 144 ea $819 $117,936 tapes w/ Certified Pre-applied Barcode Labels, and Terapack with Dust Cover 1.9.2.12 SpectraLogic 90949170 1 ea $428 $428 LTO Maintenance Terapack includes: 10 LTO, MLM Cleaning Tapes w/ Certified Pre-applied Barcode Labels, for use with AutoDrive Clean functionality.

1.10 Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) 1 lot $507,613 1.10.1 DIV Archive including: DIVArchive Software Front Porch Digital DIVA-SFW-00 1 ea $28,584 $28,584 Manager License, DIVAchive Software Actor Licence, Nearline Capacity 6TB, Archive Capacity 10 Slots, Offline Capacity (unlimited), SPM Basic, Object Trabnsfer Utility Rebuild Damaged Tape Utility, DIVprotect-Collection and Reporting.

1.10.2 Nearline Capacity (Up to 40 TB) Front Porch Digital DIVA-BAS-00 1 ea $20,027 $20,027

1.10.3 Archive Capacity (Up to 1400 Tape Slots) Front Porch Digital DIVA-BAS-01 1 ea $164,250 $164,250 1.10.4 Actor Front Porch Digital 7 ea $8,402 $58,814 DiVA-BAS-04 1.10.5 Parial Restore for Quicktime/DVCPRO SD Front Porch Digital DIVA-OPR-01 1 ea $50,444 $50,444

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 4 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.10.6 Partial Restore for Quicktime/DVCPRO HD (Price Front Porch Digital 1 ea Included Included DIVA-OPR-02 included in above) 1.10.7 DIVArchive Manager System Dual FC (including 5 Front Porch Digital 1 ea $7,846 $7,846 DIVA-QHP-01 years support) 1.10.8 DIVArchive Actor Transcoder System (including 5 Front Porch Digital 8 ea $11,103 $88,824 DIVA-QHP-02 years support) 1.10.9 Fiber Channel Switch (16 Ports FC 8Gb Switch - 1 Front Porch Digital 8 ea $11,103 $88,824 DIVA-QHP-02 PSU (including 5 years support)

1.11 IT Equipment and Networking 1.11.1 KVM Subsystem 1 lot $54,693 1.11.1.1 KVM Appliance, 1RU Admin Desktop Manager Avocent HMXMGR- 1 ea $5,482 $5,482 001 1.11.1.2 KVM Receiver, DVI User Station (Supports Dual Avocent HMX2050-001 10 ea $1,537 $15,370 Display and 1920x1200 Resolution) 1.11.1.3 Transmitter module, DVI (Supports Dual Head Avocent HMIQDHDD- 15 ea $1,506 $22,590 1920 x 1200 Resolution) 001 1.11.1.4 Rack Mounting Kit Avocent RMK 67 5 ea $73 $365 1.11.1.5 Ethernet Layer3 Switch, 48 Ports 10/100/1000 with Cisco WS-C3560X- 2 ea $5,443 $10,886 secondary PSU (dedicated for KVM Transmitter- 48T-S Receiver) 1.11.2 Firewall $76,592 1.11.2.1 ASA 5520 Appl w/ CSC10, SW, 50 Usr AV/Spy, 1 Cisco ASA5520- 8 ea $8,123 $64,984 YR Subscript CSC10-K9 1.11.2.2 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 8 ea Included Included 1.11.2.3 ASA 5500 Series Software Version 8.4 for ASA Cisco SF-ASA-8.4- 8 ea Included Included 5510-5550, DES K8 1.11.2.4 ASA 5500 CSC SSM10 Plus Lic. Cisco ASA-CSC10- 8 ea $1,088 $8,704 (Spam/URL/Phish, 1Yr Subscript) PLUS 1.11.2.5 ASA 5500 Content Security SSM-10 100 User Cisco ASA-CSC10- 8 ea $363 $2,904 License USR-100 1.11.2.6 Cisco VPN Client Software (Windows, Solaris, Cisco ASA-VPN- 8 incl'd Included Included Linux, Mac) CLNT-K9 1.11.2.7 ASA 5500 Series Content Security SSM-10 Cisco Included: ASA- 8 incl'd Included Included Software License CSC10-LIC

1.11.2.8 ASA 5500 Series CSC Software 6.3 for Security Cisco Included: SF- 8 incl'd Included Included Service Module ASA-CSC-6.3- K9 1.11.2.9 ASA 180W AC Power Supply Cisco Included: ASA- 8 incl'd Included Included 180W-PWR- AC 1.11.2.10 ASA CSC SSM-10 included w/ ASA Systems Cisco Included: ASA- 8 incl'd Included Included CSC-10-INC- K9 1.11.2.11 ASA 5500 Strong Encryption License (3DES/AES) Cisco Included: 8 incl'd Included Included ASA5500- ENCR-K9 1.11.2.12 ASA 5520 VPN Plus 750 IPsec User License (7.0 Cisco Included: 8 incl'd Included Included Only) ASA5520- VPN-PL 1.11.3 Core Switch $288,666 1.11.3.1 Catalyst 6500 Enhanced 9-slot chassis,15RU,no Cisco WS-C6509-E 2 ea $6,893 $13,786 PS,no Fan Tray 1.11.3.2 Cisco CAT6000-VS-S2T IOS IP SERV NPE Cisco S2TISK9N- 2 ea $7,256 $14,512 15001SY 1.11.3.3 Cat 6500 Sup 2T with 2 x 10GbE and 3 x 1GbE Cisco VS-S2T-10G 2 ea $20,317 $40,634 with MSFC5 PFC4 1.11.3.4 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 4 ea $1,448 $5,792 1.11.3.5 C6K 8 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet module with DFC4 Cisco WS-X6908- 2 ea $29,024 $58,048 (Trustsec) 10G-2T

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 5 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.11.3.6 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 16 ea $1,448 $23,168 1.11.3.7 C6K 8 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet module with DFC4 Cisco WS-X6908- 2 ea $29,024 $58,048 (Trustsec) 10G-2T 1.11.3.8 10GBASE-SR X2 Module Cisco X2-10GB-SR 16 ea $1,448 $23,168 1.11.3.9 Cat6500 48-port 10/100/1000 GE Mod: fabric Cisco WS-X6748- 2 ea $10,884 $21,768 enabled, RJ-45 GE-TX 1.11.3.10 Cat6500 48-port 10/100/1000 GE Mod: fabric Cisco WS-X6748- 2 ea $10,884 $21,768 enabled, RJ-45 GE-TX 1.11.3.11 Catalyst 6509-E Chassis Fan Tray Cisco WS-C6509-E- 2 ea $359 $718 FAN 1.11.3.12 Cat6500 6000W AC Power Supply Cisco WS-CAC- 2 ea $3,628 $7,256 6000W 1.11.3.13 Power Cord, 250Vac 16A, twist lock NEMA L6-20 Cisco CAB-AC-C6K- 4 incl'd Included Included plug, US TWLK 1.11.3.14 Internal 1G Compact Flash Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included MEM-C6K- INTFL1GB 1.11.3.15 Catalyst 6500 2GB memory for Sup2T and Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included Sup2TXL MEM-SUP2T- 2GB 1.11.3.16 Cat 6k 80G Sys Daughter Board Sup2T PFC4 Cisco Included: VS- 2 incl'd Included Included F6K-PFC4 1.11.3.17 Catalyst 6500 Supervisor Engine 2T Baseboard Cisco Included: VS- 2 incl'd Included Included SUP2T-10G 1.11.3.18 Catalyst 6500 Dist Fwd Card DFC4 Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included F6K-DFC4-E 1.11.3.19 Catalyst 6500 8 Port 10G SFP Baseboard Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included X6908-10G 1.11.3.20 Catalyst 6500 Dist Fwd Card DFC4 Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included F6K-DFC4-E 1.11.3.21 Catalyst 6500 8 Port 10G SFP Baseboard Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included X6908-10G 1.11.3.22 Catalyst 6500 Dist Fwd Card DFC4 Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included F6K-DFC4-E 1.11.3.23 Catalyst 6500 8 Port 10G SFP Baseboard Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included X6908-10G 1.11.3.24 Catalyst 6500 256MB DDR, xCEF720 (67xx Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included interface, DFC3A) MEM- XCEF720- 256M 1.11.3.25 Catalyst 6500 Central Fwd Card for WS-X67xx Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included modules F6700-CFC 1.11.3.26 Catalyst 6500 256MB DDR, xCEF720 (67xx Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included interface, DFC3A) MEM- XCEF720- 256M 1.11.3.27 Catalyst 6500 Central Fwd Card for WS-X67xx Cisco Included: WS- 2 incl'd Included Included modules F6700-CFC

1.11.4 Control Network Control Network - Firewall $19,148 1.11.4.1 ASA 5520 Appl w/ CSC10, SW, 50 Usr AV/Spy, 1 Cisco ASA5520- 2 ea $8,123 $16,246 YR Subscript CSC10-K9 1.11.4.2 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 2 incl'd Included Included 1.11.4.3 ASA 5500 Series Software Version 8.4 for ASA Cisco SF-ASA-8.4- 2 incl'd Included Included 5510-5550, DES K8 1.11.4.4 ASA 5500 CSC SSM10 Plus Lic. Cisco ASA-CSC10- 2 ea $1,088 $2,176 (Spam/URL/Phish, 1Yr Subscript) PLUS 1.11.4.5 ASA 5500 Content Security SSM-10 100 User Cisco ASA-CSC10- 2 ea $363 $726 License USR-100

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 6 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.11.4.6 Cisco VPN Client Software (Windows, Solaris, Cisco ASA-VPN- 2 incl'd Included Included Linux, Mac) CLNT-K9 1.11.4.7 ASA 5500 Series Content Security SSM-10 Cisco Included: ASA- 2 incl'd Included Included Software License CSC10-LIC

1.11.4.8 ASA 5500 Series CSC Software 6.3 for Security Cisco Included: SF- 2 incl'd Included Included Service Module ASA-CSC-6.3- K9 1.11.4.9 ASA 180W AC Power Supply Cisco Included: ASA- 2 incl'd Included Included 180W-PWR- AC 1.11.4.10 ASA CSC SSM-10 included w/ ASA Systems Cisco Included: ASA- 2 incl'd Included Included CSC-10-INC- K9 1.11.4.11 ASA 5500 Strong Encryption License (3DES/AES) Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included ASA5500- ENCR-K9 1.11.4.12 ASA 5520 VPN Plus 750 IPsec User License (7.0 Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included Only) ASA5520- VPN-PL 1.11.4.13 Control Network - Firewall Switch $7,248 1.11.4.14 Catalyst 2960S 48 GigE, 4 x SFP LAN Base Cisco WS-C2960S- 2 ea $3,624 $7,248 48TS-L 1.11.4.15 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 2 incl'd Included Included 1.11.4.16 Control Network - Core $16,688 1.11.4.17 Catalyst 3560X 48 Port Data IP Base Cisco WS-C3560X- 2 ea $5,442 $10,884 48T-S 1.11.4.18 C3560X-48 IP Base to IP Services factory IOS Cisco C3560X-48- 2 ea $2,902 $5,804 Upgrade IOS-S-E 1.11.4.19 AC Power Cord for Catalyst 3K-X (United Kingdom) Cisco CAB-3KX-AC- 2 incl'd Included Included UK 1.11.4.20 CAT 3560X IOS UNIVERSAL WITH WEB BASED Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included DEV MGR S356XVK9T- 12255SE 1.11.4.21 Catalyst 3K-X 350W AC Power Supply Cisco Included: 2 incl'd Included Included C3KX-PWR- 350WAC Control Network - Switch $22,752 1.11.4.22 Catalyst 2960S 48 GigE, 4 x SFP LAN Base Cisco WS-C2960S- 24 ea $948 $22,752 24TC-L 1.11.4.23 AC Power Cord (UK), C13, BS 1363, 2.5m Cisco CAB-ACU 24 incl'd Included Included

1.12 Automated QC Tools 1 lot $885,880 1.12.1 Video and Audio QC Tool (Harris QuiC) 1 lot 1.12.1.1 NEXIO AMP 4 SD/HD OR 6 SD Only standalone Harris NXAMP3601HDI4H2 ea $40,105 $80,210 Server, NEXIO AMP 3RU integrated storage video server. 4 channel SD/HD or 6 SD-only channels, SDI/HD-SDI interface card, 4 channel Play List application, 10 TB storage, redundant Ethernet, redundant power supplies and redundant boot drives. Upgradeable via SLK 1.12.1.2 Box Time Code Module USB Harris NXUSBTC 2 ea $842 $1,684 1.12.1.3 QUIC Controller, Requires 1 VU to Run, Controller Harris MAAQC-CTLR 2 ea $3,104 $6,208 Software for either QuiC Pro or QuiC Express. Requires at least 1 Verification Unit to run. All Verification Units attached to a Controller must be the same type 1.12.1.4 Add PKG OF 8 Quicpro VU & Quic View to Harris MAAQCPROVU8PK 8 ea $83,996 $671,968 Controller, Add package of 8 Professional Verification Units and matching QuiC View, Software-Viewer licenses, to a QuiC Controller

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 7 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.12.2 Harding Flash and Pattern Analysis QC tool 1 lot 1.12.2.1 Harding FPA With Reports For A Single Quicpro Harris MAAPROVU-FPA 8 ea $9,236 $73,888 VU, Harding Flash Pattern Analysis Option with Certified Reports for a single QuiC Pro Verification Unit 1.12.3 Subtitles QC tool 1 lot 1.12.3.1 Subtitle File QC Service Starfish Isis 2 ea $10,565 $21,130 1.12.3.2 Blocked Word Checking Starfish 2 ea $9,756 $19,512 1.13.2 Server, 2RU Enterprise Grade HP DL-180 G6 2 ea $5,640 $11,280 1.12.4 Audio to Text Extraction Tool- No Bid 0 lot Not Included Not Included

1.13 Transcoding 1 lot $184,260 1.13.1 Software License, (Rhozet) Universal Transcoding Harmonic CBN-1000-P 4 ea $5,118 $20,472 Application 1.13.2 NEXIO AMP 4 SD/HD OR 6 SD Only Standalone Harris NXAMP3601HDI4H4 ea $40,105 $160,420 Server, NEXIO AMP 3RU integrated storage video server. 4 channel SD/HD or 6 SD-only channels, SDI/HD-SDI interface card, 4 channel Play List application, 10 TB storage, redundant Ethernet, redundant power supplies and redundant boot drives. Upgradeable via SLK 1.13.3 Box Time Code Module USB Harris NXUSBTC 4 ea $842 $3,368

1.14 Status and Alarm Monitoring 1 lot $47,510 1.14.1 Navigator Network Monitoring /Controls with Harris NAVIGATOR- 1 ea $6,448 $6,448 Application Server License SRV 1.14.2 Navigator Network Monitoring /Controls with Harris NAVIGATOR- 1 ea $1,562 $1,562 Application Client License CLI 1.14.3 Navigator NMS SNMP License for Third Party Harris NAVIGATOR- 1 ea $2,147 $2,147 Products SNMP 1.14.4 Navigator Server, 2RU Enterprise Grade HP DL-180 G6 2 ea $8,628 $17,256 1.14.5 Navigator Client Workstation HP HPE H8-1280T 2 ea $1,412 $2,824 1.14.6 iControl Base Edition with Application Server Miranda 1 ea $6,179 $6,179 1.14.7 iControl Web Basic Software Miranda 1 ea $11,094 $11,094

2 Traffic Area $97,874 2.1 Traffic Supervisor Desks 2 lot 2.1.1 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140- 2 ea $9,444 $18,888 PKG-3GB 2.1.2 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT- 2 ea $4,656 $9,312 5TL 2.1.3 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 2 ea $3,780 $7,560 2.1.4 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5. 2 ea $5,665 $11,330 1 2.1.5 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 2 ea $5,014 $10,028 2.1.6 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 2 ea $1,143 $2,286 AES 2.1.7 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 2 ea $2,362 $4,724 DLB 2.1.8 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 2 ea $283 $566 2.1.9 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea $54 $108 2.1.10 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea $122 $244 2.1.11 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 2 ea $1,846 $3,692 2.1.12 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 2.1.13 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12" 2.2 Traffic Operator Desks 6 lots 2.2.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 6 lot $1,341 $8,046 2.2.2 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 6 ea $61 $366

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 8 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 2.2.3 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 6 lot $122 $732 2.2.4 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 6 ea $2,265 $13,590 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 2.2.5 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 6 ea $234 $1,404 34cm/12"

3 TV Channel Playout Monitoring/DR Playout $110,862 Control Suite 3.1 Playout Supervisor Desk 1 lot 3.1.1 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140- 2 ea $9,444 $18,888 PKG-3GB 3.1.2 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT- 2 ea $4,656 $9,312 5TL 3.1.3 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 2 ea $3,780 $7,560 3.1.4 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5. 2 ea $5,665 $11,330 1 3.1.5 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 2 ea $5,014 $10,028 3.1.6 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 2 ea $1,143 $2,286 AES 3.1.7 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 2 ea $2,362 $4,724 DLB 3.1.8 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 2 ea $283 $566 3.1.9 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea $54 $108 3.1.10 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea $122 $244 3.1.11 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 2 ea $1,846 $3,692 3.1.12 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 3.1.13 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12" 3.2 Playout Operator Desks 2 lots 3.2.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 2 ea $1,341 $2,682 3.2.2 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 2 ea $61 $122 3.2.3 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea $122 $244 3.2.4 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 3.2.5 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12" 3.3 Monitor Stack 4 lots 3.3.1 Display Monitor, 55" 1080p LED 3D TV Samsung UN55D7000L 8 ea $2,720 $21,760 FX 3.3.2 Wall Mounting kit Samsung 8 ea $366 $2,928 3.3.3 HD SDI to HDMI Video and Audio Converter AJA Hi5 8 ea $549 $4,392

4 QC/Version Edit Suites $323,572 4.1 Super QC / Version Edit Suites 2 lots 4.1.1 Mac Pro fully configured with the following options - Apple Z0M4 2 ea $10,078 $20,156 * Two 2.93GHz 6-Core Intel Xeon "Westmere" (12 cores) * 16GB RAM (8x2GB) * 512GB Solid-State Drive * 2TB 7200-rpm Serial ATA 3Gb/s hard drive * ATI Radeon HD 5870 1GB * One 18x SuperDrive * Apple Magic Mouse

4.1.2 Apple 27-inch LED Cinema Display Apple MC007LL/A 4 ea $1,157 $4,628 4.1.3 Apple Care Protection Plan for Mac Pro Apple S3135LL/A 2 ea $282 $564

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 9 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 4.1.4 Apple Final Cut Pro X software Apple D6109Z/A 2 ea $365 $730 4.1.5 Logickeyboard Final Cut Pro X Shortcut Keyboard Apple H7987LL/A 2 ea $139 $278

4.1.6 Apple Motion Graphics for Final Cut Pro software Apple 2 ea $61 $122

4.1.7 Apple Encoding Compressor for Final Cut Pro Apple 2 ea $61 $122 software 4.1.8 Hardware audio fader control surface for MAC JL Cooper Eclipse MX 2 ea $2,927 $5,854 4.1.9 Grade 1 LCD Picture Monitor Marshall OR-3210 2 ea $5,732 $11,464 4.1.10 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140- 2 ea $9,444 $18,888 PKG-3GB 4.1.11 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT- 2 ea $4,656 $9,312 5TL 4.1.12 Grade 2 LCD Picture Monitor Sony LMD2041W 4 ea $3,780 $15,120 4.1.13 5.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4328P/5. 2 ea $5,665 $11,330 1 4.1.14 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 2 ea $5,014 $10,028 4.1.15 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 2 ea $1,143 $2,286 AES 4.1.16 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 2 ea $2,362 $4,724 DLB 4.1.17 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 2 ea $283 $566 4.1.18 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea $54 $108 4.1.19 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 2 ea $122 $244 4.1.20 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 2 ea $2,010 $4,020 4.1.21 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 4.1.22 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12"

4.2 Ordinary QC/Version Edit Suites 4 lots 4.2.1 Mac Pro fully configured with the following options - Apple Z0M4 4 ea $10,078 $40,312 * Two 2.93GHz 6-Core Intel Xeon "Westmere" (12 cores) * 16GB RAM (8x2GB) * 512GB Solid-State Drive * 2TB 7200-rpm Serial ATA 3Gb/s hard drive * ATI Radeon HD 5870 1GB * One 18x SuperDrive * Apple Magic Mouse

4.2.2 Apple 27-inch LED Cinema Display Apple MC007LL/A 8 ea $1,157 $9,256 4.2.3 Apple Care Protection Plan for Mac Pro Apple S3135LL/A 4 ea $282 $1,128 4.2.4 Apple Final Cut Pro X software Apple D6109Z/A 4 ea $365 $1,460 4.2.5 Logickeyboard Final Cut Pro X Shortcut Keyboard Apple H7987LL/A 4 ea $139 $556

4.2.6 Apple Motion Graphics for Final Cut Pro software Apple 4 ea $61 $244

4.2.7 Apple Encoding Compressor for Final Cut Pro Apple 4 ea $61 $244 software 4.2.8 Hardware audio fader control surface for MAC JL Cooper Eclipse MX 4 ea $2,927 $11,708 4.2.9 Grade 1 LCD Picture Monitor Marshall OR-3210 4 ea $5,732 $22,928 4.2.10 Rasterizer Harris VTM4140- 4 ea $9,444 $37,776 PKG-3GB 4.2.11 Audio analysis Harris VTM-A3-OPT- 4 ea $4,656 $18,624 5TL 4.2.12 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 4 ea $1,341 $5,364 4.2.13 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 4 ea $61 $244 4.2.14 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 4 ea $5,014 $20,056

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 10 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 4.2.15 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 4 ea $1,143 $4,572 AES 4.2.16 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 4 ea $2,362 $9,448 DLB 4.2.17 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 4 ea $283 $1,132 4.2.18 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 2 ea $54 $108 4.2.19 Stereo Headphones Sennheiser HD 280 4 ea $122 $488 4.2.20 X-Y Router Panel Harris RCP-32LCD 4 ea $1,846 $7,384 4.2.21 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 4.2.22 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12"

5 On-Air Promotions (OAP) Edit Suites/Seats 8 lot $278,544

5.1 CWM System Client Licences - Included in London Harris 402312-00 16 ea Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 402305-00 5.2 Video Legalizer Harris DL-860 16 ea $5,444 $87,104 5.3 Proc Amp Harris 860-OPT-PA 16 ea $1,430 $22,880 5.4 Rack Kit Harris DRT-3 16 ea $212 $3,392 5.5 Blank Panel Harris BLK-3 16 ea $65 $1,040 3.2.1 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 16 ea $1,341 $21,456 3.2.2 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 16 ea $61 $976 5.6 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 16 ea $5,014 $80,224 5.7 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 16 ea $1,143 $18,288 AES 5.8 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 16 ea $2,362 $37,792 DLB 5.9 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 16 ea $283 $4,528 5.10 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 16 ea $54 $864

6 Graphics Composition Suite 1 lot N/R N/R No Requirement

7 Audio Post-Production Suites 1 lot $150,108 7.1 CWM System Client Licences - Included in London Harris 402312-00 2 ea Included Included Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 402305-00 7.2 Loudspeaker System JBL LSR4326P 6 lot $1,341 $8,046 7.3 Audio Control Behringer Xenyx 503 6 ea $61 $366 7.4 Audio Loudness Monitoring Harris CMN-LA 16 ea $5,014 $80,224 7.5 AES Out Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 16 ea $1,143 $18,288 AES 7.6 Dolby Decode Harris CMN-LA-OPT- 16 ea $2,362 $37,792 DLB 7.7 Rack Mount Kit Harris DRC-3 16 ea $283 $4,528 7.8 Blank Panel Harris BLK-1 16 ea $54 $864

8 Voice-over Recording Booths-Customer 1 lot N/R N/R Furnished No Requirement

9 Integration Material to include $194,990 Equipment Cabinets 9.1 Broadcast Equipment Cabinets, 19" Rackmount, Middle Atlantic VRK-40- 10 ea $1,166 $11,660 40U, 36" Deep, Welded Horizontal Lacing Bars , 36HLVRD Color: Black 9.2 Rack Rails, Tapped 10-32, RU Markings, Color: Middle Atlantic MV-ZRA-44 10 ea $72 $720 Black 9.3 Rear Vented Door, LH Hinged Swing, Color: Black Middle Atlantic MW-LVRD-44 10 Incl'd Included Included

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 11 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 9.4 Side Panels, Solid, Color: Black Middle Atlantic SPN-44-36 4 ea $470 $1,880 9.5 Flush Mount Side Panels Solid, Color: Black Middle Atlantic SSPNF-40-36 10 ea $360 $3,600 9.6 Isolated Copper Bus Bar, 40 RU space Middle Atlantic BB-44-1 10 ea $115 $1,150 9.7 Top Solid Panel Middle Atlantic MW-ST 10 Incl'd Included Included 9.8 Ganging Hardware, Side-by-side Middle Atlantic GANG-10 5 ea $16 $80 9.9 Rack Ganging/Bonding Hardware Middle Atlantic BOND-G24 5 ea $39 $195 9.10 Blank Panels, 1RU, Flanged Econo Vent, Color: Middle Atlantic EVT1 500 ea $9 $4,500 Black 9.11 Blank Filler Panels, Flanged Econo Vent, 2RU Middle Atlantic EVT2 500 ea $11 $5,500 Powder Coat, Color: Black 9.12 2RU Horizontal Cable Management Middle Atlantic HCM-2D 10 ea $27 $270 9.13 1RU Horizontal Cable Management Middle Atlantic HCM-1D 5 ea $26 $130 9.14 2RU Panel with Brush Grommet Middle Atlantic BR2 2 ea $44 $88 9.15 1RU Panel with Brush Grommet Middle Atlantic BR1 2 ea $30 $60 9.16 Power Strips, Two in each cabinet Globecomm Globecomm 20 ea $368 $7,360 9.17 Fiber Patch Panel (with 12 x SC Type) DCable FOC Panel 12 4 ea $732 $2,928 SC 9.18 Audio Patch Panel (Estimated Qty) ADC PPB314MKII 4 ea $951 $3,804 NS 9.19 Audio Patch Cords ADC YA-DA4 40 ea $22 $880 9.20 Digital Video Panel (Estimated Qty) Canare 26DV-DVJB- 4 ea $951 $3,804 W 9.21 Video Patch Cords Canare MVPC003 40 ea $18 $720 Black 9.22 Universal Bulkhead Panel without Connector AVP WE-U216E2- 4 ea $172 $688 Z 9.23 Universal Connector Kits AVP Various 50 ea $15 $750 9.24 Coaxial Cable, Double Shielded, 75 OHM, RG6C/U, Belden 1694A 50 ea $549 $27,450 per 1000 ft, Color: Yellow (Estimated qty)

9.25 Coaxial Cable, Double Shielded, 75 OHM, RG6C/U, Belden 1694A 25 ea $549 $13,725 per 1000 ft, Color: Blue (Estimated qty)

9.26 Twisted Pair, 22 AWG Stranded (7x30) TC Belden 9451P 10 ea $463 $4,630 Conductors, Plenum, FEP Insulation, Overall Belfoil Shield (100% coverage), per 1000 ft, Color: Black

9.27 Ethernet Cat 5 Cable per 1000 ft, Color: Gray/Blue Belden 1701A 50 ea $488 $24,400

9.28 335544 CS-SYSTIMX 24-PORT PANEL MOD-110 Commscope CS-SYSTIMX 10 ea $377 $3,770 LOADED CAT6 IP5 T568A/B 8W8P 1100GS3 760062372 760062372 BLACK 1U 9.29 MM07-AV7E-06 CS-SYSTIMX CPC3312-02F007 Commscope CPC3312- 50 ea $12 $600 CBL ASSY MOD 24-4PR STRANDED CAT6 IP5 02F007 T568B 7FT LIGHT BLUE CPC3312-02F007 9.30 CMP-00424AVA-7-06 CS-SYSTIMX 2071E 23-4P Commscope 2071E 2 ea $754 $1,508 UTP-CMP SOL BC CAT6 IP5 FEP/LSPVC BLUE JACKET REEL 550 MHZ GIGASPEED (26,000ft)

9.31 169237 CS-SYSTIMX 107276172 2-PORT FLUSH Commscope 107276172 10 ea $1 $10 MT UNLOADED SGL GANG M-SERIES 107276172 IVORY 9.32 318638 CS-SYSTIMX 760041970 1-PORT MOD Commscope 760041970 1 ea $1,030 $1,030 JACK 110 8W8P UTP T568A/B CAT6 IP5 GIGASPEED 760041970 IVRY 100PK 9.33 Connectors, BNC, RJ-45s, Bulk Head, 75-Ohm Globecomm Various 110 lot $610 $67,100 Terminators, RCA, Adaptors, XLR, mounting slides, shelves, miscellaneous hardware, etc. (Estimated qty)

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 12 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 CONTENT AND WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT (CWM) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

1 Content and Workflow Management (CWM) 1 lot $391,188 System Invenio Insight Software (London) 1.1 SW, INV, Application Server, Invenio Core Harris 402293-00 1 ea $105,000 $105,000 Application Server, with search, advanced search, wordlist, clip editing function and web user management 1.2 SW INV, Invenio ID Generator, ID generator for Harris 402348-00 1 ea $8,400 $8,400 generating UMID's 1.3 SW, INV, CCI Storyboarding, CCI Storyboarding Harris 402316-00 1 ea $8,400 $8,400 Content Change Indicator, Graphic display of scene change levels. 1.4 SW, INV, Thesaurus, The Invenio Thesaurus tool Harris 402295-00 1 ea $21,000 $21,000 for concept relationship management 1.5 SW, INV, Formbuilder, Builder to create custom UI Harris 402294-00 1 ea $42,000 $42,000 to meet customer's unique requirements 1.6 SW, INV, Web Client 20, License 20 Invenio Harris 402312-00 2 ea $25,200 $50,400 Windows Web Based Client 1.7 SW, INV, Windows Client Client 10, License 10 Harris 402305-00 1 ea $21,840 $21,840 Invenio Windows Client License 1.8 SW, INV, Windows Client 1, License for rich Harris 402299-00 1 ea $2,940 $2,940 windows client, including user defined metadata tracks that communicates with the Windows server

Invenio Capture Software (London) 1.9 SW, ADC Device Driver Bundle, 8-PAK, Bundle of Harris 402366-00 1 ea $13,440 $13,440 eight (8) ADC Device Drivers. Drivers must be selected from devices shown on ADC series list of supported devices. Excludes media management devices Invenio Motion Software (London) 1.10 SW, IM, Transfer Monitor Client, Transfer Monitor Harris 402287-00 1 ea $3,360 $3,360 Client. Initiate Manual Media movement from device to device, Trig Manual Workflows, Monitor and Control Workflows, View Storage Capacity, and View Storage content 1.11 SW, IM, Motion Engines, Motion Engines. Enables Harris 402289-00 1 ea $8,400 $8,400 function of Process Trigger, Content Handler & MediaSpy Engines. Extract data from files to trigger WF, List of Video in Storages, Extract metadata from Video Files, Get Capacity from Storage, Design and manage Workflows, Execute Workflows 1.12 SW, IM, PI, IT, FTP & CIFS, IT Plug-In. FTP, CIFS, Harris 402289-01 11 ea $1,260 $13,860 NFS (Count the number of CIFS or FTP plug-ins used in the system) 1.13 SW, IM, PI, WF Triggers, Workflow Triggers. MS to Harris 402289-10 10 ea $2,520 $25,200 trig CH on changes in storage, Remaining Capacity, Time Scheduler, Calandar Scheduler, User Validation, ADC - FindID - used to find an ID in one of several Playlist (Per ADC, not per list). ADC - GMT (for Base band copy) 1.14 SW, IM, WF, Other Plug-ins, Workflow Other Plug- Harris 402289-11 5 ea $2,520 $12,600 Ins. Invenio, ODBC, MXF wrapper, Inscriber, Command line, Zip - Enable to Zip several file, Folder creation, Mails - Enables Motion to send Mail upon conditions, errors

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 13 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.15 SW, IM, PI, QC, File analyses for quality check Harris 402289-12 1 ea $3,360 $3,360 and correction. QuiC Video & Audio Analyze & Repair, AMBERFIN Analyze only 1.16 SW, IM, PI, Transcoders, Transcoders. Flip Harris 402289-13 2 ea $3,780 $7,560 Factory, Amberfin, Rhozet, Radiant Grid, Digital Rapid 1.17 SW, IM, PI, Post Production, Post-Production. Avid Harris 402289-14 1 ea $5,040 $5,040 interplay, FCP, IOL, Velocity 1.18 SW, IM, PI, Catch Servers, Catch Servers - MDS. Harris 402289-15 1 ea $5,040 $5,040 PitchBlue, Pathfire, DGSpotBox (ViVx), Centaur, Extreme Reach, Hula, On the Spot 1.19 SW, IM, PI, Video File Server, Broadcast Video File Harris 402289-16 1 ea $6,720 $6,720 Servers. Nexio, Omneon, Profile PDR, GVG K2 & Mseries, SeaChange, Pinnacle Thunder, Avid - Media Stream, Avid - Air Speed, SGI, EVS Clean Edit 1.20 SW, IM, PI, Archive Managers, Archive Manager. Harris 402289-31 2 ea $8,400 $16,800 Diva, SGL, MassTech Invenio Capture Hardware (London) 1.21 HW, CHP 2RU, 16 Port Main DC SVR 2008 , ADC Harris 402293-00 1 ea $9,828 $9,828 16 Port Main Device Controller, CHP 2RU. Includes SVR 2008, 250 GB hard drive and 4 GB of memory. Includes Device Server license Invenio R&D Platform - (FOC) 1.22 SW, INV, Application Server, Invenio Core Harris 402293-00 1 ea Included Included Application Server, with search, advanced search, wordlist, clip editing function and web user management 1.23 SW INV, Invenio ID Generator, ID generator for Harris 402348-00 1 ea Included no Included no generating UMID's charge charge 1.24 SW, INV, CCI Storyboarding, CCI Storyboarding Harris 402316-00 1 ea Included no Included no Content Change Indicator, Graphic display of scene charge charge change levels. 1.25 SW, INV, Thesaurus, The Invenio Thesaurus tool Harris 402295-00 1 ea Included no Included no for concept relationship management charge charge 1.26 SW, INV, Formbuilder, Builder to create custom UI Harris 402294-00 1 ea Included no Included no to meet customer's unique requirements charge charge 1.27 SW, INV, Web Client 20, License 20 Invenio Harris 402312-00 2 ea Included no Included no Windows Web Based Client charge charge 1.28 SW, INV, Windows Client Client 10, License 10 Harris 402305-00 1 ea Included no Included no Invenio Windows Client License charge charge 1.29 SW, INV, Windows Client 1, License for rich Harris 402299-00 1 ea Included no Included no windows client, including user defined metadata charge charge tracks that communicates with the Windows server

1.30 SW, IM, Transfer Monitor Client, Transfer Monitor Harris 402287-00 1 ea Included no Included no Client. Initiate Manual Media movement from device charge charge to device, Trig Manual Workflows, Monitor and Control Workflows, View Storage Capacity, and View Storage content 1.31 SW, IM, Motion Engines, Motion Engines. Enables Harris 402289-00 1 ea Included no Included no function of Process Trigger, Content Handler & charge charge MediaSpy Engines. Extract data from files to trigger WF, List of Video in Storages, Extract metadata from Video Files, Get Capacity from Storage, Design and manage Workflows, Execute Workflows 1.32 SW, IM, PI, IT, FTP & CIFS, IT Plug-In. FTP, CIFS, Harris 402289-01 11 ea Included no Included no NFS (Count the number of CIFS or FTP plug-ins charge charge used in the system)

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 14 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.33 SW, IM, PI, WF Triggers, Workflow Triggers. MS to Harris 402289-10 10 ea Included no Included no trig CH on changes in storage, Remaining charge charge Capacity, Time Scheduler, Calandar Scheduler, User Validation, ADC - FindID - used to find an ID in one of several Playlist (Per ADC, not per list). ADC - GMT (for Base band copy) 1.34 SW, IM, WF, Other Plug-ins, Workflow Other Plug- Harris 402289-11 5 ea Included no Included no Ins. Invenio, ODBC, MXF wrapper, Inscriber, charge charge Command line, Zip - Enable to Zip several file, Folder creation, Mails - Enables Motion to send Mail upon conditions, errors 1.35 SW, IM, PI, QC, File analyses for quality check Harris 402289-12 1 ea Included no Included no and correction. QuiC Video & Audio Analyze & charge charge Repair, AMBERFIN Analyze only 1.36 SW, IM, PI, Transcoders, Transcoders. Flip Harris 402289-13 2 ea Included no Included no Factory, Amberfin, Rhozet, Radiant Grid, Digital charge charge Rapid Invenio Servers $89,938 1.37 Invenio Insight Application Servers - Network Load HP DL180-G6 2 ea $7,232 $14,464 Balanced 1.38 Invenio Motion Application Servers - Microsoft HP DL180-G6 2 ea $7,232 $14,464 Clustered Service 1.39 Invenio Database Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL580-G7 2 ea $19,657 $39,314 Service 1.40 Harris Messaging Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL180-G6 2 ea $7,232 $14,464 Service 1.41 Scene Change Detection - Application Server HP DL180-G6 1 ea $7,232 $7,232 1.42 Invenio Windows Client Workstations CFE 11 ea CFE CFE 1.43 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 34 ea CFE CFE

REGIONAL OFFICES FACILITIES $17,588 REQUIREMENTS

1 Budapest 1.1 CWM System Client Licences - Included in London Harris 402312-00 2 incl'd Included Included Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 402305-00 1.2 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 2 ea CFE CFE Intercom (Budapest) 1.3 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 1.4 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12" 1.5 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, 1RU ClearCom VOICE2 1 ea $3,796 $3,796

2 Madrid 2.1 CWM System Client Licences - Included in London Harris 402312-00 2 incl'd Included Included Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 402305-00 2.2 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 2 ea CFE CFE Intercom (Madrid) 2.3 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 2.4 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12" 2.5 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, 1RU ClearCom VOICE2 1 ea $3,796 $3,796

SINGAPORE TV PLAYOUT FACILITY $164,054 REQUIREMENTS 1 Invenio Insight Software (Singapore)

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 15 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.1 CWM System Client Licences - Included in London Harris 402312-00 2 incl'd Included Included Invenio Insight Software Pricing above 402305-00 1.2 SW, INV, Application Server, Invenio Core Harris 1 ea $70,000 $70,000 Application Server in replication mode to move media and metadata from the central London facility to Singapore playout Invenio Motion Software (Singapore) 1.3 SW, IM, Transfer Monitor Client, Transfer Monitor Harris 402287-00 1 ea $3,360 $3,360 Client. Initiate Manual Media movement from device to device, Trig Manual Workflows, Monitor and Control Workflows, View Storage Capacity, and View Storage content 1.4 SW, IM, Motion Engines, Motion Engines. Enables Harris 402289-00 1 ea $8,400 $8,400 function of Process Trigger, Content Handler & MediaSpy Engines. Extract data from files to trigger WF, List of Video in Storages, Extract metadata from Video Files, Get Capacity from Storage, Design and manage Workflows, Execute Workflows 1.5 SW, IM, PI, IT, FTP & CIFS, IT Plug-In. FTP, CIFS, Harris 402289-01 11 ea $1,260 $13,860 NFS (Count the number of CIFS or FTP plug-ins used in the system) 1.6 SW, IM, PI, WF Triggers, Workflow Triggers. MS to Harris 402289-10 10 ea $2,520 $25,200 trig CH on changes in storage, Remaining Capacity, Time Scheduler, Calandar Scheduler, User Validation, ADC - FindID - used to find an ID in one of several Playlist (Per ADC, not per list). ADC - GMT (for Base band copy) 1.7 SW, IM, WF, Other Plug-ins, Workflow Other Plug- Harris 402289-11 5 ea $2,520 $12,600 Ins. Invenio, ODBC, MXF wrapper, Inscriber, Command line, Zip - Enable to Zip several file, Folder creation, Mails - Enables Motion to send Mail upon conditions, errors 1.8 SW, IM, PI, Catch Servers, Catch Servers - MDS. Harris 402289-15 1 ea $5,040 $5,040 PitchBlue, Pathfire, DGSpotBox (ViVx), Centaur, Extreme Reach, Hula, On the Spot 1.9 SW, IM, PI, Archive Managers, Archive Manager. Harris 402289-31 2 ea $8,400 $16,800 Diva, SGL, MassTech Intercom (Singapore) 1.10 IP Enabled V-Series Intercom Panel - 1RU 12 ClearCom V12RDX4 2 ea $2,265 $4,530 Rotary and Push Button Yellow Display Panel with XLR-4 Male Headset Connector 1.11 Standard Length Microphone - Gooseneck ClearCom 110/340 2 ea $234 $468 34cm/12" 1.12 Four-channel IP Communications Interface, 1RU ClearCom VOICE2 1 ea $3,796 $3,796 Invenio Servers $82,706 1.13 Invenio Insight Application Servers - Network Load HP DL-180 G6 2 ea $7,232 $14,464 Balanced 1.14 Invenio Motion Application Servers - Microsoft HP DL-180 G6 2 ea $7,232 $14,464 Clustered Service 1.15 Invenio Database Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL-580 G7 2 ea $19,657 $39,314 Service 1.16 Harris Messaging Servers - Microsoft Clustered HP DL-180 G6 2 ea $7,232 $14,464 Service 1.17 Invenio Web Client Workstations CFE 2 ea CFE CFE

PROJECT NON-FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

1 Programme and Management Requirements 1 lot $191,220

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 16 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 1.1 Program Management Globecomm 1 lot $191,220 $191,220 1.2 (1.7) Project progress meetings Globecomm 1 lot Included Included

2 Consulting / design services 1 lot $1,021,747 2.1 Design & Development Globecomm 1 lot $271,532 $271,532 2.2 (2.4) Documentation Globecomm 1 lot $0 $0 2.3 Procurement/Manufacuring/Integration Globecomm 1 lot $152,020 $152,020 2.4 Factory Acceptance Test Globecomm 1 lot $4,780 $4,780 2.5 In-House Training Globecomm 1 lot $26,541 $26,541 2.6 Professional Services Spectralogic 2 ea $3,628 $7,256 2.7 Professional Services (London) Harris 1 ea $281,707 $281,707 2.8 Professional Services (Singapore) Harris 1 ea $122,195 $122,195 2.9 Professional Services Nexio & QuiC) Harris 1 ea $21,402 $21,402 2.10 Professional Services Navigator Harris CCS-QSNT 1 ea $14,024 $14,024 2.11 Professional Services Navigator Harris NAV- 5 ea $1,463 $7,315 SYSDESIGN 2.12 Professional Services including Training Front Porch DVIA-PSS-00 1 ea $74,924 $74,924 & )@ 2.13 Professional Services Node Installation-X200 Isilon 501-0046 12 ea $976 $11,712 2.14 professional Services - Advanced Isilon 501-0007 1 ea $11,707 $11,707 2.15 Professional Services Miranda PROF-SERV 4 ea $1,829 $7,316 2.16 Professional Services Miranda COMM 3 ea $1,829 $5,487 2.17 Professional Services Miranda PRJ-MGT 1 ea $1,829 $1,829

3 Installation requirements 1 lot $549,931 3.1 Site Survey Globecomm 1 lot $15,374 $15,374 3.2 Installation and Site Acceptance Testing Globecomm 1 lot $515,311 $515,311 3.3 Site Training Globecomm 1 lot $19,246 $19,246

4 Packaging and Shipping 1 lot $24,390 4.1 Packaging and Shipping US to UK Globecomm 1 lot $24,390 $24,390

TOTAL SELL PRICE USD $7,496,166 $7,496,166

TOTAL SELL PRICE GBP 4,836,236 4,836,236 Note: USD conversion to GBP - 1/1.55=0.64516 June 7, 2012

VAT at 20% 967,247 967,247

GRAND TOTAL SELL PRICE GBP with VAT 5,803,483 5,803,483

OPTIONS: Price Delta Price Delta Price Delta USD 1 Isilon 1.1 SVC: HW GOLD for CTO-X200, Base-24TB Isilon 500-1307 12 ea $4,975 $59,700 $59,700 HDD,3.5"-24GB RAM, 6x4G-10GbE, Dual-port, SFP+, without Optics-36 Months 1.2 SVC: GOLD HW, SWITCH Mellanox 36 port QDR- Isilon 500-1511 2 ea $2,054 $4,108 $4,108 36 Months 1.3 SVC: SW GOLD for CTO-X200, Base-24TB HDD, Isilon 500-1303 12 ea $4,054 $48,648 $48,648 3.5"-24GB RAM, 6x4G-10GbE, Dual-port, SFP+, without Optics-36 Months 1.4 SVC: SW GOLD, Enterprise-App-BUNDLE-#1 Isilon 500-1258 12 ea $2,282 $27,384 $27,384 (High Density)-36 Months

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 17 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre Quotation

45 Oser Ave, Hauppauge, NY 11788 Submitted to: Sony Pictures Television Networks

Item # Description Vendor Model Qty U/M Unit Sell Price Total Sell Price Total Sell Price Line Item Sub-system

$7,496,166 2 Cisco 2.1 24x7x4 Service,Catalyst 6509 Cisco CON-SNTP- 2 ea $10,920 $21,840 $21,840 WS-C6509 3 Front Porch Digital 3.1 FPD Software Support & Maintenance Front Porch DIVA-DSM-02 5 ea $56,185 $280,925 $280,925

Printed: 6/8/2012, 8:38 AM Page: 18 of 18 P10407Price-Sony, EMEA MediaCentre CONTRACT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AND

GLOBECOMM SYSTEMS, INC. 45 Oser Avenue Hauppauge, New York 11788

DATED:

Project Name: Purchase Order: Globecomm Systems, Inc. Job Number: Table of Contents

ARTICLE DESCRIPTION PAGE

ARTICLE 1 - Scope of Work ...... 2 ARTICLE 2 - Completion Date and Delivery ...... 2 ARTICLE 3 - Price and Payment ...... 2 ARTICLE 4 - Testing and Acceptance ...... 3 ARTICLE 5 - Access to Work in Progress and Data ...... 4 ARTICLE 6 - Title and Assumption of Risk ...... 4 ARTICLE 7 - Changes ...... 4 ARTICLE 8 - Confidentiality ...... 4 ARTICLE 9 - Intellectual Property ...... 5 ARTICLE 10 - Indemnification and Insurance...... 5 ARTICLE 11 - Excusable Delay or Failure ...... 6 ARTICLE 12 - Warranty ...... 6 ARTICLE 13 - Taxes ...... 8 ARTICLE 14 - Bankruptcy...... 8 ARTICLE 15 - Termination for Default ...... 9 ARTICLE 16 - Right to Terminate ...... 9 ARTICLE 17 - Assignment ...... 10 ARTICLE 18 - Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations...... 10 ARTICLE 19 - Export and Use ...... 10 ARTICLE 20 - Arbitration ...... 11 ARTICLE 21 - Notice of Delay ...... 11 ARTICLE 22 - Reports ...... 11 ARTICLE 23 - Spare Parts...... 12 ARTICLE 24 - Packaging and Shipping ...... 12 ARTICLE 25 - Public Release of Information...... 12 ARTICLE 26 - Contract Documents ...... 12 ARTICLE 27 - Communication and Authority...... 12 ARTICLE 28 - Closing...... 13

Attachments

Contract Document 1 Statement of Work Contract Document 2 Specification Contract Document 3 Milestone Schedule Contract Document 4 Payment Schedule Contract Document 5 Tax Exemption Certificates (if applicable)

1 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 CONTRACT AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRACT dated the day of , made between , a corporation organized under the laws of (hereinafter called the “Buyer”) and Globecomm Systems, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with a principal place of business at 45 Oser Avenue, Hauppauge, New York 11788 (hereinafter called the “Seller”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS Buyer desires to buy and Seller desires to sell equipment and services as hereinafter specified and the parties desire to define the terms and conditions under which such equipment and services will be furnished. NOW THEREFORE, the Parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein expressed, agree with each other as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - Scope of Work Seller will design, manufacture, test, install, and deliver (FOB shipping point) the equipment and documentation meeting the performance standards and services set forth in the attached “Statement of Work” (Contract Document Number 1) and “Specification” (Contract Document Number 2). Performance of Seller’s obligations under this Contract to design, manufacture, test, install, and deliver the equipment, services, and documentation shall hereinafter be called “the Work”.

ARTICLE 2 - Completion Date and Delivery Seller will design, manufacture, test, install, and deliver (FOB shipping point) the equipment, services, and documentation to Buyer in accordance with the attached “Milestone Schedule” (Contract Document Number 3).

ARTICLE 3 - Price and Payment The Contract price is United States Dollars (US$ ). Buyer will make progress payments to Seller as set forth herein, as Seller makes progress in accordance with the attached “Payment Schedule” (Contract Document Number 4). The amount of each progress payment will be payable to Seller thirty (30) days after the Buyer’s receipt of an invoice from Seller certifying completion of the applicable Milestone activity provided, with the exception of the Down Payment, which shall be payable upon receipt of invoice. Price and schedule for this work are predicated on the use of Seller non-union personnel to perform the installation and test.

2 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 If local site conditions require the use of other personnel or preclude the use of Seller personnel, an equitable adjustment will be made in both price and delivery. Seller shall refer to purchase order on all invoices. All payments shall be made in United States Dollars. Payment for the equipment value shall be made via an irrevocable letter of credit (LC), confirmed by a reputable Bank opened by Buyer in favour of Seller, payable at sight, upon presentation of appropriate documentation, with text acceptable to Seller. The Bank shall make payment via wire transfer to Seller’s designated account. Buyer shall pay any fees and / or expenses related to the opening, confirmation, and operation of the LC. Note customer credit terms will be determined in accordance with Seller’s credit review policy. Therefore, and as a result of that review, Seller may direct Buyer to make payments by wire transfer to Seller’s Bank account. In the event Buyer fails to make any payment under this contract on the due date, or if any material change in circumstance arises giving Seller reasonable doubt as to Buyer’s ability to make timely payments, Seller shall have the right to suspend production, procurement, or shipments hereunder and revise the delivery schedule to compensate therefore, and alter the terms of payment or demand additional security for payment.

ARTICLE 4 - Testing and Acceptance A) Preliminary testing of the equipment on an item-by-item basis will be made by Seller pursuant to this Contract in accordance with an Acceptance Test Plan, as detailed in the “Statement of Work”, at such time as will permit Seller to deliver the equipment in conformance with the delivery date or dates specified in this Contract. B) Final acceptance testing of the equipment and services will be performed in accordance with the Acceptance Test Plan, as detailed in the “Statement of Work”. Final acceptance shall take place at the end-user site. C) Buyer shall give Seller written notice of acceptance or rejection within thirty (30) days following completion of each of the tests performed pursuant to this Article and Seller will, at its expense, promptly correct any defects causing rejection. Any test not rejected by Buyer within the stated time shall be deemed accepted and passed and Buyer shall thereafter waive any right to reject that test. D) Final acceptance of the equipment and services by the Buyer will be deemed to have been accomplished at the date on which the equipment has passed all tests set forth under this Article. E) Qualified acceptance of the Work or any part thereof may be made upon demonstration to Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction and written notice by the Buyer that the Work to be performed is substantially suitable for initial operation in its intended use. Buyer shall have the right of free access to and use of any items for which qualified acceptance has been made. Should the Buyer exercise his right and use the equipment and enter the equipment into service, the one (1)-year warranty shall be effective as of the date of qualified acceptance. Qualified acceptance does not constitute final acceptance and shall not relieve Seller from any of its responsibilities

3 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 under this Contract, including, but not limited to, the requirement for completing the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Contract.

ARTICLE 5 - Access to Work in Progress and Data All Work in progress, including but not limited to, all design and test data and documentation generated through Seller’s effort or the effort of its subcontractors pursuant to this Contract, is subject to continuous examination, evaluation, and inspection by Buyer at any reasonable hour during the term of this Contract. Seller will provide reasonable facilities to Buyer’s representative for such access and for inspection and to witness acceptance testing. To the extent that such data and documentation are of a type normally retained by Seller and are not to be delivered to Buyer under this Contract, Seller will make them available to Buyer for examination upon request, without affecting Seller’s obligations under other provisions of this Contract to furnish the documentation.

ARTICLE 6 - Title and Assumption of Risk Subject to the provisions of this Contract, title to and risk of loss for all deliverable equipment, services, and documentation will pass to Buyer upon delivery thereof by Seller to Buyer in accordance with the delivery terms set forth in Article 2 of this Contract. Any loss or damage prior to passing of title will be at the risk of Seller. Seller represents and warrants that it can and will delivery good title to all of the items of equipment, services, and documentation free from all claims or encumbrances, without limitation. If any liens remain unsatisfied after final payment of the Contract price, Seller will reimburse Buyer promptly for all charges Buyer may become obligated to pay in discharging such liens, including all costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

ARTICLE 7 - Changes Buyer may, at any time, make changes in the scope of the Work as defined in the attached Contract Documents and elsewhere in this Contract, including but not limited to, changes in any one or more of the following: (1) drawings, designs, or specifications; (2) method of shipment or packing; (3) quantities of items to be furnished; and (4) place of delivery. If any changes cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for the performance of, any part of the Work, an equitable adjustment will be made in the Contract price or the performance schedule, or both, and this Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly.

ARTICLE 8 - Confidentiality All drawings, designs, diagrams, specifications and other material which is considered proprietary by a party that is delivered or disclosed under this Contract shall be held in confidence by the receiving party and shall be disclosed only to those of its employees or authorized representative(s) involved in the subject matter of this

4 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 Contract and used only for the purposes of this Contract. Such information shall be clearly and conspicuously marked by the disclosing party as proprietary information and the receiving party will use the same level of care in safeguarding such proprietary information as it normally takes to preserve and safeguard its own proprietary information, but in no event less than reasonable care.

ARTICLE 9 - Intellectual Property Seller will indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and will defend at its own expense any action, suit or proceeding against Buyer, its officers, employees, agents, parent corporation, or other affiliates based on a claim that the item(s) delivered under this Contract infringes any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right or violates any agreement to which Seller is a party at the effective date of this Agreement, expressly excluding infringement arising from use in combination with other items where the infringement would not have occurred from normal use of the item(s) provided under this Contract alone. Seller will pay the costs including attorney’s fees and the damages finally awarded in such action, suit or proceeding, provided that Seller is given prompt written notice of such action, suit or proceeding by Buyer and is given, at the Seller's request and expense, authority and such assistance and information as is reasonably available to Buyer for the defense of the action, suit, or proceeding.

ARTICLE 10 - Indemnification and Insurance A) To the extent that Seller, its employees, agents, subcontractors, or consultants enter upon premises occupied by or under the control of Buyer or of any of Buyer’s customers in the course of Seller’s performance under this Contract, Seller will take all reasonable precautions to prevent the occurrence of any injury or death to any person or of any damage to any property arising out of any negligent act or omission of Seller, its employees, agents, subcontractors or contractors, or consultants. Seller will indemnify and hold Buyer, and all of its officers, employees, agents, servants, its parent corporation, and other affiliates, or any of them, harmless from any loss, damage, liability, or expense on account of damage to property and injuries, including death, to all persons, including but not limited to, employees, subcontractors, consultants, or agents of Seller or employees or agents of its subcontractors or consultants, and of all other persons performing any part of the Work arising from or in connection with the Work to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Seller, its employees, agents, subcontractors and consultants, or any of them. Seller, at its expense, will defend any action, suit, or other proceeding brought against Buyer, its officers, employees, agents, servants, its parent corporation, and other affiliates, or any of them on account thereof, and will pay all expenses and satisfy all judgments which may be incurred by or rendered against them or any of them, in connection therewith. Seller's liability for this indemnification shall be limited to Four Million ($4,000,000.00). B) Seller will procure and thereafter maintain Unemployment Compensation Insurance, Worker's Compensation Insurance in accordance with statutory requirements for all states in which any part of the Work is performed, Employer Liability Insurance, and Comprehensive General Liability Insurance providing

5 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 Operations Liability, Owners and Contractual protective Liability and Contractual Liability to include the hazards of explosion, collapse, and underground damage. All such insurance will be in amounts appropriate to cover the work to be performed and will remain in force through Buyer's final acceptance pursuant to Article 4 of this Contract. C) Seller will give Buyer immediate notice of any suit or action filed or prompt notice of any claim made against Seller arising out of the performance of the Work. Seller agrees to assist and cooperate in every manner possible in connection with adjustment of all claims arising out of the operations within the scope of the Work, and cooperate with the insurance carrier or carriers in all litigated claims and demands that the insurance carrier or carriers are called upon to adjust or resist, and that arise out of such operations.

ARTICLE 11 - Excusable Delay or Failure Seller shall not be in default or otherwise liable for any delay in or failure of its performance under this Contract if such delay or failure, without the negligence or fault of either Party, arises by reason of any act of God, or of any act or failure to act of any government or governmental body, acts of the common enemy, the elements, earthquakes, floods, fires, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, riots, strikes, failures or delays in transportation, freight embargoes or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Seller. The Parties will promptly inform and consult with each other as to any of the above causes, which in their judgment may or could be the cause of a substantial delay in the performance of this Contract.

ARTICLE 12 - Warranty A) In-Warranty Repairs Seller warrants that the equipment and services furnished will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship and will conform to the specifications set forth in the specification for a period of one (1)-year from the date of Final Acceptance of the equipment (see Article 4E). This warranty shall survive acceptance and payment. Seller’s sole obligation under this warranty, and Buyer’s sole remedy for any breach of the warranty, shall be one of the following, at Seller’s option: (1) repair of defective equipment at Seller’s facilities in Hauppauge, New York; (2) replacement of defective equipment; (3) re-performance of defective services; or (4) an equitable adjustment in the contract price to account for the defective equipment or services. Seller’s obligations hereunder are expressly conditioned upon Buyer giving Seller written notice of any defect within fifteen (15) days after discovery thereof and, in the case of defective equipment, Buyer returning the equipment to Seller’s facility in Hauppauge, New York, paying all costs of shipment, within thirty (30) days after receipt of confirmation from Seller that the defect falls within the warranty. Shipments by Seller of repaired or replacement equipment to the Buyer will be FOB Destination, freight prepaid. Buyer shall bear all costs associated with removal and reinstallation of defective items. Seller shall warrant the repaired or replacement equipment for the

6 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 balance of the initial one-year warranty or ninety (90)-days from shipment, whichever is longer, under the same terms as provided for the original warranty period. The foregoing shall not apply to, and the Seller shall have no obligation in respect of, defects in goods caused by Buyer’s improper operation, maintenance or modification; use of equipment in conjunction with other equipment not sold or manufactured by Seller where the defect would not have occurred but for the other equipment; or other defects caused by Buyer. Any modification directed by Seller and performed in accordance with Seller's instructions resulting in improper operation will remain the responsibility of the Seller. Should the defective equipment be a fixed part of the earth station, field warranty service may be necessary. In this case, upon receipt of written approval of the Buyer, Seller will begin on-site repairs within five (5)-days of receipt of notice of defective equipment and make every effort to begin repairs within twenty-four (24) hours. The Buyer shall reimburse Seller, at actual expense, for all per diem and travel expenses associated with field warranty service. Seller will bear the costs of materials and labor during on-site repairs of defects falling within this Warranty. Seller will pass on or assign to the Buyer all warranties on hardware, services, and documentation given by suppliers or manufacturers other than Seller to the extent to which Seller is permitted to do so by the terms of its purchase contracts with such suppliers or manufacturers. SELLER'S WARRANTIES, AS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 12, ARE EXCLUSIVE, ARE IN LIEU OF, AND BUYER HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WAR- RANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS OR OF NON- INFRINGEMENT. The obligations and liabilities undertaken in this Article 12 are expressly agreed to be the sole obligations and liabilities of Seller in the event of a breach of the express warranties made by Seller in this Article. Buyer waives, releases, and renounces all other rights, claims, and remedies against Seller with respect to direct damage and with respect to loss of use or other secondary or consequential damage, however occasioned and whether or not growing out of or based on Seller's negligence, actual or imputed. In no event will Seller be liable for special, incidental, or consequential damages, including loss of use or lost profits, even if Seller has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

The warranties provided in this Article 12, and Buyer's remedies thereunder, are solely for the benefit of Buyer and shall not, without the written consent of Seller, be extended or construed to extend to any other person whatsoever. Seller and Buyer agree that this Article 12 has been the subject of discussion and negotiation and is fully understood by the Parties; that the prices and the other mutual agreements of the Parties set forth in this Contract are arrived at in consideration of (1) the express warranties of Seller and Buyer's remedies for non-conformance therewith, including the limitation on those express warranties and remedies; and (2) the exclusion of and waiver by Buyer of all other warranties.

7 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 B) Out-of-Warranty Repairs Seller shall support the equipment provided hereunder for ten (10) years from the date of acceptance of the equipment by providing, at Buyer expense, repair or replacement of the equipment. Such repair or replacement shall be performed in accordance with the established specifications for the equipment and the delivery schedule specified in the order received from Buyer and accepted by Seller. If equipment returned for repair is determined to be beyond repair, Seller will so notify the Buyer and, if agreed to by the Buyer, ship a replacement unit within a reasonable time of such agreement. The Buyer agrees to pay for such replacement unit, and it shall be warranted as outlined in the section “In-Warranty Repairs”. If requested by the Buyer, Seller will take the necessary steps to dispose of unrepairable equipment and pay to the Buyer the salvage value, if any. Transportation costs of equipment for repair will be borne by the Buyer and units shall be adequately packed so as to prevent shipping and transportation damage. All transportation costs associated with the return of repaired and replacement equipment will be borne by the Buyer. Seller will provide this support and repair service for the equipment supplied over the design life of the equipment or for a period of ten (10) years and as long as such repair service remains available from the applicable equipment vendor. The Seller will make its best effort to assure this support and service from its applicable equipment vendors.

ARTICLE 13 - Taxes The Contract price does not include sales, use, excise or any other taxes. Buyer agrees to pay, in addition to the Contract price, any taxes imposed on Seller, other than a tax on the income of Seller, or any tax otherwise applicable to the sale or use of the equipment, services, and documentation. In the event Buyer claims an exemption of any tax, Buyer shall provide Seller with official documentation or certification proving such exemption, which documentation or certification(s) shall be included in Contract Document 5 (where applicable). Buyer shall ensure that its tax exempt status, and the proof thereof, remains current and shall immediately notify Buyer in the event any tax exemption previously claimed is no longer applicable.

ARTICLE 14 - Bankruptcy If Seller should cease to do business or commit an act of bankruptcy, or if a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization is filed by or against Seller under the Bankruptcy Act or any amendment thereof, and such petition is not challenged by Seller within thirty (30) days after being initiated, Buyer may terminate this Contract for default and hold Seller accountable for any additional costs or damages reasonably incurred by Buyer in completing the original scope of Work up to the original contract value.

8 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 In the event of Buyer’s bankruptcy, Seller will no longer have continuing obligations to provide services for which Buyer would otherwise be charged fees or to provide equipment for which Buyer has not paid the total purchase price.

ARTICLE 15 - Termination for Default A) If the Seller refuses or fails to prosecute the Work with such diligence as will ensure its successful completion within the time specified in this Contract or any extension thereof, or fails to complete the Work within such time, or if the Seller’s financial condition is such as to endanger the successful completion of the Work and/or the full and complete performance by the Seller of all of its obligations, Buyer may, by written notice sent to Seller, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, allowing Seller a period of twenty (20) days, or such longer period as the Buyer may authorize in writing, to remedy the failure. B) If Buyer so terminates Seller’s right to proceed with the Work, in whole or in part, in addition to returning to Buyer any moneys previously paid, Seller will be liable for and will pay any increased costs or damages as a result of such termination up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the original contract value or ten percent (10%) of the value of the Work so terminated, whichever is less. C) Should the Buyer retain any equipment previously delivered, Buyer will pay Seller the value of such equipment. The prices listed in the Contract will apply. D) Seller’s right to proceed will not be so terminated nor Seller charged with resulting damage if Seller's delay or failure to perform is excusable under Article 11 of this Contract. E) The rights and remedies of Buyer provided in this Article are in addition to any other rights and remedies of Buyer provided by law or equity or under this Contract.

ARTICLE 16 - Right to Terminate A) Buyer, by written notice to Seller, may terminate performance of the Work, in whole or in part, for its convenience at any time prior to completion. In the event of such termination by Buyer, it is agreed that the termination charges will be all costs incurred by Seller in the performance of the terminated portion of this Contract, including a ten percent (10%) handling charge on reasonable costs incurred with respect to termination and settlement with vendors and subcontractors as a result of Buyer's termination. In no event will such termination charges exceed the Contract Price of the Work performed to date of termination. B) Seller agrees to advise Buyer of all proposed settlements with vendors and subcontractors in event of termination, and Seller further agrees not to enter into any binding settlement until Buyer has approved the proposed settlement or thirty (30) days have lapsed from the date when such advice was furnished to Buyer. C) Direct and indirect costs shall be determined in accordance with Seller’s standard accounting practice and verified by Seller’s independent certified public accountants. Buyer shall be responsible for paying the cost of such audit. Buyer shall

9 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 pay Seller the aforesaid termination charges within sixty-(60) days following submission of such total costs verified to Buyer by the Seller’s independent certified public accountants. Final payments shall be in the amount of the total termination charges, less the following: 1) Amounts previously paid by Buyer to Seller pursuant to this Contract. 2) Amounts representing total Seller’s cost of segregated items of inventory not desired by Buyer which Seller elects to retain for his use. D) If Buyer fails to pay Seller for Work performed, in accordance with provisions of this Contract, other than invoices in dispute, Seller may cancel, for cause, only after submitting written notification to Buyer allowing a period of twenty (20) days to remedy such cause.

ARTICLE 17 - Assignment This Contract may not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except to a party controlled by or under common control with such party, or to a party with which such party has been merged or consolidated or which has acquired all or substantially all of such party’s assets. In the event Buyer makes an assignment to a party controlled by or under common contract with Buyer or to another division within Buyer’s organization, Buyer shall remain responsible for financial payments on Contract. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Article 17 is void.

ARTICLE 18 - Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations This Contract is subject to all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to, the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Communications Commission.

ARTICLE 19 - Export and Use Buyer hereby agrees to comply fully with all applicable U.S. and non-U.S. export control laws and regulations, including without limitation the Export Administration Regulations maintained by the United States Department of Commerce and the Economic and Trade Sanctions enforced by the United States Department of Treasury. Specifically, Buyer covenants that it shall not -- directly or indirectly -- sell, export, reexport, transfer, divert, loan, lease, consign, or otherwise dispose of any of the Work to any person, firm or entity, or country or countries, or for any activity or use prohibited by the laws or regulations of the United States, without obtaining prior authorization from the competent government authorities as required by those laws and regulations. Without limitation to any of the foregoing, Buyer represents and warrants that it shall not export or reexport, directly or indirectly, any of the Products to Cuba, Libya, Iran, North Korea, or Sudan without prior authorization from the U.S. Government.

10 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 ARTICLE 20 - Arbitration In the event that any dispute or disagreement between the Parties hereto arises in connection with the interpretation of any provision of this Contract, or the compliance or non-compliance therewith, or the validity or enforceability thereof, the Parties shall attempt to negotiate a settlement at the appropriate lower-management levels. Any such dispute or disagreement which cannot be settled or which has not had progress toward settlement at the appropriate lower-management levels within thirty (30) days, shall be referred to the appropriate middle-management levels for each Party. Any dispute or disagreement which remains unsettled or which has not had progress toward settlement within thirty (30) days after referral to the appropriate middle-management levels for each Party shall be referred to the President or Chief Executive Officer of each Party for settlement. Any dispute which remains unsettled after referral to the President or Chief Executive Officer in a reasonable time may be thereafter be referred to an arbitrator to be agreed upon between the Parties for arbitration, at the written request of either Party setting forth the matter to be submitted to arbitration. In the event that, within one week after such a request for arbitration, the Parties are unable to agree upon a single arbitrator, an arbitrator shall be appointed by the [American Arbitration Association] [International Chamber of Commerce]. The arbitrator’s decision on any such matter shall be binding on the Parties and enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction. All disputes shall be finally settled under the Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any arbitration shall be held in New York, New York, USA, and shall be conducted in English. The arbitrator’s charges and the fees paid to the appointing authority shall be shared equally by the Parties, each of whom will bear its own arbitration expenses, including those for attorney’s and witness fees, unless the arbitrator’s decision provides otherwise. At the request of either Party, both Parties will instruct the arbitrator to render a decision within sixty (60) days of submission of the matter for resolution. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent either Party from seeking a temporary injunction to preserve its rights under this Contract and any request for, response to, or failure to respond to such temporary injunction shall not be deemed a waiver of the arbitration requirements set forth herein.

ARTICLE 21 - Notice of Delay In the event of an actual or potential delay in the Seller’s performance under this Contract, the Seller shall given written notice thereof to Buyer describing the cause, effect, and duration of such delay or failure. Seller, thereafter, shall give written notice to Buyer of all changes to such conditions.

ARTICLE 22 - Reports A) Seller shall deliver to the offices of Buyer in two (2) copies, monthly status reports. B) All materials and reports furnished by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Article shall be exclusive property of Buyer, except that Seller or its subcontractors may retain copies for their own internal business purposes. Such retained copies may not be

11 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 distributed outside of Seller's or subcontractor's organizations without the express prior written permission of Buyer.

ARTICLE 23 - Spare Parts Spare parts for the equipment outlined in the equipment list will be made available to the Buyer on reasonable terms for a period of ten (10) years from the date of delivery of each item of the equipment.

ARTICLE 24 - Packaging and Shipping All items of equipment and documentation will be packed by Seller in cartons containing proper identification in accordance with standard packing and shipping procedures. The packaging must be carefully executed to withstand vigorous handling which can be expected in air, rail, truck, and ship transport throughout the United States or for foreign export as so identified by Buyer.

ARTICLE 25 - Public Release of Information Neither Party shall make a public release of information relating to this Contract, except as may be required to comply with securities or other laws relating to disclosures by public companies, without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Globecomm Systems, Inc. may include Customer’s name and a summary of the Services provided under this Contract in its sales, marketing and other informational materials, including without limitation its website and proposal documents, in any general list of Globecomm Systems, Inc. customers or summary of Globecomm Systems, Inc. products and services, and “success stories” or other summaries of past performance.

ARTICLE 26 - Contract Documents The following Contract Documents are attached to and made a part of this Contract:

Document Number 1 - Statement of Work Document Number 2 - Specification Document Number 3 - Milestone Schedule Document Number 4 - Payment Schedule

ARTICLE 27 - Communication and Authority The following lines of communication will be recognized by both buyer and Seller:

A) The only representative of the Parties authorized to sign contractual documents are:

12 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 For Buyer: For Seller:

B) All Contract correspondence to Buyer will be addressed to:

and all Contract correspondence to Seller will be addressed to: Globecomm Systems, Inc. 45 Oser Avenue Hauppauge, New York 11788 USA Attn: Director of Contracts

ARTICLE 28 - Closing This Contract has been made in New York and will be governed by the laws of the State of New York. It constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties, and supersedes all previous understandings, commitments, or representations concerning its subject matter. It may not be amended or modified in any way, and none of its provisions may be waived, except by a writing signed by an authorized representative of the Party against whom the amendment, modification, or waiver is sought to be enforced.

13 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THIS CONTRACT has been duly executed by the Parties.

Attest:

By: Title: Date:

Attest:GLOBECOMM SYSTEMS INC.

By: Title: Date:

14 Globecomm Systems Inc. Standard Contract Form Date 19-Nov-10 Contract Document Number 1

Statement of Work Contract Document Number 2

Specification Contract Document Number 3

Milestone Schedule Contract Document Number 4

Payment Schedule

Buyer shall make payments to Seller as set forth herein. Payments due shall be a percentage of the total Contract price set forth in Article 3 of the Contract as follows:

ON CONTRACT AWARD 30%

ON COMPLETION OF IN PLANT TEST 25%

ON SHIPMENT 25%

ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION 15%

ON FINAL ACCEPTANCE 5% Contract Document Number 4

TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES